Loading...
R-03-01-09-9E4 - 1/9/2003R- 03- 01-0q -9E4 APPROVED BY CI ► ATT. +RNEY ROUND ROCK, TEXAS PURPOSE. PASSION. PROSPERITY. CITY OF ROUND ROCK PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT Round Rock Municipal Office Complex Temporary Parking Lot December, 2002 SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS PageSoutherlandPage The Next 100 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 ROUND ROCK, TEXAS PURPOSE. PASSION. PROSPERITY. . CITY OF ROUND ROCK PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT Round Rock Municipal Office Complex Temporary Parking Lot December, 2002 SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS PageSoutherlandPage The Next 100 Section 1.0 Notice to Bidders NB -1 2.0 Bid Documents BD -1 — BD -10 3.0 Post Bid Documents PBD-1 — PBD -10 4.0 General Conditions GC -1 - GC -47 5.0 Special Conditions SC-1 — SC -14 6.0 Technical Specifications TS -1 — TS -9 7.0 Plans, Details and Notes PDN -1 table/specmaster TABLE OF CONTENTS Description Page 1.0 NOTICE TO BIDDERS Notice to Bidders - Final.doc Revised 7/2002 NOTICE TO BIDDERS Sealed bids addressed to the Purchasing Agent, City of Round Rock, 221 East Main Street, Round Rock, Texas 78664, for furnishing all labor, material and equipment and performing all work required for the project titled "Round Rock Municipal Office Complex Temporary Parking Lot" (project includes temporary erosion / sedimentation control, HMAC paving, wheel stops, sidewalks and parking lot lighting) will be received until 2:00 PM Tuesday December 17, 2002 then publicly opened and read aloud at the City Hall Council Chambers at the same address. Bid envelopes should state date and time of bid and "Round Rock Municipal Office Complex Temporary Parking Lot". No bids may be withdrawn after the scheduled opening time. Any bids received after scheduled bid opening time will be returned unopened. Bids must be submitted on City of Round Rock bid forms and must be accompanied by an acceptable bid security as outlined in the Instructions to Bidders, payable to the City of Round Rock, Texas equal to five percent (5 %) of the total bid amount. Plans, Bid Forms, Specifications, and Instructions to Bidders may be obtained from the Department of Public Works, 2008 Enterprise Drive, in Round Rock, Texas (512- 218 -5555) beginning December 2, 2002 for a non - refundable charge of $40_00 per set. Make check payable to the City of Round Rock Department of Public Works. In case of ambiguity, duplication, or obscurity in the bids, the City of Round Rock reserves the right to construe the meaning thereof. The City of Round Rock further reserves the right to reject any or.all bids and waive any informalities and irregularities in the bids received. The successful bidder will be expected to execute the standard contract prepared by the City of Round Rock, and to furnish performance and payment bonds as described in the bid documents. Contractors and subcontractors shall pay to laborers, workmen, and mechanics the prevailing wage rates as determined by the City of Round Rock. A pre -bid meeting will be held on Tuesday December 10, 2002 at 3:00 PM at the City Hall Council Chambers. Publish Dates: Round Rock Leader: December 2, 2002 December 5, 2002 December 9, 2002 NB -1 Notice to Bidders - Final.doc Revised 7/2002 2.0 BID DOCUMENTS Bid Docs Final .doc INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 5. Bids shall be submitted on proposal forms furnished by the City of Round Rock. BD -1 1. Prior to submitting any proposal, bidders are required to read the plans, specifications, proposal, contract and bond forms carefully; to inform themselves by their independent research, test and investigation of the difficulties to be encountered and judge for themselves of the accessibility of the work and all attending circumstances affecting the cost of doing the work and the time required for its completion and obtain all information required to make an intelligent proposal. 2. Should the bidder find discrepancies in, or omissions from the plans, specifications, or other documents, or should he be in doubt as to their meaning, he should notify at once the Engineer and obtain clarification or addendum prior to submitting any bid. 3. It shall be the responsibility of the bidder to see that his bid is received at the place and time named in the Notice to Bidders. Bids received after closing time will be returned unopened. 4. Bids shall be submitted in sealed envelopes plainly marked "Sealed Bid" and showing the name of the project, the job number if applicable, and the opening date and time. 6. All proposals shall be accompanied by a certified cashier's check upon a National or State bank in an amount not less than five percent (5 %) of the total maximum bid price, payable without recourse to the City of Round Rock, or a bid bond in the same amount from a reliable surety company, as a guarantee that the bidder will enter into a contract and execute performance and payment bonds, as stipulated by item 11 below, within ten (10) days after notice of award of contract to him. Proposal guarantees must be submitted in the same sealed envelope with the proposal. Proposals submitted without check or bid bonds will not be considered. 7. All bid securities will be returned to the respective bidders within twenty -five (25) days after bids are opened, except those which the owner elects to hold until the successful bidder has executed the contract. Thereafter, all remaining securities, including security of the successful bidder, will be returned within sixty (60) days. 8. Until the award of the contract, the City of Round Rock reserves the right to reject any and all proposals and to waive technicalities; to advertise for new proposals; or to do the work otherwise when the best interest of the City of Round Rock will be thereby promoted. 9. In case of ambiguity or lack of clarity in the statement of prices in the bids, the City of Round Rock reserves the right to consider the most favorable analysis thereof, or to reject the bid. Unreasonable (or unbalanced) prices submitted in a bid may result in rejection of such bid or other bids. 10. Award of the contract, if awarded, will be made within sixty (60) days after opening of the proposals, and no bidder may withdraw his proposal within said sixty (60) day period of time unless a prior award is made. 11. Within ten (10) days after written notification of award of the contract, the successful bidder must furnish a performance bond and a payment bond in the amount of one - hundred percent (100 %) of the total contract price. If the total contract price is $25,000.00 or less, the performance and payment bonds will not be required. Said performance bond and payment bond shall be from an approved surety company holding a permit from the State of Texas, with approval prior to bid opening, indicating it is authorized and admitted to write surety bonds in this state. In the event the bond exceeds $100,000.00, the surety must also (1) hold a certificate of authority from the United States secretary of the treasury to qualify as a surety on obligations permitted or required under federal law; or (2) have obtained reinsurance for any liability in excess of $100,000.00 from a reinsurer that is authorized and admitted as a reinsurer in this state and is the holder of a certificate of authority from the United States secretary of the treasury to qualify as a surety or reinsurer on obligations permitted or required under federal law. 12. If the total contract price is less than $25,000.00 the performance and payment bond requirement will be waived by the City of Round Rock. Payment will be made following completion of the work. 13. Failure to execute the construction contract within ten (10) days of written notification of award or failure to furnish the performance bond, or letter of credit if applicable, and payment bond as required by item 11 above, shall be just cause for the annulment of the award. In case of the annulment of the award, the proposal guarantee shall become the property of the City of Round Rock, not as a penalty, but as a liquidated damage. Bid Docs Final .doc In determining whether the surety or reinsurer holds a valid certificate of authority, the City may rely on the list of companies holding certificates of authority as published in the Federal Register covering the date on which the bond is to be executed. BD -2 2 14. No contract shall be binding upon the City of Round Rock until it has been signed by its Mayor after having been duly authorized to do so by the City Council. 15. The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until he has furnished certification of all insurance required and such has been approved by the City of Round Rock, nor shall the contractor allow any subcontractor to commence work on his subcontract until proof of all similar insurance that is required of the subcontractor has been furnished and approved. The certificate of insurance form included in the contract documents must be used by the Contractor's insurer to furnish proof of insurance. 16. Any quantities given in any portion of the contract documents, including the plans, are estimates only, and the actual amount of work required may differ somewhat from the estimates. The basis for the payment shall be the actual amount of work done and/or material furnished. 17. Bids shall be submitted on a separated contract basis. No Texas sales tax shall be included in the prices bid for materials consumed or incorporated into the finished product under this contract. This contract is issued by an organization which is qualified for exemption pursuant to the provisions of Section 151.309(5) of the Texas Tax Code. The City of Round Rock will issue an exemption certificate to the Contractor. The Contractor must then issue a resale certificate to the material supplier for materials purchased. The Contractor must have a valid sales tax permit in order to issue a resale certificate. In obtaining consumable materials, the Contractor will issue a resale certificate in lieu of payment of sales tax, and the following conditions shall be observed; 18. No conditional bids will be accepted. Bid Does Final doc BD -3 3 1) The contract will transfer title of consumable, but not incorporate, materials to the City of Round Rock at the time and point of receipt by the Contractor; 2) The Contractor will be paid for these consumable materials by the City of Round Rock as soon as practicable. Payment will not be made directly but considered subsidiary to the pertinent bid item. The Contractor's monthly estimate will state that the estimate includes consumables that were received during the month covered by the estimate; and 3) The designated representative of the City of Round Rock must be notified as soon as possible of the receipt of these materials so that an inspection can be made by the representative. Where practical, the materials will be labeled as the property of the City of Round Rock. 4 19. If the bidder's insurance company is authorized, pursuant to its agreement with bidder, to arrange for the replacement of a loss, rather than by making a cash payment directly to the City of Round Rock, the insurance company must furnish or have furnished by bidder, a performance bond in accordance with Section 2253.021(b), Texas Government Code, and a payment bond in accordance with Section 2253.021(c). Bid Docs Final .doc BD -4 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SAFEc o' F;!5[ • FIRST NATIONAL SURETY BID BOND KNOW ALL BY TI IESE r ItESEN'I s, trc, Champion Site Prep, Inc. 455 Highway 195 of Georgetown, Texas 78628 as Principal, and FIRST NA fIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA theteinaflcr called the Surely), as Surety ale held and Brady bound unto City of Round Rock 221 East Main St . Round Rock. Texas 78664 (Iicrciaaflcr called the Obligee) in the petal sum of 5% of maximum amount of bid Dollars (F ) for llic payment of which the Ptincipal and die Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, joinlly and severally, firmly by these presen10. IS CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUM', That WIIEREAS, the Principal has submitted or is about to submit proposal to the Obligee on a contract for Round o.iv iIa1F,r 1059 17th t l:n• of December Witness 2002 MIL1Et ad1UM CORPORATE PARK BLDG. C 10400 I IE Un1O1l 1101 ROAD REDNIG% ID. WA 90052 (hcleivatler ailed the Principal), .Temporary Parking Lot McNeil Road Round Rock, Williamson County, Texas NOW. TI I1iIU I'ORE, If the said Conti act be timely awarded to the Principal and the Principal shall, within such mute as may be specified. enter into the Contract in writing, and give bond, if bond is requited, with sorely acceptable to the Obligee for the faithful pci lorinance of the said Contract, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in fall fin cc and effect. Champion Site Prep, Inc (Seel) Principal , 4 k G USIF10l5r PUS irsu.1 FIRST NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA Title Ro.ert Ja es Nitsche Attorney-in-Fact C•Ilrpizlclr•d kodemolk of SAf - -ECO Cmpomlin' i FIRST NATIONAL SURETY 4333 Brooklyn Avenue N.E. Seattle, WA 98105 KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: That FIRST NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, a Washington corporation, does hereby appoint ROBERTJAMES NITSCHE, ROBERTI( NITSCHE; DAVID PAUL FERGUSON; VIOLETFROSCH; NINA K. SMITH Giddings, Texas..." .. its true and lawful attorneys) -in -fact, with full authonly to execute on behalf of the company fidelity and surely bonds or undertakings and other documents of a similar character issued by the company In the course of Its business, and to bind FIRST NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA thereby as fully as If such instruments had been duly executed by Its regularly elected officers at its home office. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, FIRST NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA has executed and attested these presents RA. PIERSON, SECRETARY "Article V, Section 13. - FIDELITY AND SURETY BONDS ... the President, any Vice President, the Secretary, and any Assistant Vice President appointed for that purpose by the officer In charge of surely operations, shall each have authority to appoint individuals as attorneys -in -fact or under other appropdate titles with authority to execute on behalf of the company fidelity and surety bonds and other documents of similar character issued by the company In the course of its business.. On any Instrument making or evidencing such appoinlment, the signatures may be affceed by facsimile. On any instrument conferring such authority or on any bond or undertaking of the company, the seal, or a facsimile thereof, may be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced; provided, however, that the seal shall not be necessary to the validity of any such instrument or undertaking." Extract from a Resolution of the Board of Directors of FIRST NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA adopted July 28, 1970. "On any certificate executed by the Secretary or an assistant secretary of the Company setting out, (I) The provisions of Article V, Section 13 of the By -Laws, and (o) A copy of the power- ofattomey appointment, executed pursuant thereto, and (iii) Certifying that said power- of-attomey appointment is in full force and effect, the signature of the certifying officer may be by facsimile, and the seal of the Company may be a facsimile thereof." 1, R.A. Pierson, Secretary of FIRST NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, do hereby certify that the foregoing extracts of the By - Laws and of a Resolution of the Board of Directors of this corporation, and of a Power of Attorney issued pursuant thereto, are true and correct, and that both the By -Laws, the Resolution and the Power of Attomey are still In full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the facsimile seal of said corporation S- 1049IFNEF 7198 z this 15th POWER OF ATTORNEY CERTIFICATE No. 11429 Extract from the By -Laws of FIRST NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA: FIRST NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA 4333 BROOKLYN AVE NE SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98105 day of February 2000 (6, 44411 4:1 4 4 W. RANDALL STODDARD, PRESIDENT this 17th day of December , 2002 • RA. PIERSON, SECRETARY 2/15/00 PDF Y 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PROPOSAL BIDDING SHEET JOB NAME: Round Rock Municipal Office Complex Temporary Parking Lot JOB LOCATION: Round Rock, Williamson County, Texas OWNER: DATE: Gentlemen: City of Round Rock, Texas DECEMBER- f ,Z00Z Pursuant to the foregoing Notice to Bidders and Instructions to Bidders, the undersigned bidder hereby proposes to do all the work, to furnish all necessary superintendence, labor, machinery, equipment, tools, materials, insurance and miscellaneous items, to complete all the work on which he bids as provided by the attached supplemental specifications, and as shown on the plans for the construction of Round Rock Municipal Office Complex Temporary Parking Lot and binds himself on acceptance of this proposal to execute a contract and bond for completing said project within the time stated, for the following prices, to wit: BASE BID Bid Item Item Description Unit Item No. Quantity Unit and Written Unit Price Price 1. 111S -B 430 C.Y. Excavation, Plan Quantity, 2. 130 -T •z 260 C.Y. Class C (topsoil), Plan Quantity Bid Doc Final .doc complete in place per cubic yard, for Fipr•1 tHit dollars and - tµ -pgv . cents. $53.35 $ 219 gb.So complete in place per cubic yard, for El6NrEA dollars and t`JD cents. $ 1$ .D° BD -6 Amount 6 1 1 I� Bid Item Item Description Unit ' Item No. Quantity Unit and Written Unit Price Price Amount 3. 201S 4,150 S.Y. Subgrade Preparation ' complete in place per square yard, for OWE_ dollars ' and -rEt4 cents. $ 1.10 $ CIS 65. 4. 340 -PQ 4100 S.Y. Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete pavement, 1 -1/2 inches, Type D ' complete in place per square yard, for Ti-- dollars and WIN t.T1 - t )O cents. $ 3 .9z $ 11092. 1 5. 432S -4 310 S.F. P.C. Concrete Sidewalks, 4 inch thickness complete in place per square foot, for FIVE dollars and FIF'ry cents. $ 5. $ 11DS o0 6. 439S 47 Ea. Parking Lot Bumper Curbs ' complete in place per each, for FpN EE G,HT dollars and 9,601-uo cents. $5.102 $ 2 1s 7. 602S -A 490 S.Y. Bermuda Block Sodding 1 complete in place per each, for To dollars ' and SmN -Fi vE. cents. $ 2 $ 1293 . 8. 6045 -A 1,880 S.Y. Non - Native Seeding for erosion Control Method, Fiber mulch complete in place per square yard, for NO dollars ' and cocas-/ cents. $ .40 $ 15Z.°° BD -7 Bid Docs Final .doc 7 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Bid Item Item Description Unit Item No. Quantity Unit and Written Unit Price Price 9. 639S 40 L.F. Rock Berm 10. 641S 1 Ea. Stabilized Construction Entrance 11. 642S 480 L.F. Silt Fence for Erosion Control 12. 860S -A 1700 L.F. Pavement Marking Paint, 4 inch, 13. 16120S 1 L.S. Wiring, electrical 14. 16550 3 Ea. Light Pole Foundation, Bid Docs Final .doc complete in place per linear foot, for TmE - LVE dollars and Nn cents. $ I �, $ _I O. °O complete in place per each, for fweAtuN t, 67,1 dollars and No cents. $ BSD. $ 550V complete in place per linear foot, for ONE dollars and "nit cents. $ I .3 $ (oy$ ,b° complete in place per linear foot, for No dollars and m iP_rY -nye cents. $ .35 $ 595. °3 complete in place per lump sum, for FooravasagnavEgrydollars and IJn cents. $ 1- 1010. °° $ 4010. complete in place per each, for ONETiwutaLuutadol lays and Nn cents. $ In(,l?o $ 3201.°° BD -8 Amount 8 1 1 . 1 : 1 1 1 1 . 1� 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Bid Item Item No. 15. 16600 -1 3 Ea. 30' Aluminum Light Pole, 16. 16600 -2 8 Ea. 400 watt Metal Halide Light Fixture, (continue with similar pages as necessary) TOTAL BASE BID (Items 1 thru 16): STATEMENT OF SEPARATE CHARGES: Bid Docs Final .doc Item Description Quantity Unit and Written Unit Price BD -9 Unit Price complete in place per each, - forONETivwuup ?yx� =s"`� and Nn cents. $ 1.39.`). $ L5 6° $ 10,91 Amount complete in place per each, for kEE_ urows1 o dollars and FgFTM cents. $ .302 $ 24W . Materials: $ 13 1/1 oa All Other Charges: $ 57,7c16. 14 *Total: $ "l n,91'1. 1 y * Note: This total must be the same amount as shown above for " Total Base Bid " 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 If this proposal is accepted, the undersigned agrees to execute the contract and provide necessary bonds and insurance certification as per the Instructions to Bidders and commence work within ten (10) days after written Notice to Proceed. The undersigned further agrees to complete the work in full within --t tc (30 ) calendar days after the date of the written Notice -to- Proceed. The undersigned certifies that the bid prices contained in the proposal have been carefully checker and are submitted as correct and final. The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids am may waive any informalities. Respect lly Sub itted Si > mature Job ��t><sr its Print Name Pegs inF_NIT Title for - rt�MPiaf�l St7� PIL iolt.) - Name of Firm 12-11 -02 Date Bid Docs Final .doc fif—Dtil—GC-TDWIJT4 Lo Address BD -10 4F)5,4, Srr r6_6 \w i (9S S 12_g (, 3 -3453 Telephone Secre t. ry, if Contractor is a Corporation 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms & Conditions of the "Contract Addendum ADDENDUM NO. 1 Date: December 13, 2002 Owner: City of Round Rock Project Name: Round Rock Municipal Office Complex Temporary Parking Lot Engineer: Page Southerland Page LLC This Addendum forms a part of Contract and clarifies, corrects or modifies original Bid Documents, dated December 2, 2002. Acknowledged receipt of this addendum is required. Failure to do so will subject bidder to disqualification. A. Project Manual Revisions: Section 2.0 Bid Documents 1. On page BD -10 change the forth sentence to read "...full within forty five 45) calendar days..." Section 6.0 Technical Specifications 1. On page TS -7 City of Austin Standard Technical Specifications add the following: "8/18/00 1O1S Preparing Right of Way" 2. On page TS -8 Special Provisions to the City of Austin Standard Technical Specifications add the following: "6. Item 101S Preparing Right of Way shall be modified as follows: a. At all locations within these specifications the words "right of way" shall be understood to mean "limit of construction" 3. Following page TS -9 add Item No. 101S Preparing Right of Way, Page 1 through Page 5. Section 7.0 Plans, Details and Notes 1. On Sheet C2.01 add the following: "Contractor shall give special attention to the presence and protection of the Monitor Well located within the limit of construction." This Addendum consists of 7 pages, including attachments. End 2. On Sheet C2.01 add the following: "Demolition will not be paid for directly. This work will be considered subsidiary to Item No. 111S Excavation." 3. On Sheet C3.01 delete note 8. 4. On Sheet C5.01 add the following: "Warp the finish grade as necessary to match grade of existing monitor well cover and encasement." 5. On Sheet C8.01, at all locations, change the words "GEOTEXTILE FABRIC" to read "WOVEN GEOTEXTILE FABRIC" 6. On Sheet 8.03, at all locations, change "6' Scarified..." to read "6" Scarified..." 3.0 POST BID DOCUMENTS THE STATE OF TEXAS postbid,mst/spec muter COUNTY OF WILLIAMSON § AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this day of , 20Q3, by and between (Owner) City of Round Rock, Texas of the State of Texas, ting through Nvle Maxwell, Mayor, thereunto duly authorized so to do, hereinafter termed OWNER, and (Contractor) Champion Site Prep L. P. of Georgetown, Texas, County of Williamson, and State of Texas, hereinafter termed CONTRACTOR. THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS consist of this Agreement and any Attachments and Exhibits attached hereto, Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary, and other conditions), Drawings, Specifications, all Addenda issued prior to execution of the Agreement and all Change Orders and written modifications issued subsequent thereto. These form the contract, and all are as fully a part of the Contract as if attached to this agreement or repeated herein. Unless otherwise specified, definitions set forth in the General Conditions apply to all other Contract Documents. WITNESSETH: That for and in consideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter mentioned, to be made and performed by OWNER, and under the conditions expressed in the bond bearing even date herewith, CONTRACTOR hereby agrees with the said OWNER to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows: Round Rock Municipal Office Complex Temporary Parking Lot Further described as the work covered by this specification consists of furnishing all the materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, supervision, labor, insurance, and other accessories and services necessary to complete the said construction, in accordance with the conditions and prices stated in the Proposal attached hereof, and in accordance with the Notice to Contractors, Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions of Agreement, Special Conditions, Technical Specifications, Plans, and other drawings and printed or written explanatory material thereof, and the Specifications and Addenda therefor, as prepared by Page Southerland Page, herein entitled the ENGINEER, each of which has been identified by the CONTRACTOR'S written Proposal, the General Conditions of the Agreement, and the Performance, Payment, and Maintenance Bonds hereof, and collectively evidence and constitute the entire contract. PBD -2 The CONTRACTOR hereby agrees to commence work within 10 calendar days after the date written notice to do so have been given to him, and to complete the same within 30 calendar days after the date of the written Notice to Proceed, subject to such extensions of time as are provided by the General and Special Conditions. The OWNER agrees to pay the CONTRACTOR in current funds the price or prices shown in the Proposal, which forms a part of this Contract, such payments to be subject to the General and Special Conditions of the Contract. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to these presents have executed this Agreement in the year and day first above written. CITY OF ROUND ROCK TE (OWNE BY: ATTEST: Maxwell Mayor (The following to be executed if the Contractor is a Corporation.) I, , certify that I am the Secretary of the Corporation named as Contractor herein; that , who signed this Contract on behalf of the Contractor was then (official title) of said Corporation, that said Contract was duly signed for and in behalf of said Corporation, that said Corporation by authority of its governing body, and is within the scope of its corporate powers. Corporate Seal postbid,msthpec master Signed: PBD -3 CHAMPION SITE PREP L. P. (CONTRACTOR) John Gustainis_its President of Champion SP, LLC its General Partner ATTEST: Secretary, if Contractor is a Corporation or otherwise registered with the Secretary of State THE STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF WILLIAMSON KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Champion Site Prep, L.P. of the City of Georgetown, County of Williamson, and State of Texas, as Principal, and First National Insurance Company of America authorized under the law of the State of Texas to act as surety on bonds for principals, are held and firmly bound unto THE CITY OF ROUND ROCK, TEXAS, (Owner), in the penal sum of Seventy Thousand Nine Hundred Seventeen & 14/100 -- dollars ($ 70,917.14) for the payment whereof, well and truly to be made the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, by these presents: postbtd.mst/spec master PERFORMANCE BOND WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Owner dated the q`I-h day of Jan t,t_&r9 , 2003 to which the contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein consisting of: Round Rock Municipal Office Complex Temporary Parking Lot NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall faithfully perform said Contract and shall, in all respects, duly and faithfully observe and perform all and singular the covenants, conditions and agreements in and by said Contract, agreed and covenanted by the Principal to be observed and performed, including but not limited to, the repair of any and all defects in said work occasioned by and resulting from defects in materials furnished by or workmanship of, the Principal in performing the work covered by said Contract and occurring within a period of twelve (12) months from the date of the contract Completion Certificate and all other covenants and conditions, according to the true intent and meaning of said Contract and the Plans and Specifications hereto annexed, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253, Texas Government code, as amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Chapter 2253 to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. PBD -4 Bond //6200297 PERFORMANCE BOND (continued) Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the term of the contract, or to the work performed thereunder, or the plans, specifications, or drawings accompanying the same, shall in anywise affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the work to be performed thereunder. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument this 24t day of January, 2003. Champion Site Prep L.P. Fast National Insurance Company ofAmerica Principal By: / �I J burl GusTNNts f jsIIlgl∎ i OF P l- mm.1r) gyp, UC r rs Title BEN PA-UN E-2 Address y 5S -1 Surt. Pu i 195 r6mR (,,2.8 Resident Agent of Surety: Insurance Network of Texas Printed Name 143 E. Austin Address postbld msNSpec master PBD -5 By: Surety Giddings, TX 78942 City, , • to & Zip Code A , r wA:7, <Is. ignature David P.? • , Attorney -In -Fact David P. Ferguson, Attorney -In -Fact Title PO Box 34526, Seattle, WA 98124 -1526 Address THE STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF WILLIAMSON PAYMENT BOND Bond //6200297 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Champion Site Prep, L.P., of the City of Georgetown, County of Williamson, and State of Texas as Principal, and First National Insurance Company of America authorized under the laws of the State of Texas to act as Surety on Bonds for Principals, are held and firmly bound unto THE CITY OF ROUND ROCK, (OWNER), and all subcontractors, workers, laborers, mechanics and suppliers as their interest may appear, all of whom shall have the right to sue upon this bond, in the penal sum of Seventy Thousand Nine Hundred Seventeen & 14 /100 -- Dollars ($70,917.14) for the payment whereof, well and truly be made the said Principal and Surety bind themselves and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, by these presents: WHEREAS the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Owner, dated the '1+Wl day of ccI.VI U , 2003, to which Contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at Length herein consisting of: NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall well and truly pay all subcontractors, workers, laborers, mechanics, and suppliers, all monies to them owing by said Principals for subcontracts, work, labor, equipment, supplies and materials done and furnished for the construction of the improvements of said Contract, then this obligation shall be and become null and void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253, Texas Government code, as amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Chapter 2253 to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. postbid msdspec master Round Rock Municipal Office Complex Temporary Parking Lot PBD -6 PAYMENT BOND (continued) Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the work performed thereunder, or the plans, specifications or drawings accompanying the same shall in anywise affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the work to be performed thereunder. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this Instrument this 24 day of January, 2003. Champion Site Prep, L.P. Principal By: Address Jovits1 Gus-rniwis RESIbf 1.11 OF I'I+AMPio N SP, LI.e ir5 Title lf_R.AL- PA2TNUI 4S54 S-r - rF I.w-i l95 R o2c,�,vli Tx i$toz8 Resident Agent of Surety: Insurance Network of Texas Printed Name 143 E. Austin Address Giddings, TX 78942 City, S • - & Zi ature David P. postbid mst/spec master Attorney -In -Fact PBD -7 First National Insurance Company of America Surety Bv: David P. Ferguson, Attorney -In -Fact Title P.O. Box 34526, Seattle, WA 98124 -1526 Address 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 [ FIRST NATIONAL / SURETY] 4333 Brooklyn Avenue N.E. I Seattle, WA 98105 '5- 1049/FNEF 7/90 POWER OF ATTORNEY No. 11429 FIRST NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA 4333 BROOKLYN AVE NE SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98105 KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: I That FIRST NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, a Washington corporation, does hereby appoint ROBERT JAMES NITSCHE, ROBERT K. NITSCHE, DAVID PAUL FERGUSON, VIOLET FROSCH; NINA K. SMITH; Giddings, Te its true and lawful attomey(s) -in -fad, with full authority to execute on behalf of the company fidelity and surety bonds or undertakings and other documents of a similar character issued by the company In the course of its business, and to bind FIRST NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA thereby as fully as if such 'instruments had been duly executed by its regularly elected officers at its home office. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, FIRST NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA has executed and attested these presents 1 1 ' RA. PIERSON, SECRETARY CERTIFICATE "Article V, Section 13 - FIDELITY AND SURETY BONDS ... the President, any Vice President, the Secretary, and any Assistant Vice President appointed for that purpose by the officer In charge of surety operations, shall each have authority to appoint individuals as attomeys-in-fact or under other appropriate titles with authority to I execute on behalf of the company fidelity and surety bonds and other documents of similar character Issued by the company in the course of its business... On any instrument making or evidencing such appointment, the signatures may be affixed by facsimile. On any instrument conferring such authority or on any bond or undertaking of the company, the seal, or a facsimile thereof, may be impressed or affixed or In any other manner reproduced; provided, however, that the seal shall not be necessary to the validity of any such instrument or undertaking " this 15th day of February Extract from the By -Laws of FIRST NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA: Extract from a Resolution of the Board of Directors of FIRST NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA adopted July 28, 1970. "On any certificate executed by the Secretary or an assistant secretary of the Company setting out, ' (1) The provisions of Article V, Section 13 of the By -Laws, and on A copy of the power-of-attorney appointment, executed pursuant thereto, and (111) Certifying that said powerof- attomey appointment is In full force and effect, the signature of the certifying officer may be by facsimile, and the seal of the Company may be a facsimile thereof." 24th this day of , 2000 W. RANDALL STODDARD, PRESIDENT 'I, R A. Pierson, Secretary of FIRST NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, do hereby certify that the foregoing extracts of the By -Laws and of a Resolution of the Board of Directors of this corporation, and of a Power of Attorney issued pursuant thereto, are true and correct, and that both the By -Laws, the Resolution and the Power of Attomey are still In full force and effect 'IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the facsimile seal of said corporation January 2003 R.A. PIERSON, SECRETARY 2/15/00 PDF PRODUCER Insurance Network of Texas • 143 E. Austin Giddings, Tx 78942 1 1 A I L A r B 1 1 1 1 INSURED Champion Site Prep.,L.P. 455 Hwy 195, Suite A Georgetown, Tx 78628 1 1 ' CO ' LTR NUMBER DATE DATE THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT the Insured named above is insured by the Companies listed above with respect to the business operations hereinafter describect, for the types of insurance and in accordance with the provisions of the standard policies used by the companies, and further hereinafter described. Exceptions to the policies are noted below. TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY EFFECTIVE EXPIRATION LIMITS A �tERALL1ABn Y 50CL411871 1 1, AUTOMOarzEUABUm 50TX4118730000 A/01/02-4/01/03 EXCESS LIABILITY' woRxERS'COMPENSAnoN TSF0001121344 9/06/02 - 9/06/03 AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY PROFESSIONAL LIABII.IT1 DESCRIPTION OP OPERaTIONS20CATIONS/t7BLBn ES/SPECIA1. ITEMS/EXCEPTIONS 1� I The City of Round Rock is named as additional insured with respect to all policies except 'Workers' Compensation and Employers' Liability' and 'Professional Liability'. Should any of the abovedesmbcd policies be =nettled or changed before the expiration date thereof, the issuing company well mail thirty (30) days written notice to the certificate holder named below. ' CERTIFICATE HOLDER City Manager City of Round Rock 221 E. Main Street Round Rory Texas 75664 1 poctbid.mn/sp= ,misty 4/01/02- 4/01/03 50CU41187600 4/01/02 - 4/01/03 COMPANIES AFFORDING COVERAGE A Millers General Agency B Texas Mutual Insurance Company C D PBD -8 Typed Name. n • True CEO GENERAL AGGREGATE 5 2,000,000 PRODUCTS- COMP/OP AGC.s 2,000,000 PERSONAL de ADV. INJURYS 1,000,000 EACH OCCURRENCE 51,000,000 FIRE DAMAGE (Any elsfire) 5 300,000 MID. EXPENSE (My one peram) 5 10,000 coMatreD s1NGLE IJMTT 5 1,000,000 BODRY INJURY (Perpcaoo)S BODILY INJURY (Pereccident) 5 PROPERTY DAMAGE 5 EACH OCCURRENCE AGGREGATE STATUTORY LIMITS EACH ACCIDENT DISEASE - POLICY LIM1r DISEASE - EACH EMPLOYEE SIGNATURE OF AU,PH ORIZnD REPRESENTATIVE itsche 51,000,000 $ 1- ,000,000 s 500,000 s 500,000 s 500,000 WARRANTY BOND (continued) OR shall pay over, make good and reimburse to the said Obligee all loss and damage which said Obligee may sustain by reason of failure or default of said Principal so to do, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise shall remain in full force and effect. Principal By: Title Address Resident Agent of Surety: Printed Name Address City, State & Zip Code Signature postbid.mst/spec muter Title PBD -10 Surety By: Address 4.0 GENERAL CONDITIONS 1 1 1 General Conditions of Agreement 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ' 1 1 1 1 1 Contents 1. Definition of Terms 1.01 - City, Contractor and Engineer 1.02 - Contract Documents 1.03 - Subcontractor 1.04 - Sub - Subcontractor 1.05 - Written Notice 1.06 - Work 1.07 - Extra Work 1.08 - Working Day 1.09 - Calendar Day 1.10 - Substantially Completed 2. Responsibilities of the Engineer and the Contractor 2.01 - City- Engineer Relationship 2.02 - Professional Inspection by Engineer 2.03 - Payments for Work 2.04 - Initial Determinations 2.05 - Objections 2.06 - Lines and Grades 2.07 - Contractor's Duty and Superintendence 2.08 - Contractor's Understanding 2.09 - Character of Workers 2.10 - Contractor's Buildings 2.11 - Sanitation 2.12 - Shop Drawings 2.13 - Preliminary Approval 2.14 - Defects and Their Remedies 2.15 - Changes and Alterations 2.16 - Inspectors gencond mst/spec master GC -1 3. General Obligations and Responsibilities 3.01 - Keeping Plans and Specifications Accessible 3.02 - Ownership of Drawings 3.03 - Adequacy of Design 3.04 - Right of Entry 3.05 - Collateral Contracts 3.06 - Discrepancies and Omissions 3.07 - Equipment, Materials and Construction Plant 3.08 - Damages 3.09 - Protection Against Accident to Employees and the Public 3.10 - Performance and Payment Bonds 3.11 - Losses from Natural Causes 3.12 - Protection of Adjoining Property 3.13 - Protection Against Claims of Subcontractors, etc. 3.14 - Protection Against Royalties or Patented Inventions 3.15 - Laws and Ordinances 3.16 - Assignment and Subletting 3.17 - Indemnification 3.18 - Insurance 3.19 - Final Clean-Up 3.20 - Guarantee Against Defective Work 3.21 - Testing of Materials 3.22 - Wage Rates 3.23 - Right to Audit 4. Prosecution and Progress 4.01 - Time and Order of Completion 4.02 - Extension of Time 4.03 - Hindrances and Delays 5. Measurement and Payment 5.01 - Quantities and Measurements 5.02 - Estimated Quantities 5.03 - Price of Work 5.04 - Partial Payments 5.05 - Use of Completed Portions 5.06 - Final Completion and Acceptance 5.07 - Final Payment 5.08 - Payments Withheld 5.09 - Delayed Payments gencond.mst/spec master GC -2 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 11. Termination 1 1 1 1 6. Extra Work and Claims 6.01 - Change Orders 6.02 - Minor Changes 6.03 - Extra Work 6.04 - Maximum Markup for Self - Performed Work 6.05 - Maximum Markup for Lower Tier Contractors 6.06 - Unit Price Proposals 6.07 - Cost Plus Proposals 6.08 - Accurate Pricing Information 6.09 - Right to Verify Information , 6.10 - Pricing Information Requirements 6.11 - Time of Filing Claims 6.12 - Continuing Performance 7. Abandonment of Contract 7.01 - Abandonment by Contractor 7.02 - Abandonment by City 8. Subcontractors 8.01 - Award of Subcontracts for Portions of Work 8.02 - Subcontractual Relations 8.03 - Payments to Subcontractors 9. Separate Contracts 9.01 - City's Right to Award Separate Contracts 9.02 - Mutual Responsibility of Contractors 9.03 - Cutting and Patching Under Separate Contracts 10. Protection of Persons and Property 10.01 - Safety Precautions and Programs 10.02 - Safety of Persons and Property 10.03 - Location and Protection of Utilities 11.01 - Termination by City for Cause 11.02 - Termination for Convenience gencond.mst/spec master GC -3 1. Definition of Terms 1.01 City, Contractor and Engineer The City, the Contractor, and the Engineer and those persons or organizations identified as such in the Agreement are referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and masculine in gender. The term "Engineer" means the Engineer or his duly authorized representative. The Engineer shall be understood to be the Engineer of the City, and nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall create any contractual or agency relationship between the Engineer and the Contractor. 1.02 Contract Documents The Contract Documents shall consist of the Notice to Contractors, Instructions to Bidders, Proposal, Signed Agreement, Performance and Payment Bonds (when required), Special Bonds (when required), General Conditions of the Agreement, Construction Specifications, Plans and all modifications thereof incorporated in any such documents before the execution of the agreement. The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is called for by any one shall be as binding as if called for by all. In case of conflict between any of the Contract Documents, priority of interpretation shall be in the following order: Signed Agreement, Performance and Payment Bonds, Special Bonds (if any), Proposal, Special Conditions of Agreement, Notice to Contractors, Technical Specifications, Plans and General Conditions of Agreement. 1.03 Subcontractor 1.04 Sub - Subcontractor gencond.mstlspcc master General Conditions of Agreement The term "Subcontractor," as employed herein, applies only to one who has a direct contract with the Contractor. It includes one who furnishes material worked to special design according to the plans or specifications of this work, but does not include one who merely furnishes material not so worked. The term "Sub- Subcontractor" applies to one who has a direct or indirect contract with a Subcontractor to perform any of the work at the site. It includes one who furnishes material worked to a special design according to the plans or specifications of this work, but does not include one who merely furnishes material not so worked. GC -4 1.05 Written Notice 1.06 Work Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered to or sent by registered mail to the last business address known to him who gives the notice. The Contractor shall provide and pay for all materials, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, services, insurance, and all water, light, power, fuel, transportation and other facilities necessary for the execution and completion of the work covered by the Contract Documents. Unless otherwise specified, all materials shall be new, and both workmanship and materials shall be of a good quality. The Contractor shall, if required, furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials. Materials or work described in words that when so applied, have a well -known technical or trade meaning shall be held to refer to such recognized standards. 1.07 Extra Work The term "Extra Work" shall be understood to mean and include all work that may be required by the Engineer or the City to be done by the Contractor to accomplish any change, alteration or addition to the work shown upon the plans, or reasonably implied by the specifications, and not covered by the Contractor's Proposal, except as provided herein under "Changes and Alterations." 1.08 Working Day The term "Working Day" is defined as any day not including Saturdays, Sundays or any legal holidays, in which weather or other conditions, not under the control of the Contractor, will permit construction of the principal units of the work for a period of not less than seven (7) hours between 7:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. 1.09 Calendar Day The term "Calendar Day" is defined as any day of the week or month, no days being excepted. 1.10 Substantially Completed The term "Substantially Completed" shall be understood to mean that the structure has been made suitable for use or occupancy, or that the facility is in condition to serve its intended purpose, but still may require minor miscellaneous work and adjustment. gencond.mstlspec master GC -5 2. Responsibilities of the Engineer and the Contractor 2.01 City- Engineer Relationship The Engineer will be the City's representative during construction. The duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of the Engineer as the City's representative during construction are as set forth in the Contract Documents and shall not be extended or limited without written consent of the City and the Engineer. The Engineer will advise and consult with the City, and all of the City's instructions to the Contractor shall be issued through the Engineer. 2.02 Professional Inspection by Engineer The Engineer shall make periodic visits to the site to familiarize himself with the progress of the executed work and to determine if such work meets the essential performance and design features and the technical and functional engineering requirements of the Contract Documents, provided and except, however, that the Engineer shall not be responsible for making any detailed, exhaustive, comprehensive or continuous on -site inspections of the quality or quantity of the work or be responsible, directly or indirectly, for the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, quality, procedures, programs, safety precautions or lack of same incident thereto or in connection therewith. Notwithstanding any other provision of this agreement or any other Contract Document, the Engineer shall not be responsible or liable for any acts, errors, omissions or negligence of the Contractor, any Subcontractor or any of the Contractor's or Subcontractor's agents, servants or employees, or any other person, firm or corporation performing or attempting to perform any of the work. 2.03 Payments for Work The Engineer shall review the Contractor's applications for payment and supporting data, determine the amount owed to the Contractor and recommend, in writing, payment to the Contractor in such amounts; such recommendation of payment to the Contractor constitutes a representation to the City of the Engineer's professional judgment that the work has progressed to the point indicated to the best of his knowledge, information and belief, but such recommendation of an application for payment to the Contractor shall not be deemed as a representation by the Engineer that the Engineer has made any examination to determine how or for what purpose the Contractor has used the monies paid on account of the contract price. 2.04 Initial Determinations The Engineer initially shall determine all claims, disputes and other matters in question between the Contractor and the City relating to execution or progress of the work or interpretation of the Contract Documents. The Engineer's decision shall be rendered in gencond.mstispec master GC - 6 writing within a reasonable time, which shall not be construed to be less than ten (10) days. 2.05 Objections In the event the Engineer renders any decision that, in the opinion of either party hereto, is not in accordance with the meaning and intent of this contract, either party may file with the Engineer within thirty (30) days his written objection to the decision, and by such action may reserve the right to submit the question so raised to litigation as hereinafter provided. 2.06 Lines and Grades Unless otherwise specified, the Engineer or his representative shall furnish all lines and grades. Whenever necessary, construction work shall be suspended to permit performance of this work, but such suspension will be as brief as practical and the Contractor shall be allowed no extra compensation therefore. The Contractor shall give the Engineer reasonable notice of the time and place where lines and grades will be needed. All stakes, marks, etc., shall be carefully preserved by the Contractor, and in case of careless destruction or removal by him or his employees, such stakes, marks, etc., shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense. 2.07 Contractor's Duty and Superintendence The Contractor shall give adequate attention to the faithful prosecution and completion of this contract and shall keep on the work, during its progress, a competent English - speaking Superintendent and any necessary assistants to supervise and direct the work. The Superintendent shall represent the Contractor in his absence and all directions given to him shall be as binding as if given by the Contractor. The Contractor is and at all times shall remain an independent contractor, solely responsible for the manner and method of completing his work under this contract, with full power and authority to select the means, method and manner of performing such work, so long as such methods do not adversely affect the completed improvements, the City and the Engineer being interested only in the result obtained and conformity of such completed improvements to the plans, specifications and contract. Likewise, the Contractor shall be solely responsible for the safety of himself, his employees and other persons, as well as for the protection and safety of the improvements being erected and the property of himself or any other person, as a result of his operations hereunder. Engineering construction drawings and specifications, as well as any additional information concerning the work to be performed passing from or through the Engineer, shall not be interpreted as requiring or allowing the Contractor to deviate from the plans and specifications. The intent of such drawings, specifications and gencond.mst/spec master GC - any other such information shall be to define the specificity of the work the Contractor is to perform. The Contractor shall be fully and completely liable, at his own expense, for design, construction, installation, and use or non -use of all items and methods incident to performance of the contract, and for all loss, damage or injury incident thereto, either to person or property, including, without limitation, the adequacy of all temporary supports, shoring, bracing, scaffolding, machinery or equipment, safety precautions or devices, and similar items or devices used by him during construction. Any review of work in process, or any visit or observation during construction, or any clarification of plans and specifications, by the Engineer or the City, or any agent, employee or representative of either of them, whether through personal observation on the project site or by means of approval of shop drawings for temporary construction or construction processes, or by other means or methods, is agreed by the Contractor to be for the purpose of observing the extent and nature of work completed or being performed, as measured against the drawings and specifications constituting the contract, or for the purpose of enabling the Contractor to more fully understand the plans and specifications so that the completed construction work will conform thereto, and shall in no way relieve the Contractor from full and complete responsibility for the proper performance of his work on the project, including but not limited to the propriety of means and methods of the Contractor in performing said contract, and the adequacy of any designs, plans or other facilities for accomplishing such performance. Deviation by the Contractor from plans and specifications that may have been in evidence during any such visitation or observation by the Engineer, or any of his representatives, whether called to the Contractor's attention or not, shall in no way relieve the Contractor from his responsibility to complete all work in accordance with said plans and specifications. 2.08 Contractor's Understanding It is understood and agreed that the Contractor has, by careful examination, satisfied himself as to the nature and location of the work, the conformation of the ground, the character, quality and quantity of the materials to be encountered, the character of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the work, the general and local conditions, and all other matters that can in any way affect the work under this contract. The Contractor agrees that he will make no claim against the City or the Engineer if, in the prosecution of the work, he finds that the actual site or subsurface conditions encountered do not conform to those indicated by excavation, test excavation, test procedures, borings, explorations or other subsurface excavations. No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, agent or employee of the City or the Engineer either before or after the execution of this contract shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations herein contained. gencond.mst/spec master GC - 8 2.09 Character of Workers The Contractor agrees to employ only orderly and competent workers, skillful in the performance of the type of work required under this contract, to do the work; and agrees that whenever the Engineer shall inform him in writing that any workers on the work are, in his opinion, incompetent, unfaithful or disorderly, or refuse instructions from the Engineer in the absence of the Superintendent, such worker shall be discharged from the work and shall not again be employed on the work without the Engineer's written consent. Any Contractor for work on this project may employ no illegal alien, and a penalty of $500.00 per day will be assessed for each day and for each illegal alien who works for the Contractor at this project. 2.10 Contractor's Buildings The building of structures for housing workers, or the erection of tents or other forms of protection, will be permitted only at such places as the Engineer shall direct, and the sanitary conditions of the grounds in or about such structures shall at all times be maintained in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. 2.11 Sanitation Necessary sanitary conveniences for the use of laborers on the work, properly secluded from public observation, shall be constructed and maintained by the Contractor in such manner and at such points as shall be approved by the Engineer, and their use shall be strictly enforced. 2.12 Shop Drawings The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer, with such promptness as to cause no delay in his own work or in that of any other Contractor, four (4) checked copies, unless otherwise specified, of all shop and/or setting drawings and schedules required for the work of the various trades, and the Engineer shall pass upon them with reasonable promptness, making desired corrections. The Contractor shall make any corrections required by the Engineer, file with him two (2) corrected copies and furnish such other copies as may be needed. The Engineer's review of such drawings or schedules shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for deviations from drawings or specifications, unless he has in writing called the Engineer's attention to such deviations at the time of submission, nor shall it relieve him from responsibility for errors of any sort in shop drawings or schedules. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to fully and completely review all shop drawings to ascertain their effect on his ability to perform the required contract work in accordance with the plans and specifications and within the contract time. gencond.mst/spec master GC - 9 Such review by the Engineer shall be for the sole purpose of determining the general conformity of said shop drawings or schedules to result in finished improvements in conformity with the plans and specifications, and shall not relieve the Contractor of his duty as an independent contractor as previously set forth, it being expressly understood and agreed that the Engineer does not assume any duty to pass upon the propriety or adequacy of such drawings or schedules, or any means or methods reflected thereby, in relation to the safety of either person or property during the Contractor's performance hereunder. 2.13 Preliminary Approval The Engineer shall not have the power to waive the obligations of this contract for the furnishing by the Contractor of good material, and of his performing good work as herein described, and in full accordance with the plans and specifications. No failure or omission of the Engineer to discover, object to or condemn any defective work or material shall release the Contractor from the obligations to fully and properly perform the contract, including without limitation, the obligation to at once tear out, remove and properly replace any defective work or material at any time prior to final acceptance upon the discovery of said defective work or material; provided, however, that the Engineer shall, upon request of the Contractor, inspect and accept or reject any material furnished, and in the event the material has been once accepted by the Engineer, such acceptance shall be binding on the City unless it can be clearly shown that such material furnished does not meet the specifications for this work. Any questioned work may be ordered taken up or removed for re examination by the Engineer, prior to final acceptance, and if found not in accordance with the plans and/or specifications for said work, all expense of removing, re- examination and replacement shall be borne by the Contractor. Otherwise, the expense thus incurred shall be allowed as Extra Work and shall be paid for by the City; provided that, where inspection or approval is specifically required by the specifications prior to performance of certain work, should the Contractor proceed with such work without requesting prior inspection or approval he shall bear all expense of taking up, removing, and replacing this work if so directed by the Engineer. 2.14 Defects and Their Remedies It is further agreed that if the work or any part thereof, or any material brought on the site of the work for use in the work or selected for the same, shall be deemed by the Engineer as unsuitable or not in conformity with the plans, specifications, or the intent thereof, the Contractor shall, after receipt of written notice thereof from the Engineer, forthwith remove such material and rebuild or otherwise remedy such work so that it shall be in full accordance with this contract. gencond msuspec master GC -10 2.15 Changes and Alterations The Contractor further agrees that the City may make such changes and alterations as the City may see fit in the line, grade, form, dimensions, plans or materials for the work herein contemplated, or any part thereof, either before or after the beginning of the construction, without affecting the validity of this contract and the accompanying performance and payment Bonds. If such changes or alterations diminish the quantity of the work to be done, they shall not constitute the basis for a claim for damages or anticipated profits on the work that may be dispensed with, except as provided for unit price items under Section 5 "Measurement and Payment." If the amount of work is increased, and the work can fairly be classified under the specifications, such increase shall be paid for according to the quantity actually done and at the unit price, if any, established for such work under this contract, except as provided for unit price items under Section 5 "Measurement and Payment." Otherwise, such additional work shall be paid for as provided under Extra Work. In the event the City makes such changes or alterations as shall make useless any work already done or material already furnished or used in said work, then the City shall compensate the Contractor for any material or labor so used, and for any actual loss occasioned by such change, due to actual expense incurred in preparation for the work as originally planned. 2.16 Inspectors The Engineer may provide one (or more) field inspectors at the work site for the limited purpose of observing the work in progress and reporting back to the Engineer on the extent, nature, manner and performance of the work so that the Engineer may more effectively perform his duties hereunder. Such inspectors may also communicate between the Engineer and the Contractor their respective reports, opinions, questions, answers and clarifications concerning the plans, specifications and work, but shall not be deemed the agent of the Contractor for all purposes in communicating such matters. Such inspectors may confer with the Contractor or the Contractor's Superintendent concerning the prosecution of the work and its conformity with the plans and specifications, but shall never be, in whole or part, responsible for or charged with, nor shall he assume any authority or responsibility for the means, methods or manner of completing the work or of the superintendence of the work or of the Contractor's employees. It is expressly understood and agreed that any such inspector is not authorized by the Engineer or the City to independently act for either or to answer on behalf of either, any inquiries of the Contractor concerning the plans, specifications or work. No inspector's opinion, advice, interpretation of the plans or specifications of this contract, apparent or express approval of the means or methods or manner of the Contractor's performance of work in progress or completed, or discovery or failure to discover or object to defective work of materials shall release the Contractor from his gcncond mst/spec master GC - 11 duty to complete all work in strict accordance with the plans and specifications or stop the City or the Engineer from requiring that all work be fully and properly performed and, if necessary, that defective or otherwise unacceptable work be removed and such work redone. 3. General Obligations and Responsibilities 3.01 Keeping Plans and Specifications Accessible The Engineer shall furnish the Contractor with an adequate and reasonable number of copies of all plans and specifications without expense to him, and the Contractor shall keep one (1) copy of the same constantly accessible on the work, with the latest revisions noted thereon. 3.02 Ownership of Drawings No drawings, specifications or copies furnished by the Engineer shall be reused on other work, and, with the exception of the signed contract sets, are to be returned to the Engineer, on request, at the completion of the work. All models are the property of the City. 3.03 Adequacy of Design It is understood that the City believes it has employed competent engineers and designers. It is therefore agreed that the City shall be responsible for the adequacy of the design, sufficiency of the Contract Documents, the safety of the structure and the practicability of the operations of the completed project provided that the Contractor has complied with the requirements of the said Contract Documents, all approved modifications thereof, and additions and alterations thereto approved in writing by the City. The burden of proof of such compliance shall be upon the Contractor to show that he has complied with the said requirements of the Contract Documents, approved modifications thereof and all approved additions and alterations thereto. 3.04 Right of Entry The City reserves the right to enter the property or location at which the work herein contracted for is to be constructed or installed, by such agent or agents as he may elect, for the purpose of inspecting the work or for the purpose of constructing or installing such collateral work as the City may desire. gencond mst/spec master GC - 12 3.05 Collateral Contracts The City agrees to provide, by separate contract or otherwise, all labor and material essential to the completion of the work specifically excluded from this contract, in such manner so as not to unreasonably delay the progress of the work or damage the Contractor, except where such delays are specifically mentioned elsewhere in the Contract Documents. The City will attempt to coordinate the collateral work of utility companies regulated by City franchises, but the City shall not be responsible for delays or other damages to the Contractor that may result from their acts or omissions. 3.06 Discrepancies and Omissions The Contractor shall provide written notice to the Engineer of any omissions or discrepancies found in the contract. It is further agreed that it is the intent of this contract that all work must be done and all material must be furnished in accordance with generally accepted practices for construction. In the event of any discrepancies between the separate Contract Documents, the priority of interpretation defined under "Contract Documents" shall govern. In the event that there is still any doubt as to the meaning and intent of any portion of the contract, specifications or drawings, the Engineer shall define what is intended to apply to the work. 3.07 Equipment, Materials and Construction Plant The Contractor shall be responsible for the care, preservation, conservation and protection of all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, apparatus, accessories, facilities, all means of construction, and any and all parts of the work, whether the Contractor has been paid, partially paid, or not paid for such work, until the entire work is completed and accepted. 3.08 Damages In the event the Contractor is damaged in the course of completion of the work by the act, negligence, omission, mistake or default of the City or the Engineer, thereby causing loss to the Contractor, the City agrees that he will reimburse the Contractor for such loss. In the event the City is damaged in the course of the work by the act, negligence, omission, mistake or default of the Contractor, or should the Contractor unreasonably delay the progress of the work being done by others on the job so as to cause loss for which the City becomes liable, then the Contractor shall reimburse the City for such loss. 3.09 Protection Against Accident to Employees and the Public The Contractor shall at all times exercise reasonable precautions for the safety of employees and others on or near the work and shall comply with all applicable provisions of federal, state and municipal safety laws and building and construction codes. All gencond mst/spec master GC - 13 machinery and equipment and other physical hazards shall be guarded in accordance with the "Manual of Accident Prevention in Construction" of the Associated General Contractors of America, except where incompatible with federal, state or municipal laws or regulations. The Contractor shall provide such machinery guards, safe walkways, ladders, bridges, gangplanks and other safety devices. The safety precautions actually taken and their adequacy shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor, acting at his discretion as an independent contractor. In the event there is an accident involving injury to any individual on or near the work, the Contractor shall immediately notify the City and the Engineer of the event and shall be responsible for recording the location of the event and the circumstances surrounding the event through photographs, interviewing witnesses, obtaining of medical reports and other documentation that defines the event. Copies of such documentation shall be provided to the City and the Engineer for their records. 3.10 Performance and Payment Bonds Unless otherwise specified, it is further agreed by the parties to the contract that the Contractor will execute separate performance and payment bonds, each in the sum of one hundred (100%) percent of the total contract price, on standard forms for this purpose, guaranteeing faithful performance of the work and the fulfillment of any guarantee required, and further guaranteeing payment to all persons supplying labor and materials or furnishing him any equipment in the execution of the contract. If the contract price is $25,000.00 or less, no payment or performance bond shall be required from the Contractor. It is agreed that the contract shall not be in effect until such performance and payment bonds are furnished and approved by the City. Unless otherwise specified, the cost of the premium for the performance and payment bonds shall be included in the price bid by the Contractor for the work under this contract, and the City will make no extra payment for such bonds. Unless otherwise approved in writing by the City, the surety company underwriting the bonds shall be licensed to write such bonds in the State of Texas. 3.11 Losses from Natural Causes Unless otherwise specified, all loss or damage to the Contractor arising out of the nature of the work to be done, or from the action of the elements, or from any unforeseen circumstance in the prosecution of the same, or from unusual obstructions or difficulties which may be encountered in the prosecution of the work, shall be sustained and borne by the Contractor at his own cost and expense. gencond mst/spec master GC -14 3.12 Protection of Adjoining Property The said Contractor shall take proper means to protect the adjacent or adjoining property or properties, in any way encountered, which might be injured or seriously affected by any process of construction to be undertaken under this agreement, from any damage or injury by reason of said process of construction; and he shall be liable for any and all claims for such damage on account of his failure to fully protect all adjoining property. The Contractor agrees to indemnify, save and hold harmless the City and the Engineer against any claim or claims for damages due to any injury to any adjacent or adjoining property, arising or growing out of the performance of the contract regardless of whether or not it is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder, but any such indemnity shall not apply to any claim of any kind arising solely out of the existence or character of the work. 3.13 Protection Against Claims of Subcontractors, Laborers, Material men and Furnishers of Machinery, Equipment and Supplies The Contractor agrees that he will indemnify and save the City and the Engineer from all claims growing out the Lawful demands of Subcontractors, laborers, workers, mechanics, material men and furnishers of machinery and parts thereof, equipment, power tools and all supplies, including commissary, incurred in the furtherance of the performance of this contract. When so desired by the City, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged or waived. If the Contractor fails to do so, then the City may either pay directly any unpaid bills of which the City has written notice, or may withhold from the Contractor's unpaid compensation a sum of money deemed reasonably sufficient to liquidate any and all such lawful claims. When satisfactory evidence is furnished that all liabilities have been fully discharged, payments to the Contractor shall be resumed in full in accordance with the terms of this contract, but in no event shall either the Contractor or his surety construe the provisions of this sentence to impose any obligation upon the City. 3.14 Protection Against Royalties or Patented Inventions The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees, and shall provide for the use of any design, device, material or process covered by letter patent or copyright by suitable legal agreement with the patentee or owner. The Contractor shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patent or copyright rights and shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the City and the Engineer from any loss on account thereof, except that the City shall defend all such suits and claims and shall be responsible for all such losses when a particular design, device, material or process or the product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is specified or required by the City; provided, however, if choice of alternate design, device, material or process is allowed to the Contractor, then the Contractor shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the City from any loss on account thereof. If the material or process specified or required by the City is known by gencond mst/spec master GC -15 the Contractor to be an infringement, the Contractor shall be responsible for such loss unless he promptly gives such information to the City. 3.15 Laws and Ordinances The Contractor shall at all times observe and comply with all federal, state and local laws, ordinances and regulations, which in any manner affect the contract or the work, and shall indemnify and save the City and the Engineer against any claim arising from the violation of any such laws, ordinances, and regulations whether by the Contractor or his employees, except where such violations are called for by the provisions of the Contract Documents. If the Contractor observes that the plans and specifications are at variance therewith, he shall promptly notify the Engineer in writing, and any necessary changes shall be prepared as provided in the contract for changes in the work. If the Contractor performs any work knowing it to be contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, and without such notice to the Engineer, he shall bear all costs arising therefrom. In case the City is a body politic and corporate, the law from which it derives its powers, insofar as the same regulates the objects for which, or the manner in which, or the conditions under which the City may enter into contract, shall be controlling and shall be considered as part of this contract to the same effect as though embodied herein. 3.16 Assignment and Subletting The Contractor further agrees that he will retain personal control and will give his personal attention to the fulfillment of this contract and that he will not assign by Power of Attorney or otherwise, or sublet said contract without the written consent of the Engineer, and that no part or feature of the work will be sublet to anyone objectionable to the Engineer or the City. The Contractor further agrees that the subletting of any portion or feature of the work, or materials required in the performance of this contract, shall not relieve the Contractor from his full obligations to the City as provided by this agreement. 3.17 Indemnification The Contractor shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the City and the Engineer and their respective officers, agents and employees, from and against all damages, claims, losses, demands, suits, judgments and costs, including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses, arising out of or resulting from the performance of the work, provided that any such damage, claim, loss, demand, suit, judgment, cost or expense: 1. is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death of any person, including Contractor's employees and any Subcontractor's employees and any Sub - Subcontractors employees, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property, including Contractor's property (other than the work itself) and the property of any Subcontractor of Sub - Subcontractor, including the loss of use resulting therefrom; and, gencond.mst/spec master GC -16 2. is caused in whole or in part by any intentional or negligent act or omission of the Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Sub - Subcontractor or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any one of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not it is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. The obligation of the Contractor under this section shall not extend to the liability of the Engineer, his agents or employees arising out of the preparation of maps, plans, reports, surveys, change orders, designs or specifications, or the approval of maps, plans, reports, surveys, change orders, designs or specifications or the issuance of or the failure to give directions or instructions by the Engineer, his agents or employees, provided such is the sole cause of the injury or damage. In any and all claims against the City or the Engineer or any of their agents or employees by any employee of the Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Sub - Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under this section shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or any Subcontractor or Sub - Subcontractor under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. 3.18 Insurance The Contractor shall carry insurance as follows for the duration of this contract. A. Statutory Workers' Compensation. Definitions: gencond.mst/spec master Certificate of coverage ( "certificate ") - a copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self - insure issued by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC -81, TWCC -82, TWCC -83, or TWCC -84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project. Duration of the project - includes the time from the beginning of the work on the project until the contractor's employees or representative's work on the project has been completed and accepted by the City. Persons providing services on the project ( "subcontractor" in § 406,096) - includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the Contractor has undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of whether that GC - gencond mst/spcc master person contracted directly with the Contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner- operators, employees of any such entity or employees of any entity that furnishes persons to provide services on the project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation or other service related to a project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries and delivery of portable toilets. The Contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, that meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44), for all employees of the Contractor providing services on the project, for the duration of the project. This coverage shall include the following terms: (a) Employer's Liability limits of $100,000.00 for each accident is required. (b) "Texas Waiver of Our Right to Recover From Others" Endorsement WC 42 03 04 shall be included in this policy. (c) Texas must appear in Item 3A of the Workers' Compensation coverage, or Item 3C must contain the following: "As States except those listed in 3A and the States of NV, ND, OH, WA, WV, and WY." The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the City prior to being awarded the contract. If the coverage period shown on the Contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project, the Contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the City showing that coverage has been extended. The Contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the City: (a) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the City will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and GC -18 (b) no later than seven (7) calendar days after receipt by the Contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project. The Contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter. The Contractor shall post on each project site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. The Contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on the project to: (a) provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts of filing of any coverage agreements, that meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44), for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (b) provide to the Contractor, prior to that person beginning work on the project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (c) provide the Contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (d) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the Contractor: gcncond.mstispec master GC - 19 (1) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and (2) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; gencond.mst/spee master (e) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (t) notify the City in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within ten (10) calendar days after the person knew or should have known of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and (g) contractually require each person with whom it contracts to perform as required by paragraphs (a) -(g), with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. By signing this contract, or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the Contractor is representing to the City that all employees of the Contractor who will provide services on the project will be covered by workers' compensation coverage for the duration of the project, that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self - insured worker, with the Commission's Division of Self- Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the Contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties and/or other civil actions. The Contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the contractor that entitles the City to declare the contract void if the Contractor does not remedy the breach within ten (10) calendar days after the receipt of notice of breach from the City. B. Comprehensive General Liability Insurance with minimum Bodily Injury limits of $300,000 for each occurrence including like coverage for acts and omissions of Subcontractors and contractual liability coverage. C. Property Damage Insurance with minimum limits of $50,000 for each occurrence including like coverage for acts and omissions of Subcontractors and contractual liability coverage. D. Automobile Liability Insurance for all owned, non -owned and hired vehicles with minimum limits for Bodily Injury of $100,000 for each person and $300,000 for each occurrence and Property Damage minimum limits of $50,000 for each occurrence. Contractor shall require Subcontractors to provide Automobile Liability Insurance with same minimum limits. GC - 20 The Contractor shall not commence work at the site under this contract until he has obtained all required insurance and until the City and the Engineer have approved such insurance. The Contractor shall not allow any Subcontractors to commence work until all insurance required has been obtained and approved. Approval of the insurance by the City and the Engineer shall not relieve or decrease the liability of the Contractor hereunder. The required insurance must be written by a company licensed to do business in Texas at the time the policy is issued. In addition, the company must be acceptable to the City and all insurance (other than workers' compensation) shall be endorsed to include the City as an additional insured there under. All insurance policies /certificates shall include a clause providing that the insurer will notify the City in writing at least 30 days prior to termination, cancellation, reduction, or material change of coverage. This clause must require that the City be contacted within the specified time by written notice as evidenced by return receipt of registered or certified letter. Certificates of insurance shall contain transcripts from the proper office of the insurer, evidencing in particular those insured, the extent of the insurance, the location and the operations to which the insurance applies, the expiration date, and the above - mentioned notice of termination, cancellation, reduction or material change of coverage. 3.19 Final Clean - Up Upon the completion of the work and before acceptance and final payment will be made, the Contractor shall clean and remove from the site of the work all surplus and discarded materials, temporary structures and debris of every kind. He shall leave the site of the work in a neat and orderly condition at least equal to that which originally existed. Surplus and waste materials removed from the site of the work shall be disposed of at locations satisfactory to the Engineer. In the event the Contractor fails or refuses to clean and remove surplus materials and debris as provided above, the City or the Engineer may do so, or cause same to be done, at the Contractor's expense, and the reasonable cost thereof shall be deducted from the final payment. 3.20 Guarantee Against Defective Work The Contractor warrants the materials and workmanship and that the work is in conformance with the plans and specifications included in this contract for a period of one year from the date of acceptance of the project. Said warranty binds the Contractor to correct any work that does not conform with such plans and specifications or any defects in workmanship or materials furnished under this contract that may be discovered within the said one -year period. The Contractor shall at his own expense correct such gencond.mst/spec master GC -21 defect within thirty (30) days after receiving written notice of such defect from the City or the Engineer by repairing same to the condition called for in the Contract Documents and plans and specifications. Should the Contractor fail or refuse to repair such defect within the said thirty (30) day period or to provide acceptable assurances that such repair work will be completed within a reasonable time thereafter, the City may repair or cause to be repaired any such defect at the Contractor's expense. 3.21 Testing of Materials Unless otherwise specified, testing of all materials to be incorporated into the project will be as directed by the Engineer at the expense of the City. All retesting for work rejected on the basis of test results will be at the expense of the Contractor and the Engineer shall determine the extent of the retesting. The Engineer may require additional testing for failing tests and may require two (2) passing retests before acceptance will be made by the City. The City will designate the testing laboratory. All materials to be incorporated into the project must meet the requirements of these specifications. For manufactured materials such as reinforcing steel, expansion joint materials, concrete pipe, cement, miscellaneous steel, cast iron materials, etc., the Contractor will be required to furnish a manufacturer's certificate stating that the material meets the requirements specified for this project. 3.22 Wage Rates (Information From Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code Title 10) 2288.021. Duty of Government Entity to Pay Prevailing Wage Rates a. The State or any political subdivision of the State shall pay a worker employed by it or on behalf of it: (1) not less than the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for work of a similar character in the locality in which the work is performed; and (2) not less than the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for legal holiday and overtime work. b. Subsection (a) does not apply to maintenance work. c. A worker is employed on a public work for the purposes of this section if a Contractor or Subcontractor in the execution of a contract for the public work with the State, a political subdivision of the State or any officer or public body of the State or a political subdivision of the State, employs the worker. . gencand.msdspec master GC -22 2258.023. Prevailing Wage Rates to be Paid by Contractor and Subcontractor; Penalty a. The contractor who is awarded a contract by a public body, or a Subcontractor of the Contractor, shall pay not less than the rates determined under Section 2258.022 to a worker employed by it in the execution of the contract. b. A Contractor or Subcontractor who violates this section shall pay to the state or a political subdivision of the state on whose behalf the contract is made, $60 for each worker employed for each calendar day or part of the day that the worker is paid less than the wage rates stipulated in the contract. A public body awarding a contract shall specify this penalty in the contract. c. A contractor or subcontractor does not violate this section if a public body awarding a contract does not determine the prevailing wage rates, and specify the rates in the contract as provided by Section 2258.022: d. The public body shall use any money collected under this section to offset the costs incurred in the administration of this chapter. e. A municipality is entitled to collect a penalty under this section only if the municipality has a population of more than 10,000. 2258.051. Duty of Public Body to Hear Complaints and Withhold Payment A public body awarding a contract, and an agent or officer of the public body, shall: 1. take cognizance of complaints of all violations of this chapter committed in the execution of the contract; and 2. withhold money forfeited or required to be withheld under this Chapter from the payments to the Contractor under the contract, except that the public body may not withhold money from other than the final payment without determination by the public body that there is good cause to believe that the Contractor has violated this chapter. Applicable wage rates are shown in Section 06 WAGE RATES of the SPECIAL CONDITIONS. 3.23 Right to Audit Whenever the City enters into any type of contractual arrangement including but not limited to lump sum contracts (i.e., fixed price or stipulated sum contracts), unit price, cost plus or time and material contracts with or without a guaranteed maximum (or not -to- exceed amounts), Contractor's "records" shall upon , reasonable notice be open to inspection and subject to audit and/or reproduction during normal business working hours. A City representative, or an outside representative engaged by the City may perform such audits. The Contractor shall maintain all records relating to this contract for four (4) years from the date of final payment under this Contract, or until pending litigation has been completely and fully resolved, whichever occurs last. gencond.mstlspec master GC - 23 The City shall have the exclusive right to examine the records of the Contractor. The term "records" as referred to in this Contract shall include any and all information, materials and data of every kind and character, including without limitation records, books, papers, documents, contracts, schedules, commitments, arrangements, notes, daily diaries, reports, drawings, receipts, vouchers and memoranda, and any and all other agreements, sources of information and matters that may, in the City's judgment, have any bearing on or pertain to any matters, rights, duties or obligations under or covered by any Contract Document. Such records shall include (hard copy, as well as computer - readable data if it can be made available), written policies and procedures; time sheets; payroll registers; cancelled checks; personnel file data; correspondence; general ledger entries; and any other record in the Contractor's possession which may have a bearing on matters of interest to the City in connection with Contractor's dealings with the City (all foregoing hereinafter referred to as "records "). In addition, the Contractor shall permit interviews of employees as well as agents, representatives, vendors, subcontractors and other third parties paid by the Contractor to the extent necessary to adequately permit evaluation and verification of: a) Contractor compliance with contract requirements, b) compliance with City's business ethics policies, and c) if necessary, the extent of the work performed by the Contractor at the time of contract termination. Contractor shall require all payees (examples of payees include subcontractors, insurance agents, material suppliers, etc.) to comply with the provisions of this article by incurring the requirements hereof in a written contract agreement between Contractor and payee. Such requirements include a flow -down right of audit provisions in contracts with payees that also apply to Subcontractors and Sub - Subcontractors, material suppliers, etc. Contractor will cooperate fully and will require Related Parties and all of Contractor's subcontractors (including those entering into lump sum subcontracts) to cooperate fully in furnishing or in making available to the City from time to time whenever requested, in an expeditious manner, any and all such information, materials and data. City's authorized representative or designee shall have reasonable access to the Contractor's facilities, shall be allowed to interview all current or former employees to discuss matters pertinent to the performance of this Contract and shall be provided adequate and appropriate work space, in order to conduct audits in compliance with this article. If an audit inspection or examination in accordance with this Article discloses overpricing or overcharges (of any nature) by the Contractor to the City in excess of one -half of one percent (.5 %) of the total contract billings, the reasonable actual cost of the City's audit shall be reimbursed to the City by the Contractor. Any adjustments and/or payments, which must be made as a result of any such audit or inspection of the Contractor's invoices gencond.mstlspec master GC- 24 and/or records, shall be made within a reasonable amount of time (not to exceed 90 days) from presentation of the City's findings to the Contractor. Contractor shall take reasonable actions to prevent any actions or conditions, which could result in a conflict with the City's best interests. These obligations shall apply to the activities of Contractor's employees, agents, subcontractors, etc. in their dealings and relations with the City's current and former employees and their relatives. For example, Contractor's employees, agents or subcontractors should not make or provide to be made any employment, gifts, extravagant entertainment, payments, Loans or other considerations to City's representatives, employees or their relatives. It is also understood by the Contractor that any solicitation of gifts or any other item of value by anyone representing the City is to be reported within two business working days to the City at the following telephone number ( ) _ _ ( Department). Failure to report any such solicitations or offers shall be deemed a material breach of contract entitling the City to pursue damages resulting from the failure to comply with tiffs provision. 4. Prosecution and Progress 4.01 Time and Order of Completion It is the meaning and intent of this contract, unless otherwise herein specifically provided, that the Contractor shall be allowed to prosecute his work at such times and seasons, in such order of precedence, and in such manner as shall be most conducive to economy of construction; provided, however, that the order and the time of prosecution shall be such that the work shall be substantially completed as a whole and in part, in accordance with this contract, the plans and specifications, and within the time of completion designated in the proposal: provided, also, that when the City is having other work done, either by contract or by his own force, the Engineer may direct the time and manner of constructing the work done under this contract, so that conflict will be avoided and the construction of the various works being done for the City shall be harmonized. The Contractor shall submit, at such times as may reasonably be requested by the Engineer, schedules that shall show the order in which the Contractor proposes to carry on the Work, with dates at which the Contractor will start the several parts of the work, and estimated dates of completion of the several parts. gencond.mst/spec master GC -25 4.02 Extension of Time Should the Contractor be delayed in the completion of the work by any act or neglect of the City or the Engineer, or of any employee of either, or by other contractors employed by the City, or by changes ordered in the work, or by strikes, lockouts, fires, and unusual delays by common carriers, or unavoidable cause or causes beyond the Contractor's control, or by any cause that the Engineer shall decide justifies the delay, then an extension of time shall be allowed for completing the work, sufficient to compensate for the delay, the amount of the extension to be determined by the Engineer; provided, however, that the Contractor shall give the Engineer prompt notice in writing of the cause of such delay. Adverse weather conditions will not be justification for extension of time on "Calendar Days" contracts. 4.03 Hindrances and Delays No claims shall be made by the Contractor for damages resulting from hindrances or delays from any cause (except where the work is stopped by order of and for the convenience of the City) during the progress of any portion of the work embraced in this contract. In case said work shall be stopped by the act of the City, then such expense as in the judgment of the Engineer is caused by such stoppage of said work shall be paid by the City to the Contractor. 5. Measurement and Payment 5.01 Quantities and Measurements No extra or customary measurements of any kind will be allowed, but the actual measured and/or computed length, area, solid contents, number and weight only shall be considered, unless otherwise specifically provided. 5.02 Estimated Quantities This agreement, including the specifications, plans and estimate, is intended to show clearly all work to be done and material to be fumished hereunder. Where the estimated quantities are shown for the various classes of work to be done and material to be furnished under this contract, they are approximate and are to be used only as a basis for estimating the probable cost of the work and for comparing the proposals offered for the work. It is understood and agreed that the actual amount of work to be done and material to be furnished under this contract may differ somewhat from these estimates, and that where the basis for payment under this contract is the unit price method, payment shall be for the actual amount of such work done and material furnished. Where payment is based on the unit price method, the Contractor agrees that he will make no claim for damages, anticipated profits or otherwise on account of any differences that gencond.mst/spec master GC - may be found between the quantities of work actually done, the material actually furnished under this contract and the estimated quantities contemplated and contained in the proposal; provided, however, that in case the actual quantity of any major item should become as much as twenty percent (20 %) more than, or twenty percent (20%) less than the estimated or contemplated quantity for such items, then either party to this agreement, upon demand, shall be entitled to revised consideration upon the portion of the work above or below twenty percent (20 %) of the estimated quantity. A "Major Item" shall be construed to be any individual bid item incurred in the proposal that has a total cost equal to or greater than five percent (5 %) of the total contract cost, computed on the basis of the proposal quantities and the contract unit prices. Any revised consideration is to be determined by agreement between the parties, otherwise by the terms of this agreement, as provided under "Extra Work." 5.03 Price of Work In consideration of the furnishing of all the necessary labor, equipment and material, and the completion of all work by the Contractor, and on the completion of all work and on the delivery of all material embraced in this contract in full conformity with the specifications and stipulations herein contained, the City agrees to pay the Contractor the prices set forth in the proposal hereto attached, which has been made a part of this contract. The Contractor hereby agrees to receive such prices in full for furnishing all material and all labor required for the aforesaid work, also for all expense incurred by him, and for well and truly performing the same and the whole thereof in the manner and according to this agreement. 5.04 Partial Payments On or before the first day of each month, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a statement showing the total value of the work performed up to and including the 25th day of the preceding month. The statement shall also include the value of all sound materials - delivered on the job site and to be included in the work and all partially completed work whether bid as a lump sum or a unit item that in the opinion of the Engineer is acceptable. The Engineer shall examine and approve or modify and approve such statements. The City shall then pay the Contractor on or before the 20th day of the current month the total amount of the approved statement, less five percent (5%) of the amount thereof, of which five percent (5 %) shall be retained until final payment, and further less all previous payments and all further sums that may by retained by the City under the terms of this agreement. It is understood, however, that in case the whole work be near to completion and some unexpected and unusual delay occurs due to no fault or neglect on the part of the Contractor, then the City may, upon written recommendation of the Engineer, pay a reasonable and equitable portion of the retained percentage to the Contractor; or the gencond.mst/spec master GC - 27 Contractor, at the City's option, may be relieved of the obligation to fully complete the work and, thereupon, the Contractor shall receive payment of the balance due him under the contract subject only to the conditions stated under "Final Payment." 5.05 Use of Completed Portions The City shall have the right to take possession of and use any completed or partially completed portions of the work, notwithstanding the time for completing the entire work. Such taking possession and use shall not be deemed an acceptance of any work not completed in accordance with the Contract Documents. If such prior use increases the cost or delays the work, the Contractor shall be entitled to such extra compensation, extension of time, or both, as the Engineer may determine. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer when, in the Contractor's opinion, the contract is "substantially completed" and when so notifying the Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer in writing a detailed list of unfinished work. The Engineer will review the Contractor's list of unfinished work and will add thereto such items as the Contractor has failed to include. The "substantial completion" of the structure or facility shall not excuse the Contractor from performing all of the work undertaken, whether of a minor or major nature, and thereby completing the structure or facility in accordance with the Contract Documents. 5.06 Final Completion and Acceptance Within ten (10) days after the Contractor has given the Engineer written notice that the work has been completed, or substantially completed, the Engineer and the City shall inspect the work and within said time, if the work is found to be completed in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Engineer shall issue to the City and the Contractor his Certificate of Completion, and thereupon it shall be the duty of the City to issue a Certificate of Acceptance to the Contractor or to advise the Contractor in writing of the reason for non - acceptance. 5.07 Final Payment Upon the issuance of the Certificate of Completion, the Engineer shall proceed to make final measurements and prepare a final statement for the value of all work performed and materials furnished under the terms of the agreement and shall certify same to the City, who shall pay to the Contractor on or before 35th day after the date of the Certificate of Completion, the balance due the Contractor under the terms of this contract; and said payment shall become due in any event upon said performance by the Contractor. Neither the Certificate of Acceptance nor the final payment, nor any provision in the Contract Documents, shall relieve the Contractor of the obligation for fulfillment of any warranty which may be required. gencond.mstlspec master GC - 5.08 Payments Withheld The City may, on account of subsequently discovered evidence, withhold or nullify the whole or part of any certificate to such an extent as may be necessary to protect itself from loss on account of a) defective work not remedied or other obligations hereunder not done. b) claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of claims. c) failure of the Contractor to make payments properly to Subcontractors or for material or labor. d) damage to the City or another contractor's work, material or equipment. e) reasonable doubt that the work can be completed for the unpaid balance of the contract amount. f) reasonable indication that the work will not be completed within the contract time. g) other causes affecting the performance of the contract. When the above grounds are removed or the Contractor provides a surety bond satisfactory to the City, which will protect the City in the amount withheld, payment shall be made for amounts withheld because of them. 5.09 Delayed Payments Should the City fail to make payment to the Contractor of the sum named in any partial or final statement when payment is due, then the City shall pay to the Contractor, in addition to the sum shown as due by such statement, interest thereon at the rate of six percent (6 %) per annum, unless otherwise specified, from date due as provided under "Partial Payments" and "Final Payment," until fully paid, which shall fully liquidate any injury to the Contractor growing out of such delay in payment. It is expressly agreed that delay by the City in making payment to the Contractor of the sum named in any partial or final statement shall not constitute a breach of this contract on the part of the City nor an abandonment thereof nor shall it to any extent or for any time relieve the Contractor of his obligations to fully and completely perform hereunder. gencond.mst/spec master GC -29 6. Extra Work and Claims 6.01 Change Orders The contract language contained herein will supplement and take precedence over all other change order pricing contract provisions in file contract documents provided by either the City, Construction Manager (Contractor), General Contractor (Contractor) and/or Architect/Engineer. It is understood that these contract provisions will govern the pricing and administration of all change order proposals to be submitted by the General Contractor (Contractor), Construction Manager (C/M), Prime Contractors, Trade Contractors or Subcontractors (Subcontractor), and all other lower tier Contractors (Sub- Subcontractors) working on the Project. In the event of a conflict between the language herein and the other contract documents used for the project, the change order pricing and contract provisions in this Article shall govern. The Contractor agrees that it will incorporate the provisions of this Article into all agreements with lower -tier Contractors, Subcontractors, etc. It is understood that these change order pricing provisions apply to all types of contracts and/or subcontracts, specifically including lump sum (or fixed price contracts), unit price contracts, and/or cost plus contracts with or without a guaranteed maximum. It is further understood that these change order provisions will apply to all methods of change order pricing, specifically including lump sum change order proposals, unit price change order proposals, and cost plus change order proposals. Without invalidating this agreement, the City may at any time or from time to time order additions, deletions or revisions to the work; such changes will be authorized by change order to be prepared by the Engineer for execution by the City and the Contractor. The change order shall set forth the basis for any change in contract price, as hereinafter set forth for extra work, and any change in contract time which may result from the change. In the event the Contractor shall refuse to execute a change order which has been prepared by the Engineer and executed by the City, the Engineer may in writing instruct the Contractor to proceed with the work as set forth in the change order and the Contractor may make claim against the City for extra work involved therein, as hereinafter provided. 6.02 Minor Changes The Engineer may authorize minor changes in the work not inconsistent with the overall intent of the Contract Documents and not involving an increase in contract price. If the Contractor believes that any minor change or alteration authorized by the Engineer involves extra work and entitles him to an increase in the contract price, the Contractor shall make written request to the Engineer for a written field order. gencond.mstlspec master GC - 30 In such case, the Contractor by copy of his communication to the Engineer or otherwise in writing shall advise the City of his request to the Engineer for a written field order and that work involved may result in an increase in the contract price. Any request by the Contractor for a change in contract price shall be made prior to beginning the work covered by the proposed change. 6.03 Extra Work It is agreed that the basis of compensation to the Contractor for work either added or deleted by a change order or for which a claim for extra work is made shall be determined by the unit prices upon which this contract was bid to the extent that such work can be fairly classified within the various work -item descriptions and for work items that cannot be so classified by one or more of the following methods: Method (A) By agreed unit prices; or Method (B) By agreed lump sum; If Method (B) is utilized, the Contractor will submit a properly itemized Lump Sum Change Order Proposal covering the additional work and/or the work to be deleted. This proposal will be itemized for the various components of work and segregated by labor, material, and equipment in a detailed format satisfactory to the City. The City will require itemized change orders on all change order proposals from the Contractor, Subcontractors, and Sub - Subcontractors regardless of tier. Details to be submitted will include detailed line item estimates showing detailed material quantity take -offs, material prices by item and related labor hour pricing information and extensions (by line item by drawing as applicable). Method (C) If neither Method (A) nor Method (B) is agreed upon before the extra work is commenced, then the Contractor shall submit a cost plus change order proposal as defined in the following provisions: a. Labor: Estimated labor costs to be included for self - performed work shall be based on the actual cost per hour paid by the Contractor for those workers or crews of workers who the contractor reasonably anticipates will perform the change order work. Estimated labor hours shall include hours only for those workmen and working foremen directly involved in performing the change order work. Supervision above the level of working foremen (such as general foremen, superintendent, project manager, etc.) is considered to be included in the agreed upon Markup Percentages as outlined in paragraph 6.04 of this Article. gencond.mstlspec master GC- 31 b. Labor Burden - Labor burden allowable in change orders shall be defined as employer's net actual cost of payroll taxes (FICA, Medicare, SUTA, FUTA), net actual cost for employer's cost of union benefits (or other usual and customary fringe benefits if the employees are not union employees), and net actual cost to employers for worker's compensation insurance taking into consideration adjustments for experience modifiers, premium discounts, dividends, rebates, expense constants, assigned risk pool costs, net cost reductions due to policies with deductibles for self - insured losses, assigned risk rebates, etc. the Contractor shall reduce his standard payroll tax percentages to properly reflect the effective cost reduction due to the estimated impact of the annual maximum wages subject to payroll taxes. c. Material: Estimated material change order costs shall reflect the Contractor's reasonably anticipated net actual cost for the purchase of the material needed for the change order work. Estimated material costs shall reflect cost reductions available to the Contractor due to trade discounts, free material credits, and/or volume rebates. Cash discounts available on material purchased for change order work shall be credited to City if the Contractor is provided City funds in time for Contractor to take advantage of any such cash discounts. Price quotations from material suppliers must be itemized by each specific item to be purchased. "Lot pricing" quotations will not be considered sufficient substantiating detail. d. Equipment: Allowable change order estimated costs may include appropriate amounts for rental of major equipment specifically needed to perform the change order work (defined as tools and equipment with an individual purchase cost of more than $750). For contractor -owned equipment, the "bare" equipment rental rates allowed to be used for pricing change order proposals shall be 75% of the monthly rate listed in the most current publication of The AED Green Book divided by 173 to arrive at a maximum hourly rate to be applied to the hours the equipment is used performing the change order work. Further, for contractor -owned equipment, the aggregate equipment rent charges for any single piece of equipment used in any change order work shall be limited to 50% of the fair market value of the piece of equipment when the first change order is priced involving usage of the piece of equipment. Fuel necessary to operate the equipment will be considered as a separate direct cost associated with the change order work. No claim for extra work of any kind will be allowed unless ordered in writing by the Engineer. In case any orders or instructions, either oral or written, appear to the Contractor to involve extra work for which he should receive compensation or an adjustment in the construction time, he shall make written request to the Engineer for written order authorizing such extra work. Should a difference of opinion arise as to what does or does gencond.mst/spec master GC - 32 not constitute extra work, or as to the payment therefore, and the Engineer insists upon its performance, the Contractor shall proceed with the work after making written request for written order and shall keep an accurate account of actual costs, as provided under Method (C). The Contractor will thereby preserve the right to submit the matter of payment to mediation or litigation. 6.04 Maximum Markup for Self- Performed Work With respect to pricing change orders to any Lump Sum Contract change order, the maximum Markup Percentage Fee to be paid to any Contractor (regardless of tier) on self - performed work shall be a single markup percentage not -to- exceed (the following sliding scale of percentages) of the net direct cost of (1) direct labor and allowable labor burden costs applicable to the change order or extra work, (2) the net cost of material and installed equipment incorporated into the change or extra work, and (3) net rental cost of major equipment and related fuel costs necessary to complete the change in the Work. The following sliding scale will apply for the pricing of the self - performed work portion of each change order proposal request: • a. 15% on the first $25,000 of the change order direct cost of self - performed work, b. 10% on the portion of the change order direct cost of self - performed work between $25,000 and $50,000, and c. 7.5% on the portion of the change order direct cost of self - performed work between $50,000 and $200,000 and, e. 5% on the portion of the change order direct cost of self - performed work greater than $200,000. 6.05 Maximum Markup for Lower Tier Contractors: With respect to pricing the portion of change order proposals involving work performed by lower -tier contractors, the maximum Markup Percentage Fee allowable to the Contractor supervising the lower -tier contractor's work shall not -to- exceed the following sliding scale on the aggregate amount allowed to be charged by the lower tier contractor(s) for each change order event: a. 8% on the first $25,000 of approved change order work performed by all Subcontractors combined for any particular change order proposal. b. 4% on any amount greater than $25,000 of approved change order work performed by all the Subcontractors combined for any particular change order proposal. In no event will any lump sum or percentage amounts for "contingency" be allowed to be added as a separate line item in change order estimates. Unknowns attributable to labor hours will be accounted for when estimating labor hours anticipated to accomplish the work. Unknowns attributable to material scrap and waste will be estimated as part of material costs. gencond.mst/spec master GC - 33 The Contractor's proposals for changes in the contract amount or time shall be submitted within seven (7) calendar days of the City's request, unless the City extends such period of time due to the circumstances involved. If such proposals are not received in a timely manner, or if the proposals are not acceptable to City, or if the changed work should be started immediately to avoid damage to the project or costly delay, the City may direct the Contractor to proceed with the changes without waiting for the Contractor's proposal or for the formal change order to be issued. In the case of an unacceptable Contractor proposal, the City may direct the Contractor to proceed with the changed work on a cost plus basis with an agreed upon not -to- exceed price for the work to be performed. Such directions to the Contractor by the City shall be confirmed in writing by a "Notice to Proceed on Changes" letter within seven (7) calendar days. The cost or credit, and or time extensions will be determined by negotiations as soon as practical thereafter and incorporated in a Change Order to the Contract. In the event the Contractor has been required to furnish performance and/or payment bonds as part of the base contract price, a final contract change order will be processed to account for the Contractor's net increase or decrease in bond premium costs associated with change orders to Contractor's base contract price. Contract adjustments related to any such increased or decreased costs of insurance and/or bond coverage will not be subject to any Contractor markup for overhead and profit. 6.06 Unit Price Proposals As an alternative to Lump Sum Change Order Proposals, the City or the Construction Manager acting with the approval of the City may choose the option to use Contract Unit Prices. The Contractor will submit within seven (7) days after receipt of the City's written request for a Unit Price Proposal, a written Unit Price proposal itemizing the quantities of each item of work for which there is an applicable Contract Unit Price. The quantities must be itemized in relation to each specific contract drawing. Contract Unit Prices will be applied to net differences of quantities of the same item. Such Contract Unit Prices will be considered to cover all direct and indirect costs of furnishing and installing the item including the Subcontractor's Markup Percentage Fee. 6.07 Cost Plus Proposals As an alternative to either Lump Sum Change Order Proposals or Unit Price Change Order Proposals, the City may elect to have any extra work performed on a cost plus markup percentage fee basis. Upon written notice to proceed, the Contractor shall perform such authorized extra work at actual cost for direct labor (working foremen, journeymen, apprentices, helpers, etc.), actual cost of labor burden, actual cost of material used to perform the extra work, and actual cost of rental of major equipment (without any charge for administration, clerical expense, general supervision or superintendence of any nature gencond.msdspec master GC- 34 whatsoever, including general foremen, or the cost or rental of small tools, minor equipment, or plant (fabrication), plus the approved markup percentage fee. The intent of this clause is to define allowable cost plus chargeable costs to be the same as those allowable when pricing Lump Sum Change Proposals as above. City and Contractor may agree in advance in writing on a maximum price for this work, and City shall not be liable for any charge in excess of the maximum. Daily time sheets with names of all the Contractor's employees working on the project will be required to be submitted to the City for both labor and equipment used by the Contractor for time periods during which extra work is performed on a cost plus fee basis. Daily time sheets will break down the paid hours worked by the Contractor's employees showing both base contract work as well as extra work performed by each employee. 6.08 Accurate Pricing Information The Contractor agrees that it is responsible for submitting accurate cost and pricing data to support its Lump Sum Change and/or Cost Plus Change Order Proposals or other contract price adjustments under the contract. The Contractor further agrees to submit change order proposals with cost and pricing data, which is accurate, complete, current and in accordance with the terms of the contract with respect to pricing of change orders. 6.09 Right to Verify Information Contractor agrees that any designated City's representative will have the right to examine the Contractor's records to verify the accuracy and appropriateness of the pricing data used to price change proposals. Even after a Change Order Proposal has been approved, the Contractor agrees that if the City later determines the cost and pricing data submitted was inaccurate, incomplete, not current or not in compliance with the terms of the contract regarding pricing of change orders, then an appropriate contract price reduction will be made. 6.10 Pricing Information Requirements The Contractor agrees to provide and require all Subcontractors to provide a breakdown of allowable labor and labor burden cost information as outlined in this Article. This information will be used to evaluate the potential cost of labor and labor burden related to change order work. It is intended that this information represent an accurate estimate of the Contractor's actual labor and labor burden cost components. This information is not intended to establish fixed billing or change order pricing labor rates. However, at the time change orders are priced, the submitted cost data for labor rates may be used to price change order work. The accuracy of any such agreed upon labor cost components used to price change orders will be subject to later audit. Approved change order amounts may be adjusted later to correct the impact of inaccurate labor cost components if the agreed upon labor cost components are determined to be inaccurate. gencond mst/spec master GC -35 6.11 Time of Filing Claims It is further agreed by both parties hereto that all questions of dispute or adjustment presented by the Contractor shall be in writing and filed with the Engineer within thirty (30) days after the Engineer has given any directions, order or instruction to which the Contractor desires to take exception. The Engineer shall reply within thirty (30) days to such written exceptions by the Contractor and render his final decision in writing. In case the Contractor should appeal the Engineer's decision, any demand for mediation shall be filed with the Engineer and the City in writing within ten (10) days after the date of the delivery to the Contractor of the Engineer's final decision. It is further agreed that final acceptance of the work by the City and the acceptance by the Contractor of the final payment shall be a bar to any claims by either party, except claims by City for defective work or enforcement of warranties and except as noted otherwise in the Contract Documents. 6.12 Continuing Performance The Contractor shall continue performance of the contract during all disputes or disagreements with the City. The production or delivery of goods, the furnishing of services and the construction of projects or facilities shall not be delayed, prejudiced or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as the City may otherwise agree in writing. 7. Abandonment of Contract 7.01 Abandonment by Contractor In case the Contractor should abandon and fail or refuse to resume work within ten (10) days after written notification from the City or the Engineer, or if the Contractor fails to comply with the orders of the Engineer when such orders are consistent with the Contract Documents, then and in that case, where performance and payment bonds exist, the sureties on these bonds shall be notified in writing and directed to complete the work, and a copy of said notice shall be delivered to the Contractor. After receiving said notice of abandonment, the Contractor shall not remove from the work any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies then on the job, but the same, together with any materials and equipment under contract for the work, may be held for use on the work by the City or the surety on the performance bond, or another Contractor in completion of the work; and the Contractor shall not receive any rental or credit therefore (except when used in connection with extra work, where credit shall be allowed as provided for under Section 6 herein), it being understood that the use of such equipment geneond.mstlspec master GC - 36 and materials will ultimately reduce the cost to complete the work and be reflected in the final settlement. Where there is no performance bond provided or in case the surety should fail to commence compliance with the notice for completion hereinbefore provided for, within ten (10) days after service of such notice, then the City may provide for completion of the work in either of the following elective manners: (1) The City may thereupon employ such force of men and use such machinery, equipment, tools, materials and supplies as the City may deem necessary to complete the work and charge the expense of such labor, machinery, equipment, tools, materials and supplies to the Contractor, and expense so charged shall be deducted and paid by the City out of such monies as may be due, or that may thereafter at any time become due to the Contractor under and by virtue of this agreement. In case such expense is less than the sum which would have been payable under this contract if the same had been completed by the Contractor, then the Contractor shall receive the difference. In case such expense is greater than the sum which would have been payable under this contract if the same had been completed by the Contractor, then the Contractor and/or his surety shall pay the amount of such excess to the City, or (2) The City, under competitive bids taken after notice published as required by law, may let the contract for the completion of the work under substantially the same terms and conditions that are provided in this contract. In case there is any increase in cost to the City under the new contract as compared to what would have been the cost under this contract, such increase shall be charged to the Contractor and the surety shall be and remain bound therefore. However, should the cost to complete any such contract prove to be less than would have been the cost to complete under this contract, the Contractor and/or his surety shall be credited therewith. When the work has been substantially completed, the Contractor and his surety shall be so notified and Certificates of Completion and Acceptance, as provided in Paragraph 5.06 hereinabove, shall be issued. A complete itemized statement of the contract accounts, certified by the Engineer as being correct, shall then be prepared and delivered to the Contractor and his surety, whereupon the Contractor and/or his surety, or the City as the case may be, shall pay the balance due as reflected by said statement within fifteen (15) days after the date of deliveries of such Certificate of Completion. In the event the statement of accounts shows that the cost to complete the work is less than that which would have been the cost to the City had the work been completed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract, or when the Contractor and/or his surety shall pay the balance shown to be due by them to the City, then all machinery, equipment, tools, gencondmst/spec master GC- 37 materials or supplies left on the site of the work shall be turned over to the Contractor and/or his surety. Should the cost to complete the work exceed the contract price, and the Contractor and/or his surety fail to pay the amount due the City within the time designated hereinabove, and there remains any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies on the site of the work, notice thereof, together with an itemized list of such equipment and materials, shall be mailed to the Contractor and his surety at the respective addresses designated in this contract; provided, however, that actual written notice given in any manner will satisfy this condition. After mailing, or other giving of such notice, such property shall be held at the risk of the Contractor and his surety subject only to the duty of the City to exercise ordinary care to protect such property. After fifteen (15) days from the date of said notice, the City may sell such machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies and apply the net sum derived from such sale to the credit of the Contractor and his surety. Such sale may be made at either public or private sale, with or without notice, as the City may elect. The City shall release any machinery, equipment, tools, materials, or supplies that remain on the work, and belong to persons other than the Contractor or his surety, to their proper owners. The books on all operations provided herein shall be opened to the Contractor and his surety. 7.02 Abandonment by City In case the City shall fail to comply with the terms of this contract, and should fail to comply with said terms within ten (10) days after written notification by the Contractor, then the Contractor may suspend or wholly abandon the work, and may remove there from all machinery, tools and equipment, and all materials on the site of work that have not been included in payments to the Contractor and have not been wrought into the work. Thereupon, the Engineer shall make an estimate of the total amount earned by the Contractor, which estimate shall include the value of all work actually completed by said Contractor (at the prices stated in the attached proposal where unit prices are used), the value of all partially completed work at a fair and equitable price, and the amount of all extra work performed at the prices agreed upon, or provided for by the terms of this contract, and a reasonable sum to cover the cost of any provisions made by the Contractor to carry the whole work to completion and that cannot be utilized. The Engineer shall then make a final statement of the balance due the Contractor by deducting from the above estimate all previous payments by the City and all other sums that may be retained by the City under the terms of this agreement and shall certify same to the City who shall pay to the Contractor on or before thirty (30) days after the date of the notification by the Contractor the balance shown by said final statement as due the Contractor, under the terms of this agreement. gencond.mst/spec master GC- 38 8. Subcontractors 8.01 Award of Subcontracts for Portions of the Work Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents or in the Instructions to Bidders, the Contractor, as soon as practicable after the award of the contract, shall furnish to the Engineer in writing for acceptance by the City and the Engineer a list of the names of the Subcontractors proposed for the principal portions of the work. The Engineer shall promptly notify the Contractor in writing if either the City or the Engineer, after due investigation, has objection to any Subcontractor on such list and does not accept him. Failure of the City or the Engineer to make objection promptly to any Subcontractor on the list shall constitute acceptance of such Subcontractor. The Contractor shall not contract with any Subcontractor or any person or organization (including those who are to fumish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design) proposed for portions of the work designated in the Contract Documents or in the Instructions to Bidders or, if none is so designated, with any Subcontractor proposed for the principal portions of the work who has been rejected by the City and the Engineer. The Contractor will not be required to contract with any Subcontractor or person or organization against whom he has a reasonable objection. If the City or the Engineer refuses to accept any Subcontractor or person or organization on a list submitted by the Contractor in response to the requirements of the Contract Documents or the Instructions to Bidders, the Contractor shall submit an acceptable substitute and the contract amount shall be increased or decreased by the difference in cost occasioned by such substitution and an appropriate change order shall be issued; however, no increase in the contract amount shall be allowed for any such substitution unless the Contractor has acted promptly and responsively in submitting for acceptance any list or lists of names as required by the Contract Documents or the Instructions to Bidders. If the City or the Engineer requires a change of any proposed Subcontractor or person or organization previously accepted by them, the contract amount shall be increased or decreased by the difference in cost occasioned by such change and an appropriate change order shall be issued. The Contractor shall not make any substitution for any Subcontractor or person or organization who has been accepted by the City and the Engineer, unless the substitution is acceptable to the City and the Engineer. gencond.mst/spec master GC- 39 8.02 Subcontractual Relations All work performed for the Contractor by a Subcontractor shall be pursuant to an appropriate written agreement between the Contractor and the Subcontractor (and where appropriate between Subcontractors and Sub - Subcontractors) which shall contain provisions that: (1) preserve and protect the rights of the City and the Engineer under the contract with respect to the work to be performed under the subcontract so that the subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights; (2) require that such work be performed in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents; (3) (5) 8.03 Payments to Subcontractors require submission to the Contractor of the applications for payment under each subcontract to which the Contractor is a party, in reasonable time to enable the Contractor to apply for payment in accordance with this contract; (4) require that all claims for additional costs, extensions of time, damages for delays or otherwise with respect to subcontracted portions of the work shall be submitted to the Contractor (via any Subcontractor or Sub - Subcontractor where appropriate) in sufficient time so that the Contractor may comply in the manner provided in the Contract Documents for like claims by the Contractor upon the City; obligate each Subcontractor specifically to consent to the provisions of this section. A copy of all such subcontract agreements shall be filed by the Contractor with the Engineer before the Subcontractor shall be allowed to commence work. The Contractor shall pay each Subcontractor, upon receipt of payment from the City, an amount directly based upon the value of the work performed and allowed to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's work, less the percentage retained from payments to the Contractor. The Contractor shall also require each Subcontractor to make similar payments to his subcontractors. If the Engineer fails to approve a payment for any cause that is the fault of the Contractor and not the fault of a particular Subcontractor, the Contractor shall pay the Subcontractor on demand made at any time after the Certificate for Payment should otherwise have been issued, for his work to the extent completed, less the retained percentage. gencond.mstlspec master GC - 40 The Engineer may, on request and at his discretion, furnish to any Subcontractor, if practicable, information regarding percentages of completion certified to the Contractor on account of work done by such Subcontractors. Neither the City nor the Engineer shall have any obligation to pay or to see to the payment of any monies to such Subcontractor except as may otherwise be required. 9. Separate Contracts 9.01 City's Right to Award Separate Contracts The City reserves the right to award other contracts in connection with other portions of the project under these or similar conditions of the contract. When separate contracts are awarded for different portions of the project, "the Contractor" in the contract documents in each case shall be the Contractor who signs each separate contract. 9.02 Mutual Responsibility of Contractors The Contractor shall afford other contractors reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of their materials and equipment and the execution of their work, and shall properly connect and coordinate his work with theirs. If any part of the Contractor's work depends for proper execution or results upon the work of any other separate contractor, the Contractor shall inspect and promptly report to the Engineer any apparent discrepancies or defects in such work that render it unsuitable for such proper execution and results. Failure of the Contractor to so inspect and report shall constitute an acceptance of the other contractor's work as fit and proper to receive his work, except as to defects that may develop in the other separate contractor's work after the execution of the Contractor's work. Should the Contractor cause damage to the work or property of any separate contractor on the project, the Contractor shall, upon due notice, settle with such other contractor by agreement, if he will so settle. If such separate contractor sues the City or initiates an proceeding allowed hereunder on account of any damage alleged to have been so sustained, the City shall notify the Contractor who shall defend such proceedings at the Contractor's expense, and if any judgment or award against the City arises therefrom, the Contractor shall pay or satisfy it and shall reimburse the City for all attorney's fees and court costs or other costs that the City has incurred. gencond.mst/spec master GC - 41 9.03 Cutting and Patching under Separate Contracts The Contractor shall be responsible for any cutting, fitting and patching that may be required to complete his work, except as otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall not endanger any work of any other contractors by cutting, excavating or otherwise altering any work and shall not cut or alter the work of any other contractor except with the written consent of the Engineer. Any costs caused by defective or ill -timed work shall be borne by the party responsible therefore. 10. Protection of Persons and Property 10.01 Safety Precautions and Programs The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the work. 10.02 Safety of Persons and Property The Contractor shall take all reasonable precautions for the safety of, and shall provide all reasonable protection to prevent damage, injury, or loss to (1) (2) all the work and all materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage or off the site, under the care, custody or control of the Contractor or any of his Subcontractors or Sub - Subcontractors; and (3) all employees on the work and all other persons who may be affected thereby; other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, fences, roadways, structures and utilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. gencond.mst/spec master GC - 42 The Contractor shall comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and lawful orders of any public authority having jurisdiction for the safety of persons or property or to protect them from damage, injury or loss. He shall erect and maintain, as required by existing conditions and progress of the work, all reasonable safeguards for safety and protection, including posting danger signs and other wamings against hazards, promulgating safety regulations and notifying owners and users of adjacent utilities. When the use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials or equipment is necessary for the execution of the work, the Contractor shall exercise the utmost care and shall carry on such activities under the supervision of properly qualified personnel. All blasting, including methods of storing and handling explosives and highly inflammable materials, shall conform to federal, state and local laws and ordinances. All City ordinances shall be complied with even though some or all of the blasting is done outside the City limits unless the applicable ordinance is in conflict with the law of the jurisdiction where the action is being taken. The following is a list of requirements in addition to federal, state, and local laws and ordinances: gencond.mst/spec master 1. The Contractor shall furnish the City of Round Rock with a Certificate of Blasting Insurance in the amount of $300,000.00 for each contract at Least twenty -four (24) hours prior to using explosives. A blasting permit must be obtained from the City at least five (5) days prior to use of explosives. If blasting is covered under the Contractor's General Insurance Certificate for each contract, a separate blasting certificate will not be required. 2. The following public utility companies and City departments will be notified by the Contractor, on every occasion, at least twenty - four (24) hours prior to the use of explosives: Water and Wastewater, Electric, Gas, Telephone and the City Engineering Department. 3. Explosive materials to be used shall be limited to blasting agents and dynamite, unless prior approval of other materials is obtained in writing from the Engineering Department. 4. During blasting, all reasonable precautions shall be taken to protect pedestrians, passing vehicles, and public or private property. Blasting mats or protective cover shall be used when required by the City Inspector, the permit, or by safe blasting practices. GC - Revised -2002 5. All explosives shall be stored in accordance with Chapter 5, Section 5.200, of the City Code. 6. The Director of Engineering or his representative shall have the right to limit the use of explosives and/or blasting methods that in his opinion are dangerous to the public or nearby property of any kind. 7. The Contractor, at his expense, shall promptly repair or replace all items known to be damaged as a result of blasting. All claims of damage shall be investigated by the City of Round Rock or by consulting firms approved by the City. 8. The Contractor shall maintain accurate records throughout the blasting operations showing the type explosive used, number of holes, pounds per hole, depth of hole, total pounds per shot, delays used, date and time of blast and initials of the Inspector. The Contractor is fully responsible for all claims resulting from his blasting operation. All damage or loss to any property referred to in this article caused in whole or in part by the Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Sub - Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by the Contractor, except damage or Loss attributable solely to faulty drawings or specifications or solely to the acts or omissions of the City or the Engineer or anyone employed by either of them, and not attributable in any degree to the fault or negligence of the Contractor. The Contractor shall designate a responsible member of his organization at the site whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents. This person shall be the Contractor's superintendent unless otherwise designated in writing by the Contractor to the City and the Engineer. 10.03 Location and Protection of Utilities Notwithstanding any other provision of this contract, the Contractor shall be solely responsible for the location and protection of any and all public utility lines and utility customer service lines in the work area. The Contractor shall exercise due care to locate and to mark, uncover or otherwise protect all such lines in the construction zone and any of the Contractor's work or storage areas. Upon request, the City shall provide such information as it has about the location and grade of water, sewer, gas, and telephone and electric lines and other utilities in the work area, but such information shall not relieve or be deemed to be in satisfaction of the Contractor's obligation hereunder, which shall be primary and gencond.mst/spec master GC - 4 Revised -2002 non - delegable. Any such lines damaged by the Contractor's operations shall be immediately repaired by the Contractor or he shall cause such damage to be repaired at his expense. 11. Termination 11.01 Termination by City for Cause Conditions for termination are as follows: Without prejudice to any other legal or equitable right or remedy that it would otherwise possess hereunder or as a matter of law, the City shall be entitled by giving Contractor five (5) days prior written notice to terminate this contract in its entirety at any time: 1. If the Contractor becomes insolvent, voluntarily files for bankruptcy, is the subject of an involuntary petition for bankruptcy commenced by its creditors, makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or becomes the subject of any other proceeding commenced under any statute or law for the relief of debtors; or 2. If a receiver trustee or liquidator of any of the property or income of Contractor shall be appointed; or 3. If Contractor a. shall fail to prosecute the work or any part thereof with diligence necessary to insure its progress and completion as prescribed by the time schedules; and Shall fail to take such steps to remedy such default within ten (10) days after written notice thereof from City; or 4. If Contractor a. shall fail for any reason other than the failure by City to make payments called upon when due, and b. shall fail to take such steps to remedy such default within ten (10) days after written notice thereof from City; or 5. If Contractor a. shall commit a substantial default under any of the terms, provisions, conditions, or covenants contained herein; or b. shall fail to take such steps to remedy such default within ten (10) days after written notice thereof from City; or c. in the event of such termination, the Contractor shall only be paid its reimbursable costs incurred prior to the effective date of the termination notice and shall not be entitled to receive any further fixed fee payments hereunder and shall be further subject to any claim City may have against the Contractor under other provisions of this agreement or as a matter of law, including the refund of any overpayment of reimbursable costs and/or fixed fee. gencond.msdspec master GC -4 5 Revised -2002 If this Contract is terminated for cause, the City shall have the right but shall not be obligated to complete the work itself or by others; and to this end, the City shall be entitled to take possession of and use such equipment and materials as may be on the job site, and to exercise all rights, options, and privileges of the Contractor under its subcontracts, purchase orders, or otherwise; and the Contractor shall promptly assign such rights, options and privileges to the City. If the City elects to complete the work itself or by others, pursuant to the foregoing, the Contractor will reimburse the City for all costs incurred by the City (including, without limitation, applicable, general, and administrative expenses, and field overhead, and the cost of necessary equipment, materials, and field labor) in correcting work by Contractor that fails to meet contract requirements. Nothing contained in the preceding sections shall require the City to pay for any work that is unsatisfactory as determined by the Director or that is not submitted in compliance with the terms of this Contract. The City shall not be required to make any payments to the Contractor when the Contractor is in default under this Contract, nor shall this Article constitute a waiver of any right, at law and at equity, which the City may have if the Contractor is in default, including the right to bring legal action for damages or to force specific performance of this Contract. 11.02 Termination for Convenience In connection with the work outlined in the Contract, it is agreed and fully understood by the Contractor that the City may cancel or indefinitely suspend further work hereunder or terminate this Contract either for cause as outlined above, or for the convenience of the City, upon fifteen (15) days written notice to Contractor, with the understanding that immediately upon receipt of said notice all work and labor being performed under this Contract shall cease. The Contractor shall invoice the City for all work satisfactorily completed and shall be compensated in accordance with the terms of this Contract for work accomplished prior to the receipt of said notice. No amount shall be due for lost or anticipated profits. After receipt of a notice of termination and acceptance otherwise directed by the City, the Contractor shall, in good faith, and to the best of his ability, do all things necessary, in the light of such notice and of such request and implementation thereof as the City may make to ensure the efficient proper closeout of the terminated work (including the protection of City property). Among other things, the Contractor shall, except as otherwise directed or approved by the City: 1. Stop the work on the date and to the extent specified in the notice of termination. gencond.mst/spec master • GC-4 6 Revised -2002 2. Place no further orders for subcontracts for services, equipment or materials, except as may be necessary for completion of such portion of the work as is not terminated. 3. Terminate all orders and subcontracts to the extent that they relate to the performance of the work terminated by the notice of termination. 4. Assign to the City, in the manner and to the extent directed by it, al right title, and interest of the Contractor under the orders or subcontracts so terminated; in which case, the City shall have the right to settle or pay any or all claims arising out of such termination of such orders and/or subcontracts. 5. With the approval of the City, settle all outstanding liabilities and all claims arising out of such termination or orders and subcontracts. 6. Deliver to the City all documents, property, plans, field surveys, maps, cross sections and other data, designs and work related to the Project, all of which shall become the property of the City upon termination of this Contract, in a reasonably organized form, without restriction on future use. Should the City subsequently contract with a new contractor for continuation of services under this Project, the Contractor shall cooperate in providing information. 7. In the event of such termination, no cost incurred after the effective date of the notice of termination shall be treated as a reimbursable cost unless it relates to carrying out the un- terminated portion or taking closeout measures. gencond.mstlspec master GC-47 Revised -2002 speopnd msu:pecs 5.0 SPECIAL CONDITIONS SC -1 SECTION 01- INFORMATION 01 -01 ENGINEER The word "Engineer" in these Specifications shall be understood as referring to the City of Round Rock (The "City"), 221 East Main Street, Round Rock, Texas 78664, Engineer of the City, or the Engineer's authorized representative to act in any particular position for the City. 01-02 COPIES OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS FURNISHED 01 -05 LOCATION specond mst/specs The Agreement will be prepared in not Tess than five (5) counterpart (original signed) sets. The City will fumish Contractor two (2) sets of conforming Contract Documents and Specifications and four (4) sets of Plans free of charge, and additional sets will be obtained from the Engineer at commercial reproduction rates plus 20% for handling. 01 -03 GOVERNING CODES All construction as provided for under these Plans and Specifications shall be govemed by any existing Resolutions, Codes and Ordinances, and any subsequent amendments or revisions thereto as set forth by the City. 01 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES FOR FAILURE TO COMPLETE ON TIME The Contractor agrees that time is of the essence for this Contract and that the definite value of damages which would result from delay would be incapable of ascertainment and uncertain, so that for each day of delay beyond the number of days herein agreed upon for the completion of the work herein specified and contracted for, after due allowance for such extension of time as is provided for under the provisions of Section 4.02 of the General Conditions, the City may withhold permanently from the Contractor's total compensation, not as penalty but as liquidated damages, the sum of $250.00 per calendar day. The location of work shall be as mentioned in the Notice to Bidders and as indicated on Plans. SC -2 1 01 -06 USAGE OF WATER 1 The City shall provide all water used during construction. The City shall specify the 1 location from which the Contractor is to procure water. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing all apparatus necessary for procuring, storing, transporting and using water during construction. The Contractor shall strive to use that amount of water which is reasonable to perform the work associated with this contract and shall endeavor to avoid excessive waste. The Contractor will be required to pay for all water used if it is found that unnecessary or excessive waste is occurring during construction. 01 -07 PAY ESTIMATES 1 If pay estimates from the Contractor are not received by the Engineer on or before the time specified in Section 5.04 of the General Conditions, then the pay estimate will not be processed and will be returned to Contractor. SECTION 02 SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS ' 02 - 01 CROSSING UTILITIES ' Prior to commencing the work associated with this contract, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to make arrangements with the Owners of such utility companies to uncover their particular utility lines or otherwise confirm their location. Certain utility companies perform such services at their own expense, however, where such is not the case, the Contractor will cause such work to be done at his own expense. 02-02 UTILITY SERVICES FOR CONSTRUCTION 1 The Contractor will be responsible for providing his own utility services while performing the work associated with this contract. No additional payment will be made for this item. 02 -03 GUARANTEES ' The Contractor warrants the materials and workmanship and that the work is in 1 conformance with the plans and specifications included in this contract for the period that the Warranty Bond, as outlined in Section 04 of the Special Conditions, is in effect. Upon notice from The City, the Contractor shall repair defects in all construction or materials that develop during specified period and at no cost to The City. Neither final acceptance, Certificate of Completion, final payment nor any provision in Contract Documents relieves Contractor of above guarantee. Notice of observed defects will be specond nstlspe(s SC -3 _ , spewnd.msUspecs given with reasonable promptness. Failure to repair or replace defect upon notice entitles The City to repair or replace same and recover reasonable cost thereof from Contractor. 02 - 04 MINIMUM WAGE SCALE Contractors are required to pay prevailing wage rates to laborers, workmen and mechanics employed on behalf of the City engaged in the construction of public works. The wage rate for these jobs shall be the general prevailing wage rates for work of a similar character. This applies to Contractors and Subcontractors. The Contractors and Subcontractors shall keep and make available records of workers and their wages. Contractors and Subcontractors shall pay the prevailing wage rates as adopted by the City. There is a statutory penalty of $60.00 per worker per day or portion of a day that the prevailing wage rate is not paid by the Contractor or any Subcontractor. 02-05 LIMIT OF FINANCIAL RESOURCES The City has a limited amount of financial resources committed to this Project; therefore, it shall be understood by all bidders that the City may be required to change and/or delete any items which it may feel is necessary to accomplish all or part of the scope of work within its limit of financial resources. Contractor shall be entitled to no claim for damages or anticipated profits on any portion of work that may be omitted. At any time during the duration of this contract, the City reserves the right to omit any work from this contract. Unit prices for all items previously approved in this contract shall be used to delete or add work per change order. 02 - 06 CONSTRUCTION REVIEW The City shall provide a project representative to review the quality of materials and workmanship. 02 - 07 LIMITS OF WORK AND PAYMENT It shall be the obligation of the Contractor to complete all work included in this Contract, so authorized by the City, as described in the contract documents and technical specifications. All items of work not specifically paid for in the bid proposal shall be included in the unit price bids. Any question arising as to the limits of work shall be left up to the interpretation of the Engineer. SC-4 1 02 -08 PAYMENT FOR MATERIALS ON HAND 1 The City will not pay for materials on hand. Payment will be made for work completed ' in accordance with the monthly estimate procedure stipulated in the General Conditions of the Agreement. 1 02 - 09 "AS BUILT" DRAWINGS The Contractor shall mark all changes and revisions on all of his copies of the working 1 drawings during the course of the Project as they occur. Upon completion of the Project and prior to final acceptance and payment, the Contractor shall submit to the 1 Engineer one set of his working drawings, dated and signed by himself and his project superintendent and labeled as "As- Built ", that shows all changes and revisions outlined , above and that shows field locations of all above ground appurtenances including but not limited to valves, fire hydrants and manholes. These as -built drawings shall become the property of the City. Each appurtenance shall be located by at least two , (2) horizontal distances measured from existing, easily identifiable, immovable appurtenances such as fire hydrants or valves. Property pins can be used for as -built tie -ins provided no existing utilities as previously described are available. Costs for ' delivering as -built drawings shall be subsidiary to other bid items. 02 - 10 LAND FOR WORK 1 The City provides, as indicated on Drawings, land upon which work is to done, right-of- 1 way for access to same and such other lands that are designated for the use of the Contractor. Contractor provides, at his expense and without liability of The City, any 1 additional land and access thereto that may be required for his construction operations, temporary construction facilities, or for storage of materials. 02 -11 DEVIATIONS OCCASIONED BY UTILITY STRUCTURES 1 Whenever existing utilities, not indicated on Plans, present obstructions to grade and ' alignment of proposed improvements immediately notify engineer, who without delay, will determine if existing utilities are to be relocated, or grade and alignment of 1 proposed improvements changed. Where necessary to move existing services, poles, guy wires, pipelines, etc., as determined by the Engineer, the Contractor will make arrangements with the owner of the utility to be moved and have it moved. The costs , of any utility relocation will be at the Contractor's sole expense. The City will not be liable for relocations costs or damages on account of delays due to changes made by 1 owners of privately owned utilities which hinder progress of the work. specontmsttspecs SC - 5 1 1 02 -12 CONSTRUCTION STAKING SECTION 03- TRAFFIC CONTROL SECTION 04- WARRANTY BOND SECTION 05- INSURANCE specond mstlspecs All construction staking required to complete the work associated with this contract should be provided by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be responsible for determining the layout and extent of staking necessary to construct the improvements to the lines and grades shown in the Plans. This item shall not be paid for separately and shall be considered subsidiary to other bid items. Access shall be provided for residents and emergency vehicles at all times. When it becomes necessary to restrict access, the Contractor shall notify all applicable agencies (i.e. Fire Department, E.M.S., Public Works, etc.). At the end of each day two lanes of traffic shall be opened to the public. The Contractor shall be responsible for all maintenance, signing and safety precautions necessary for traffic control. This item shall be considered subsidiary to the bid item, Traffic Control, and no additional compensation shall be given for complying with this Special Condition. Per City of Round Rock Ordinances, a two (2) year Warranty Bond naming the City of Round Rock as obligee will be required for public streets constructed without lime stabilization of sub grade material when the Plasticity Index of the sub grade is above 20. A one (1) year Warranty Bond naming the City of Round Rock as obligee will be required for all other construction. Warranty Bond shall remain in effect for one (1) year or two (2) years, as applicable, from date of City of Round Rock acceptance of improvements. Such bonds shall be from an approved surety company holding a permit from the State of Texas to act as surety or other surety or sureties acceptable to the City prior to final payment. Section 3.18 of the General Conditions of the Agreement is hereby amended to include the following: 3.18 Insurance Contractor shall carry insurance in the following types and amounts for the duration of this Contract, which shall include items owned by The City in care, custody and control SC -6 speoond msyspecs of Contractor prior and during construction and warranty period, and fumish Certificates of Insurance along with copies of policy declaration pages and all policy endorsements as evidence thereof: a. Statutory Workers Compensation and minimum $100,000 Employers Liability Insurance. b. Commercial General Liability Insurance with minimum limits of $500,000 per occurrence and $1,000,000 Aggregate or $500,000 for this designated project and $100,000 Fire Damage. c. Automobile Liability Insurance for all owned, nonowned and hired vehicles with minimum limits for Bodily Injury of $250,000 for each person and $500,000 for each occurrence and Property Damage limits of $100,000 or Combined Single Limit of $600,000. d. On all new or remodeling building projects: All Risk Builders Risk Insurance for insurable building projects shall be insured in the amount of the contract price for such improvements. The City and Contractor waive all rights against each other for damages caused by fire or other perils to the extent covered by Builders Risk Insurance required under this section, except as to such rights as they may have in the proceeds of such insurance. Contractor shall require similar waivers by Subcontractors and Sub - subcontractors. e. Owner's and Contractors Protective Policy. The Contractor shall provide and maintain during the life of this contract and until all work under said contract has been completed and accepted by the City, an Owners and Contractors Protective Policy which co- insures the Owner and the Owners agents and employees with the same Commercial General Liability coverage as described above, entitled "Commercial General Liability Insurance." When offsite storage is permitted, policy will be endorsed for transit and offsite storage in amounts sufficient to protect property being transported or stored. This insurance shall include, as insured, City of Round Rock, Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub - subcontractors in the work, as their respective interest may appear. If insurance policies are not written for amount specified in b. and c. above, Contractor is required to carry an Excess Liability Insurance Policy for any difference in amounts specified. SC -7 5peco"a.muspecs Contractor shall be responsible for deductibles and self- insured retentions, if any, stated in policies. Any self- insured retention shall not exceed ten percent of minimum required limits. All deductibles or self- insured retentions shall be disclosed on Certificate of Insurance required above. Contractor shall not commence work at site under this Contract until he has obtained required insurance and until The City's Contract Administration Office has reviewed such insurance. Contractor shall not allow any Subcontractors to commence work until insurance required has been obtained and approved. Approval of insurance by The City shall not relieve or decrease liability of Contractor hereunder. Insurance to be written by a company licensed to do business in the State of Texas at the time policy is issued and acceptable to the City. Contractor shall produce an endorsement to each effected policy: 1. Naming City of Round Rock, 221 East Main Street, Round Rock, Texas 78664 as additional insured (except Workers' Compensation and Builders Risk). 2. That obligates the insurance company to notify City Secretary, City of Round Rock, 221 East Main Street, Round Rock, Texas 78664 of any and all changes to policy 30 days prior to termination, cancellation, reduction, or material change of coverage. 3. That the "other" insurance clause shall not apply to the City where City of Round Rock is an additional insured shown on policy. It is intended that policies required in this agreement, covering both The City and Contractor, shall be considered primary coverage as applicable. Contractor shall not cause any insurance to be canceled nor permit any insurance to lapse during term of this Contract or as required in the Contract. If Contractor is underwritten on a claim - made basis, the retroactive date shall be prior to, or coincident with, the date of this Contract and the Certificate of Insurance shall state that coverage is claims made and also the retroactive date. Contractor shall maintain coverage for duration of this Contract and for two years following completion of this Contract. Contractor shall provide the City annually a Certificate of Insurance as evidence of such SC -8 speoontrastispees insurance. It is further agreed that Contractor shall provide The City a 30 day notice of . aggregate erosion, an advance of the retroactive date, cancellation and/or renewal. It is also agreed that Contractor will invoke the tail option at request of Owner and the Extended Reporting Period (ERP) premium shall be paid by Contractor. Owner reserves the right to review insurance requirements of this section during effective period of the Contract and to make reasonable adjustments to insurance coverages and their limits when deemed necessary and prudent by Owner based upon changes in statutory law, court decisions or the claims history of the industry as well as Contractor. Owner shall be entitled, upon request, and without expense, to receive copies of policies and all endorsements thereto and may make any reasonable requests for deletion or revision or modification of particular policy terms, conditions, limitations or exclusions, except where policy provisions are established by law or regulation binding upon either of the parties hereto or the underwriter on any of such policies. Contractor shall pay actual losses not covered by insurance as required by the section. SC -9 SECTION 06- WAGE RATES General Decision Number TX000043 Superseded General Decision No. TX990043 State: TEXAS Construction Type: HEAVY HIGHWAY County(ies): BELL CORYELL TRAVIS BEXAR GUADALUPE WILLIAMSON BRAZOS HAYS COMAL MCLENNAN Heavy (excluding tunnels and dams) and Highway Construction Projects (does not include building structures in rest area projects). NOT TO BE USED FOR WORK ON SEWAGE OR WATER TREATMENT PLANTS OR LIFT /PUMP STATIONS IN BELL, CORYELL, McLENNAN AND WILLIAMSON COUNTIES. Modification Number Publication Date 0 02/11/2000 County(ies): BELL CORYELL TRAVIS BEXAR GUADALUPE WILLIAMSON BRAZOS HAYS COMAL MCLENNAN SUTX2042A 03/26/1998 AIR TOOL OPERATOR ASPHALT HEATER OPERATOR ASPHALT RAKER ASPHALT SHOVELER BATCHING PLANT WEIGHER CARPENTER CONCRETE FINISHER - PAVING CONCRETE FINISHER - STRUCTURES CONCRETE RUBBER ELECTRICIAN SC - 10 Rates 8.08 11.00 8.00 7.97 11.00 10.80 9.57 8.83 8.52 16.25 Fringes Rates FLAGGER 6.86 FORM BUILDER - STRUCTURES 8.77 FORM LINER - PAVING & CURB 8.00 FORM SETTER- PAVING & CURB 8.68 FORM SETTER- STRUCTURES 8.73 LABORER- COMMON 7.12 LABORER- UTILITY 7.99 MECHANIC 12.15 OILER 11.40 SERVICER 8.44 PAINTER - STRUCTURES 10.00 PIPE LAYER 8.27 ASPHALT DISTRIBUTOR OPERATOR 9.70 ASPHALT PAVING MACHINE 9.26 BROOM OR SWEEPER OPERATOR 7.12 BULLDOZER 9.28 CONCRETE CURING MACHINE 7.79 CONCRETE FINISHING MACHINE 11.00 CONCRETE PAVING SAW 9.79 SLIPFORM MACHINE OPERATOR 11.15 CRANE, CLAMSHELL, BACKHOE, DERRICK, DRAGLINE, SHOVEL 10.12 FOUNDATION DRILL OPERATOR TRUCK MOUNTED 15.00 FRONT END LOADER 8.86 HOIST - DOUBLE DRUM & LESS 10.81 MIXER 7.12 MIXER - CONCRETE PAVING 11.00 MOTOR GRADER FINE GRADE - 12.37 MOTOR GRADER 11.14 PAVEMENT MARKING MACHINE 8.31 PLANER OPERATOR 15.75 ROLLER, STEEL WHEEL PLANT -MIX PAVEMENTS 7.73 ROLLER, STEEL WHEEL OTHER FLATWHEEL OR TAMPING 7.33 ROLLER, PNEUMATIC, SELF PROPELLED 7.17 SCRAPERS 8.38 TRACTOR - CRAWLER TYPE 9.40 TRAVELING MIXER 7.92 TRENCHING MACHINE, HEAVY 9.92 WAGON- DRILUBORING MACHINE 8.00 specond.msUspecs SC -11 Fringes Rates REINFORCING STEEL SETTER PAVING 14.50 REINFORCING STEEL SETTER STRUCTURES 10.61 STEEL WORKER- STRUCTURAL 11.73 SPREADER BOX OPERATOR 8.55 WORK ZONE BARRICADE 8.29 SIGN INSTALLER 7.97 TRUCK DRIVER - SINGLE AXLE LIGHT 8.32 TRUCK DRIVER - SINGLE AXLE HEAVY 7.954 TRUCK DRIVER - TANDEM AXLE SEMI TRAILER 8.02 TRUCK DRIVER - LOWBOY /FLOAT 10.12 WELDER 11.02 Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29 CFR 05.5(a) 1 (ii)) 1 .) speand.msVspecs WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can be: ! an existing published wage determination a survey underlying a wage determination ! a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour Regional office for the area in which the survey was conducted because those Regional offices have responsibility for the Davis -Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2.) and 3.) should be followed. With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U. S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N. W. Washington, D. C. 20210 2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an interested party (those affected by the action) can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to: SC -12 Fringes specondJRSVspeo Wage and Hour Administrator U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N. W. Washington, D. C. 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position and by any information (wage payment data, project description, area practice material, etc.) that the requestor considers relevant to the issue. 3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to: Administrative Review Board U. S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N. W. Washington, D. C. 20210 4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final. END OF GENERAL DECISION SC -13 CLASSIFICATION Rate Health Pension Vacation Total Wage ASBESTOS WORKER $8.78 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $8.78 CARPENTER $15.52 $1.57 $0.97 $0.00 $18.06 CARPET LAYER/FLOORING INSTALLER $8.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $8.00 CONCRETE FINISHER $10.27 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $10.27 DATA COMMUNICATION/TELECOM INSTALLER $12.08 $0.76 $0.50 $0.05 $13.39 DRYWALL INSTALLER/CEILING INSTALLER $10.91 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $10.91 ELECTRICIAN $17.44 $2.16 $1.05 $1.05 $21.70 ELEVATOR MECHANIC $16.75 $3.85 $2.19 $1.50 $24.29 FIRE PROOFING INSTALLER $8.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $8.00 GLAZIER $13.60 $2.24 $1.15 $0.54 $17.53 HEAVY EQUIPMENT OPERATOR $10.56 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $10.56 INSULATOR $13.75 $1.16 $0.92 $0.03 $15.86 IRON WORKER $12.18 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $12.18 LABORER/HELPER $7.48 $0.02 $0.00 $0.00 $7.50 LATHER/PLASTERER $12.50 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $12.50 LIGHT EQUIPMENT OPERATOR $7.75 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $7.75 MASON $16.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $16.00 METAL BUILDING ASSEMBLER 911.00 $0.62 $0.00 $0.34 $11.96 MILLWRIGHT $15.91 $1.63 $1.00 $0.00 $18.54 PAINTERIWALL COVERING INSTALLER $8.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $8.00 PIPEFITTER $18.10 $1.42 $1.80 $0.00 $21.32 PLUMBER $12.68 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $12.68 ROOFER $10.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $10.00 SHEET METAL WORKER $18.40 $2.39 $2.55 $0.33 $23.67 SPRINKLER FITTER $18.25 $3.40 $2.20 $0.00 $23.85 TERRAllO WORKER $0.00* $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00* TILE SETTER $15.00 $0.32 $0.00 $0.00 $15.32 WATERPROOFER/CAULKER $10.64 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $10.64 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 COUNTY NAME: WILLIAMSON specond.nutispecs PREVAILING WAGE RATE DETERMINATION BUILDING CONSTRUCTION TRADES SC - 14 Date Printed: April 15, 1997 *$0.00 in the rate field indicated insufficient data was received to determine a prevailing wage rate for his classification. Govemment Code Title 10, Sec. 2258.023, paragraph C state: AA contractor or subcontractor does not violate this section if a public body awarding a contract does not determine the prevailing wage rates and specify the rates in the contract as provided in Section 2258.022. (Property of General Services Commission, Based on 1996 Survey results) 6.0 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ITEM 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK The work covered by these Specifications consists of fumishing all labor, equipment, appliances, materials and performing all operations in connection with the inspection and testing, complete in accordance with the Plans, and subject to the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 1.02 GOVERNING TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS techspec.mstaspec.master NOTE: The item number designation shown in parentheses adjacent to captions herein is a reference to City of Austin Standard Specifications. STREET, WATER, SEWER AND DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS The current City of Austin Standard Specifications as adopted and amended by the City of Round Rock and the current City of Austin Erosion and Sedimentation Control Manual are hereby referred to and included in this contract as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein and they shall be applied to this project except as modified in these Specifications and on the Plans. Wherever the term "City of Austin" is used in the Austin Specifications, it shall be construed to mean the City of Round Rock. Wherever the term "Engineer" is used in the Austin Specifications, it shall be construed to mean the City of Round Rock. TS -2 Revised - 7/2002 ITEM 2 CONTROL OF WORK 2.01 CLEAN -UP 2.01.1 CONSTRUCTION SITE 2.01.2 BACKWORK 2.02 GRADING techspec.mst/spec.niaster During construction the Contractor shall keep the site free and clean from all rubbish and debris and shall clean -up the site promptly when notified to do so by the Engineer. The Contractor shall, at his own expense, maintain the streets and roads free from dust, mud, excess earth or debris which constitutes a nuisance or danger to the public using the thoroughfare, or the occupants of adjacent properties. Care shall be taken to prevent spillage on streets and roads over which hauling is done, and any such spillage or debris deposited on streets, due to the Contractor's operations, shall be immediately removed. The Contractor shall coordinate his operations in such a manner as to prevent the amount of clean -up and completion of back works from becoming excessive. Should such a condition exist, the Engineer may order all or portions of the work to cease and refuse to allow any work to commence until the back work is done to the Engineer's satisfaction. The Contractor shall do such grading in and adjacent to the construction area associated with this contract as may be necessary to leave such areas in a neat and satisfactory condition approved by the Engineer. ITEM 3 EXAMINATION AND REVIEW 3.01 EXAMINATION OF WORK The work covered under this Contract shall be examined and reviewed by the Engineer, representatives of all govemmental entities which have jurisdiction, and the City's authorized representative. The quality of material and the quality of installation of the improvements shall be to the satisfaction of the Engineer. It shall be the TS -3 Revised - moot Contractor's responsibility for the construction methods and safety precautions in the undertaking of this Contract. 3.02 NOTIFICATION 3.03 CONSTRUCTION STAKING techspec.nstspec.masler The Engineer and City must be notified a minimum of 24 -hours in advance of beginning construction, testing, or requiring presence of the Engineer, project representative, or City's representative. The Engineer shall fumish the Contractor reference points and benchmarks that, in the Engineer's opinion, provide sufficient information for the Contractor to perform construction staking. 3.04 PROTECTION OF STAKES, MARKS, ETC. All engineering and surveyor's stakes, marks, property comers, etc., shall be carefully preserved by the Contractor, and in case of destruction or removal during the course of this project, such stakes, marks, property corners, etc., shall be replaced by the Contractor at the Contractor's sole expense. TS -4 Revised .7/2002 ITEM 4 PROTECTION AND PRECAUTION 4.01 WORK IN FREEZING WEATHER Portions of the work may continue as directed by the Engineer. 4.02 PROTECTION OF TREES, PLANTS AND SHRUBS techspee.ms tspeumaster The Contractor shall take necessary precautions to preserve all existing trees, plants and shrubs but where it is justifiable and necessary the Contractor may remove trees and plants for construction right -of -way but only with approval of the Engineer. 4.03 TRAFFIC CONTROL MEASURES AND BARRICADES Traffic control measures and barricades shall be installed in accordance with the Texas Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices and in other locations deemed necessary by the Engineer, for the protection life and property. Under no circumstances will any existing road be permitted to remain closed over a weekend. No separate pay will be made for this item. Costs for this item shall be subsidiary to other items of work. 4.04 PROPERTY LINES AND MONUMENTS The Contractor shall be responsible for the protection, reference and resetting of property comer monuments if disturbed. 4.05 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS MATERIAL The Contractor shall at his own expense, make arrangement for the disposal of surplus material, such as rock, trees, brush and other unwanted backfill materials. 4.06 CONTRACTORS USE OF PREMISES The Contractor shall, at his own expense, provide additional space as necessary for his operations and storage of materials. TS -5 Revised -7/2002 ITEM 5 MATERIALS 5.01 TRADE NAMES Except as specified otherwise, wherever in the specifications an article or class of material is designated by a trade name or by the name or catalog number of any maker, patentee, manufacturer, or dealer, such designations shall be taken as intending to mean and specify the articles described or another equal thereto in quality, finish, and serviceability for the purpose intended, as may be determined and judged by the Engineer in his sole discretion. 5.02 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP Iechspec.msVspec master No material which has been used by the Contractor for any temporary purpose whatever is to be incorporated in the permanent structure without the written consent of the Engineer. Where materials or equipment are specified by a trade or brand name, it is not the intention of the City to discriminate against an equal product of another manufacturer, but rather to set a definite standard of quality for performance, and to establish an equal basis for the evaluation of bids. Where the words "equivalent ", "proper" or "equal to" are used, they shall be understood to mean that the item referred to shall be "proper", the "equivalent" of, or "equal to some other item, in the opinion or judgment of the Engineer. Unless otherwise specified, all materials shall be the best of their respective kinds and shall be in all cases fully equal to approved samples. Notwithstanding that the words or equal to or other such expressions may be used in the specifications in connection with a material, manufactured article or process, the material, article or process specifically designated shall be used, unless a substitute is approved in writing by the Engineer, and the Engineer will have the right to require the use of such specifically designated material, article or process. TS -6 Revised - 712002 City of Austin Standard Technical Specifications These specifications shall govern, except for specific modifications, deletions or additions set forth in the Special Previsions or Special Specifications thereto, on the date of advertisement for bids. Edition Item No. Tile 8/18/00 1115 Excavation 8/18/00 130S Borrow 2/26/02 2015 Subgrade Preparation 8/18/00 2105 Flexible Base 11/15/99 2205 Sprinkling for Dust Control 8/18/00 230S Rolling (Flat Wheel) 8/18/00 232S Rolling (Pneumatic Tire) 8/18/00 236S Proofrolling 4/17/86 301 Asphalt, Oils and Emulsions 2/21/01 3065 Prime Coat 2/21/01 307S Tack Coat 2/19/02 340 Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete Pavement 2/19/02 403 Concrete for Structures 4/17/86 406 Reinforcing Steel 4/17/86 408 Concrete Joint Materials 12/03/86 409 Membrane Curing 2/26/02 411 Surface Finishes for Concrete 11/26/01 4325 Concrete Sidewalks 9/29/99 4395 Parking Lot Bumper Curbs 11/15/99 602S Sodding for Erosion Control 9/29/99 604S Seeding for Erosion Control 9/29/99 606S Fertilizer 3/27/00 610S Preservation of Trees and other Vegetation 11/26/01 639S Rock Berm 5/23/00 641S Stabilized Construction Entrance (SCE) 5/23/00 642S Silt Fence 11/26/01 803S Barricades, Signs and Traffic Handling 5/23/00 860S Pavement Marking Paint 4/17/86 16120S Wiring 9/30/87 16550S Street Light Standard Foundations TS -7 Special Provisions to the City of Austin Standard Technical Specifications 1. item No. 201S Subgrade Preparation shall be modified as follows: a. At all locations within these specifications the word "subgrade" shall be understood to mean "subgrade and/or scarified, shaped and recompacted existing base ". 2. Item No. 210S Flexible Base shall be modified as follows: Paragraph 210S.6 Measurement and 2105.7 Payment shall be deleted and a new paragraph 210S.6 shall read as follows: 210S.6 Measurement and Payment No additional compensation will be made for materials or labor required by this item, but shall be considered subsidiary to the various items included in the contract. 3. Item No. 406 Reinforcing Steel shall be modified as follows: Paragraph 406.8 Measurement and Paragraph 406.9 Payment shall be deleted and a new Paragraph 406.8 shall read as follows: 406.8 Measurement and Payment No additional compensation will be made for materials, equipment or labor required by this item, but shall be considered subsidiary to the various items included in the contract. 4. Item No. 803S Barricades, Signs and Traffic Handling shall be modified as follows: a. Under paragraph 803S.1 Description add the following: This item shall also govern for providing, installing and maintaining all handicap signs shown on the plans. b. Paragraph 803S.6 Measurement and 803S.7 Payment shall be deleted and a new paragraph 803S.6 shall read as follows: 803 S.6 Measurement and Payment No additional compensation will be made for materials, equipment or labor required by this item, but shall be considered subsidiary to the various items included in the contract. 5. Item 16120S Wiring shall be modified as follows: The following sentence shall be added to paragraph 161205.1 Description: "This item shall include the furnishing and installation of the service entrance, including pole, as shown on the plans. TS - 8 Special Provisions - 1 Supplemental Specifications Item No. 16600 Title Aluminum Light Poles and Light Fixtures TS - 9 Current Version: 8/18/00 Previous Versions: 4/05/99 and 8/17/94 111S.1 Description This item shall govern: (1) the excavation and proper utilization or satisfactory disposal of all excavated materials, of whatever character, within the limits of the Work and (2) construction, compaction, shaping and finishing of all designated earthwork areas in accordance with the specification requirements outlined herein and in conformity with the required lines, grades and typical cross sections indicated on the Drawings or as directed by the Engineer or designated representative. When not otherwise included in the Contract Documents, this item shall include the work described in Specification Item Nos. 101S, "Preparing Right of Way", No. 102S, "Clearing and Grubbing ", No. 104S, "Removing Portland Cement Concrete ", No. 132S °Embankment" and No. 201S, "Subgrade Preparation ". This specification is applicable for projects or work involving either inch -pound or SI units. Within the text inch -pound units are given preference followed by SI units shown within parentheses. 111S.2' Submittals The submittal requirements of this specification item may include: A. A permit when utility adjustments are made in the right -of -way, B. A plan for removal and deposition of all Waste' materials, and C. A Blasting Permit if blasting is required and allowed on the project, 111S.3 Classification Item No. 111S Excavation All excavation shall be unclassified and shall include all materials encountered regardless of their nature or the manner in which they are removed. 111S.4 Construction Methods Prior to commencement of this work, all required erosion control and tree protection measures shall be in place. The existing utilities shall be located and shall be protected as specified in the Standard Contracts Document Section 00700, "General Conditions" and/or indicated on the Drawings. A permit shall be required when utility adjustments are to be made in preparation for construction in the right -of -way, as specified in Section 5.2.0 of the City of Austin Utilities Criteria Manual. Construction equipment shall not be operated nor construction materials stockpiled under the canopies of trees, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. Excavation or embankment materials shall not be placed within the drip line of trees until tree wells are constructed, that conform to Specification Item No. 610S, "Preservation of Trees and Other Vegetation ". All excavation shall be performed as specified herein and shall conform to the established alignment, grades and cross sections indicated on the Drawings. Suitable excavated materials shall be utilized, insofar as practical, in constructing required embankments. The 111S 8/18/00 Page 1 Excavation Current Version: 8/18/00 Previous Versions: 4/05/99 and 8/17/94 construction of all embankments shall conform to Specification Item No. 132S, "Embankment ". No material shall be stockpiled within the banks of a waterway. Unsuitable excavated materials or excavation in excess of that needed for construction shall be known as "Waste" and shall become the property of the Contractor. Unsuitable material encountered below the subgrade elevation in roadway cuts, when declared "Waste" by the Engineer or designated representative, shall be replaced with material from the roadway excavation or with other suitable material as approved by the Engineer. It shall become the Contractor's responsibility to dispose of this material off the limits of the right of way in an environmentally sound manner at a permitted disposal site. All blasting shall conform to the Provisions of the Standard Contract Document Section 01550, "Public Safety and Convenience ". In all cases, a Blasting Permit must be obtained in advance from the City of Austin, Department of Public Works and Transportation. Adequate dewatering and drainage of excavation shall be maintained throughout the time required to complete the excavation work. 111S.5 Measurement All accepted excavation will be measured by either Method A or B as follows: (1) Method A Measurement of the volume of excavation in cubic yards (cubic meters: 1 square meter is equal to 1.196 square yards) by the average end area methods. Cross - sectional areas shall be computed from the existing ground surface to the established line of the subgrade, as shown on typical sections in the Drawings, over the limits of the right of way or other work limits, including parkway slopes and sidewalk areas. (2) Method B Measurement of the volume of excavation in cubic yards (cubic meters: 1 square meter is equal to 1.196 square yards), based upon the average end area method taken from pre- construction cross sections and planned grades. The planned quantities for excavation will be used as the measurement for payment for this item. 111S.6 Payment This item will be paid for at the contract unit bid price for "Excavation ", as provided under measurement Method A or B as included in the bid. The bid price shall include full compensation for all work herein specified including dewatering, drainage, subgrade preparation, unless otherwise indicated, and the furnishing of all materials, equipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work. Payment will be made under one of the following: Pay Item No. 111S -A: Excavation Pay Item No. 111S-B: Excavation End Per Cubic Yard. Per Cubic Yard, Plan Quantity. 111S 8/18/00 Page 2 Excavation Current Version: 8/18/00 SPECIFIC CROSS REFERENCE MATERIALS Specification Item 111S, "EXCAVATION" City of Austin Standard Contract Documents Designation Description 00700 General Conditions 01550 Public Safety and Convenience City of Austin Utilities Criteria Manual Designation Description Section 5.2.0 Permit for Excavation in the Public Right -of -Way City of Austin Technical Specifications Designation Description Item No. 101S Preparing Right of Way Item No. 102S Clearing and Grubbing - Item No. 104S Removing Portland Cement Concrete Item No. 132S Embankment Item No. 2018 Subgrade Preparation Item No. 236S Proof Rolling Item No. 610S Preservation of Trees and Other Vegetation RELATED CROSS REFERENCE MATERIALS Specification Item 111S, "EXCAVATION" City of Austin Standard Contract Documents Designation Description 01500 Temporary Facilities City of Austin Standard Specifications Designation Description Item No. 120S Item No. 203 Item No. 204S Item No. 230S Item No. 232S Item No. 234S Item No. 602S Item No. 604S Item No. 622S Item No. 628S Item No. 642S Previous Versions: 4/05/99 and 8/17/94 Channel Excavation Lime Treatment for Materials In Place Portland Cement Treatment for Materials In Place Rolling (Flat Wheel) Rolling (Pneumatic Tire) Rolling (Tamping) Sodding for Erosion Control Seeding for Erosion Control Diversion Dike Sediment Containment Dikes Silt Fence City of Austin Standard Details Designation Description No. 6108 -1 Tree Protection Fence Locations No. 610S -2 Tree Protection Fence, Type B Chainlink No. 610S -3 Tree Protection Fence, Type B Wood No. 610S -4 Tree Protection Fence, Modified Type A No. 610S -5 Tree Protection Fence, Modified Type B No. 621S-1 Diversion No. 622S -1 Diversion Dike No. 624S -1 Earth Outlet Sediment Trap No. 625S -1 Grade Stabilization Structure No. 627S -1 Grass Lined Swale No. 627S -2 Grass Lined Swale With Stone Center No. 6285 Triangular Sediment Filter Dike 111S 8/18/00 Page 3 Excavation Current Version: 8/18/00 1 RELATED CROSS REFERENCE MATERIALS - Continued Previous Versions: 4/05/99 and 8/17/94 City of Austin Standard Details Designation Description No. 628S -1 Hay Bale Dike No. 629S -1 Brush Berm No. 630S -1 Interceptor Dike No. 631S-1 Interceptor Swale No. 632S -1 Storm Inlet Sediment Trap No. 633S-1 Landgrading No. 6343 -1 Level Spreader No. 635S -1 Perimeter Dike No. 636S -1 Perimeter Swale No. 637S -1 Pipe Slope Drain (Flexible) No. 637S -2 Pipe Slope Drain (Flexible) No. 638S -1 Pipe Outlet Sediment Trap No. 639S -1 Rock Berm No. 6415 -1 Stabilized Construction Entrance No. 642S -1 Silt Fence No. 643S -1 Stone Outlet Structure No. 644S -1 Stone Outlet Sediment Trap The Code of the Citv of Austin. Code of Ordinances, Volume 1 Designation Description Article 15 -12 -166 Permit Required Article 15 -12 -173 Conditions for Permit Issuance Article 15 -12 -174 Permit Term Texas Department of Transportation: Standard Specifications for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges Designation Description Item No. 100 Preparing Right of Way Item No. 110 Excavation Item No. 112 Subgrade Widening Item No. 132 Embankment Item No. 150 Blading Item No. 158 Specialized Excavation Work Item No. 160 Furnishing and Placing Topsoil Item No. 164 Seeding for Erosion Control Item No. 204 Sprinkling Item No. 210 Rolling (Flat Wheel) Item No. 211 Rolling (Tamping) Item No. 213 Rolling (Pneumatic Tire) Item No. 260 Lime Treatment for Materials Used as Subgrade (Road Mixed) Item No. 265 Lime -Fly Ash (LFA) Treatment for Materials Used as Subgrade Texas Department of Transportation: Manual of Testing Procedures Designation Description Tex -103 -E Determination of Moisture Content of Soil Materials Tex -104 -E Determination of Liquid Limit of Soils Tex -105 -E Determination of Plastic Limit of Soils Tex -106 -E Method of Calculating the Plasticity Index of Soils Tex -114 -E Laboratory Compaction Characteristics and Moisture - Density Relationship of Subgrade & Embankment Soil Tex -115 -E Field Method for Determination of In -Place Density of Soils and Base Materials 111S 8/18/00 Page 4 Excavation The Liquid Limit shall not exceed 45 The Plasticity Index shall not exceed 15 The bar linear shrinkage shall not be less than 2 Current Version: 8/18/00 Previous Versions: 04/05/99 and 04/17/86 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Item No. 1305 Borrow 130S.1 Description This item shall govern required excavation, removal and proper utilization of materials secured from sources, selected by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer or designated representative. The compaction of embankments constructed from borrow as provided herein shall conform to the appropriate sections of Specification Item Nos. 132S, "Embankment" and 236S, "Proof Rolling ". Borrow will be used only when indicated on the Drawings or directed by the Engineer or designated representative and shall only be acquired from approved sources. This specification is applicable for projects or work involving either inch -pound or SI units. Within the text inch -pound units are given preference followed by SI units shown within parentheses. 130S.2 Submittals The submittal requirements of this specification item may include: A. Identification of Class, source and characteristics (Pi., linear shrinkage, etc.) of proposed borrow material, and B. A plan for managing and maintaining borrow sites. 130S.3 Materials All authorized borrow shall conform to one of the following classes: Class A (Select Borrow) Class A Borrow material shall consist of suitable granular material, free from vegetation or other objectionable matter and reasonably free from lumps of earth. When tested by standard TxDOT laboratory methods Tex - 105 -E, Tex -106 -E and Tex - 107 -E, the Class A Select Borrow, shall meet the following requirements: Class B (Borrow) Class B Borrow material shall consist of suitable non swelling [i.e. soils with a plasticity index (Pl.) less than 20] earth material such as loam, clay or other such materials that will form a stable embankment. Class C (Topsoil) Class C Borrow material shall consist of approved soils, which shall be clean, friable and capable of supporting plant life. This material shall also be free of stones and all other debris. _130S 8/18/00 Page 1 Borrow Current Version: 8/18/00 Previous Versions: 04/05/99 and 04/17/86 130S.4 Construction Methods Prior to commencing this work, all required erosion control and environmental measures shall be in place. All suitable materials removed from excavations shall be used, insofar as practicable in the formation of embankments conforming to Specification Item No. 132S, "Embankment ", as otherwise indicated on the Drawings or as directed by the Engineer or designated representative. The completed work shall conform to the established alignment, grades and cross section as shown on the Drawings. The additional material necessary to complete the work described above shall be "Borrow" of the class specified. The Contractor shall arrange for borrow from one of the following sources: 1. Existing borrow pit, 2. New borrow pit, or 3. Surplus excavated material from a site, with a site development permit. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer 3 weeks prior to opening a pit or any other borrow source to allow necessary testing for approval of materials. All borrow sites shall comply with the requirements of the site development permit. During construction, borrow sources shall be kept drained to permit final cross sections to be measured, when required. Borrow sites shall be managed and maintained to minimize the impact of the appearance of the natural topographic features and at no time create a potential hazard to the public. 130S.5 Measurement Borrow will be measured by the cubic yard (cubic meters: 1 cubic meter is equal to 1.196 cubic yards) in its final position based upon the average end areas, calculated from pre - construction cross sections and plan grades. The plan quantities for Borrow or Topsoil will be used as the measurement for payment for this item. 130S.6 Payment • All work performed as required herein and measured as provided under "Measurement' will be paid for at the unit bid price. The bid prices shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor; all materials; all royalty and freight involved; all hauling and delivering on the road; and all tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. Payment will not be made for unauthorized work. Payment will be made under one of the following: Pay Item No. 130-k Class A (Select Borrow), Plan Quantity Per Cubic Yard. Pay Item No. 130-B: Class B (Borrow), Plan Quantity Per Cubic Yard. Pay Item No. 130-T: Class C (Topsoil), Plan Quantity Per Cubic Yard. End _130S 8/18/00 Page 2 Borrow 1 'Current Version: 8/18/00 SPECIFIC CROSS REFERENCE MATERIALS Specification 130S, "BORROW" City of Austin Standard Specifications Designation Description Item No. 132S Embankment Item No. 236S Rolling (Proof) Texas Department of Transportation: Manual of Testing Procedures Designation Description Tex -105 -E Determination of Plastic Limit of Soils Tex -106 -E Method of Calculating the Plasticity Index of Soils Tex -107 -E Determination of Bar Linear Shrinkage of Soils RELATED CROSS REFERENCE MATERIALS Specification 130S, `BORROW" City of Austin Standard Contract Documents Designation Description 00700 General Conditions City of Austin Standard Specifications Designation Description tem No. 101 S Preparing Right of Way tem No. 102S Clearing and Grubbing tem No. 110S Street Excavation tem No. 111S Excavation tem No. 230S Rolling (Flat Wheel) tem No. 232S Rolling (Pneumatic Tire) tem No. 234S Rolling (Tamping) tem No. 602S Sodding for Erosion Control tem No. 604S Seeding for Erosion Control tem No. 610S Preservation of Trees and Other Vegetation tem No. 622S Diversion Dike • tem No. 628S Sediment Containment Dikes tem No. 642S Silt Fence Previous Versions: 04/05/99 and 04/17/86 Standard Details Description Tree Protection Fence Locations Tree Protection Fence, Type B Chainlink Tree Protection Fence, Type B Wood Tree Protection Fence, Modified Type A Tree Protection Fence, Modified Type B Diversion Diversion Dike Earth Outlet Sediment Trap Grade Stabilization Structure Grass Lined Swale Grass Lined Swale With Stone Center Triangular Sediment Filter Dike Hay Bale Dike Brush Berm Interceptor Dike Interceptor Swale Storm Inlet Sediment Trap Landgrading Level Spreader _ 130S 8/18/00 Page 3 Borrow City of Austin Designation No. 610S -1 No. 610S -2 No. 610S -3 No. 610S -4 No. 610S -5 No. 621 -1 No. 622 -1 No. 624 -1 No. 625 -1 No. 626 -1 No. 627 -1 No. 628S No. 628S -1 No. 629S -1 No. 630S -1 No. 631S-1 No. 632S -1 No. 633S -1 No. 634S -1 Current Version: 8/18/00 RELATED CROSS REFERENCE MATERIALS - Continued Specification 130S, "BORROW" City of Austin Standard Details Designation No. 635S -1 No. 636S -1 No. 637S -1 No. 637S -2 No. 638S -1 No. 639S -1 No. 641S-1 No. 642S -1 No. 643S -1 No. 644S -1 Description Perimeter Dike Perimeter Swale Pipe Slope Drain (Flexible) Pipe Slope Drain (Flexible) Pipe Outlet Sediment Trap Rock Berm Stabilized Construction Entrance Silt Fence Stone Outlet Structure Stone Outlet Sediment Trap Previous Versions: 04/05/99 and 04/17/86 Texas Department of Transportation: Standard Specifications for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges Designation Description Item No. 100 Preparing Right of Way Item No. 110 Excavation Item No. 132 Embankment Item No. 158 Specialized Excavation Work Item No. 160 Furnishing and Placing Topsoil Item No. 164 Seeding for Erosion Control Item No. 204 Sprinkling Item No. 210 Rolling (Flat Wheel) Item No. 211 Rolling (Tamping) Item No. 213 Rolling (Pneumatic Tire) Texas Department of Transportation_ - Manual of Testing Procedures Designation Description Tex -103 -E Determination of Moisture Content of Soil Materials Tex -104 -E Determination of Liquid Limit of Soils Tex -114 -E Laboratory Compaction Characteristics and Moisture - Density Relationship of Subgrade & Embankment Soil Tex -115 -E Field Method for Determination of In -Place Density of Soils and Base Materials _130S 8/18/00 Page 4 Borrow CURRENT VERSION: February 26, 2002 Previous Versions: 8/18/01; 7/17/99; 5/01/90 Item No. 2015 Subgrade Preparation 201 S.1 Description This item shall govern scarifying; blading and rolling the subgrade to obtain a uniform texture and provide as nearly as practicable a uniform density for the top 6 inches (150 mm) of the subgrade. This specification is applicable for projects or work involving either inch -pound or SI units. Within the text and accompanying tables, the inch -pound units are given preference followed by SI units shown within parentheses. 201S.2 Submittals The submittal requirements of this specification item may include: A. A plan identifying classification and characteristics (P.I., optimum moisture - density, etc.) of insitu subgrade soils, as well as the source, classification and characteristics of any proposed borrow material, B. Type and size of equipment proposed to produce the required compaction, and C. Compaction (moisture - density, etc) test results for in -situ subgrade soils and/or borrow materials. 201 S.3 Construction Methods Prior to initiation of subgrade preparation activities, all operations involving Standard Specification Item No. 101S," Preparing Right of Way" and/or Standard Specification Item No. 102S, "Clearing and Grubbing" shall be completed. The surface of the subgrade shall be scarified and shaped in conformity with the typical sections and the lines and grades indicated on the Drawings; by the removal of existing material or addition of approved material as established by the Engineer or designated representative. Any deviation in the subgrade cross section which exceeds 1/2 inch in a length of 10 feet (12 mm in a length of 3 meters), measured longitudinally, shall be corrected by loosening, adding or removing material, and then reshaping and compacting by sprinkling and rolling. All unsuitable material shall be removed and replaced with approved material. All foundations, walls or other objectionable material shall be removed in accordance with Standard Specification Item No. 104S, "Removing Portland Cement Concrete" to a minimum depth of 18 inches (450 mm) under all structures and 12 inches (300 mm) under areas to be vegetated. All holes, ruts and depressions shall be filled with approved material and compacted by approved methods. The subgrade shall be prepared sufficiently in advance to insure satisfactory prosecution of the Work. The Contractor will be required to set blue tops for the subgrade on the centerline, at the quarter points and along the curb lines or edge of pavement at maximum intervals of 50 feet (15 meters). The subgrade shall be tested by proof rolling 201S 2/26/02 Page 1 Subgrade Preparation Description Density, Percent Moisture Non - swelling Soils (P.I. less than 20) Not less than 95 Swelling Soils (P.I. between 20 and 35) Not less than 95 nor more than 102 Not less than optimum • Swelling Soils (P.I. greater than 35) Not less than 95 nor more than 100 Not less than optimum CURRENT VERSION: February 26, 2002 Previous Versions: 8/18/01; 7/17/99; 5/01/90 in conformity with Standard Specification Item No. 236S, `Proof Rolling" prior to placement of the first course of base material. Any unstable or spongy subgrade areas identified by proof rolling shall be corrected either by additional re- working, drying and compaction, or by removal and replacement of unsuitable materials. When specifically directed by the Engineer or designated representative, the Contractor shall re -work the subgrade* as follows: A. Remove the unstable subgrade to the full depth of the unstable insitu material or to a minimum depth of 6 inches (150 mm), whichever is greater; B. Spread the material over a sufficient area to allow reworking of the excavated material; C. Disc, scarify or otherwise breakup the excavated material and allow to dry (Note: If approved by the Engineer or designated representative, the addition of lime or other additive may be used to aid in the drying process or to stabilize the unstable material); D. Fill the excavated area with the re- worked material and compact to specified densities; and E. Proof roll the re- worked area. * The Rework process will not be allowed for unstable organic subgrade soils. These type soils will be permanently removed and replaced with materials approved by the Engineer or designated representative. All suitable material removed in accordance with Standard Specification Item No, 111S, "Excavation ", may be utilized in the subgrade with the approval of the Engineer or designated representative. All other material required for completion of the Subgrade, including those defined in accordance with Specification Item No. 130S, "Borrow", shall also be subject to approval by the Engineer or designated representative. It is the intent of this specification to provide the required density and moisture control for the subgrade based on the plasticity characteristics of the approved materials. The subgrade materials shall be sprinkled as required and compacted to the extent necessary to provide the density specified below, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. The Plasticity Index (P.I.) will be established in accordance with TxDOT Test Methods Tex- 104-E, Tex -105 -E and Tex - 106 -E. The density determination will be made in accordance with TxDOT Test Method Tex -114 -E and field density measurements will be made in accordance with TxDOT Test Method Tex - 115 -E. Subgrade materials on which planting or turf will be established shall be compacted to a minimum of 85 percent of the density as determined in accordance with TxDOT Test 201 S 2/26/02 Page 2 Subgrade Preparation 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 CURRENT VERSION: February 26, 2002 Previous Versions: 8/18/01; 7/17/99; 5/01/90 Method Tex - 114 -E. Field tests for density in accordance with TxDOT Test Method Tex - 115-E will be made as soon as possible after compaction operations are completed. If the material fails to meet the density specified, it shall be reworked as necessary to obtain the density required. Prior to placement of any base materials, the in -place density and moisture content of the top 6 inches (150 mm) of compacted subgrade shall be checked. If the tests indicate that the relative density and moisture do not meet the limits specified in the table above, the subgrade shall be reworked as necessary to obtain the specified compaction and moisture content. All initial testing will be paid for by the City of Austin. All retesting shall be paid for by the Contractor. 201 S.4 Measurement All acceptable subgrade preparation will be measured by the square yard (square meter: 1 square meter equals 1.196 Square yards). The measured area includes the entire width of the roadway for the entire length as indicated on the Drawings. 201S.5 Payment This item will be considered subsidiary to Standard Specification Item Nos. 110S, "Street Excavation" or 111S, "Excavation" unless included as a separate pay item in the contract. When included for payment, it shall be measured as specified above and paid for at the contract unit bid price for "Subgrade Preparation ". The bid price shall include full compensation for all work herein specified, including the furnishing of all materials, equipment, tools and labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work. Payment, when included as a contract pay item, will be made under: Pay Item No. 201S: Subgrade Preparation End Per Square Yard. 201S 2/26/02 Page 3 Subgrade Preparation CURRENT VERSION: February 26, 2002 Previous Versions: 8/18/01; 7/17/99; 5/01/90 SPECIFIC CROSS REFERENCE MATERIALS Specification Item 201S, "SUBGRADE PREPARATION" City of Austin Standard Specification Items Designation Description t em No. 101S Preparing Right of Way t em No. 102S Clearing and Grubbing t em No. 104S Removing Portland Cement Concrete t em No. 110S Street Excavation t em No. 111S Excavation t em No. 130S Borrow t em No. 236S Proof Rolling Texas Department of Transportation: Manual of Testing Procedures Designation Description Tex -103 -E Determination of Moisture Content of Soil Materials Tex -104 -E Determination of Liquid Limit of Soils Tex -105 -E Determination of Plastic limit of Soils Tex -106 -E Method of Calculating the Plasticity Index of Soils Tex -114 -E Laboratory Compaction Characteristics & Moisture Density Relationship of Subgrade & Embankment Soil Tex -115 -E Field Method for Determination of In -Place Density of Soils & Base Materials RELATED CROSS REFERENCE MATERIALS City of Austin Standard Specifications Designation Description Item No.132S Embankment Texas Department of Transportation: Standard Specifications for Construction and Maintenance of Highways. Streets, and Bridges Designation Description tem No. 100 Preparing Right of Way tem No. 110 Excavation tem No. 112 Subgrade Widening tem No. 132 Embankment tem No. 150 Blading tem No. 158 Specialized Excavation Work tem No. 204 Sprinkling tem No. 210 Rolling (Flat Wheel) tem No. 211 Rolling (Tamping) tem No. 213 Rolling (Pneumatic Tire) Texas Department of Transportation: Manual of Testing Procedures Designation Description Tex -103 -E Determination of Moisture Content of Soil Materials 201 S 2/26/02 Page 4 Subgrade Preparation a) Preparation for Soil Constants and Sieve Analysis Tex -101 -E b) Liquid Limit Tex -104 -E c) Plastic Limit Tex -105 -E d) Plasticity Index Tex -106 -E e) Sieve Analysis Tex -110 -E f) Wet Ball Mill Tex -116 -E g) Triaxial Test Tex - 117 -E, Part II 1 1 a 1 1 1 1 Current Version: 8/18/00 Previous Versions" 05/17/99, 8/18/98 and 11/22/95 210S.1 Description This item governs furnishing and placing a crushed stone base course for surfacing, pavement, or other base courses. "Flexible Base" shall be constructed on an approved, prepared surface in one or more courses conforming to the typical sections and to the lines and grades, indicated on the Drawings or established by the Engineer or designated representative. This specification is applicable for projects or work involving either inch -pound or SI units. Within the text and accompanying tables, the inch -pound units are given preference followed by SI units shown within parentheses. 210S.2 Submittals The submittal requirements of this specification item may include: A. Source, gradation and TxDoT test results for the crushed limestone material, B. Notification that the crushed limestone is completed and ready for testing, and C. Field density test results for in -place compacted flexible base, 210S.3 Material 210S 8/18/00 Page 1 Item No. 210S Flexible Base A. Mineral Aggregate The material shall be crushed argillaceous limestone meeting the requirements specified herein. The material shall be from sources approved by the City and shall consist of durable crushed stone that has been screened to the required gradation. Flexible base materials shall be tested according to the following TxDoT standard test methods: Base material shall be stockpiled after crushing, then tested by the City's designated laboratory and approved by the Engineer or designated representative prior to being hauled to the Project. Flexible Base Sieve Designation Other Requirements % Retained US SI 1 3/4" 45 mm 0 7/8" 22.4 mm 10 -35 3/8" 9.5 mm 30 -50 #4 4.75 mm 45 -65 #40 425 pm 70 -85 Maximum Plasticity Index 10 Maximum Wet Ball Mill 42 Maximum Increase in passing #40 (425 µm) sieve from Wet Ball Mill Test 20 Current Version: 8 /18 /00 Previous Versions" 05/17/99, 8/18/98 and 11/22/95 The material shall be well graded and shall meet the following requirements: Minimum compressive strength when subjected to the triaxial test shall be 35 psi at 0 psi lateral pressure (240 kiloPascal (kPa) at 0 kPa lateral pressure] and 175 psi at 15 psi lateral pressure [1200 kiloPascal (kPa) at 100 kPa lateral pressure]. B. Asphaltic Material Prime Coat. Prime Coat shall conform to the requirements of Standard Specification Item 306S, "Prime Coat", except for measurement and payment. 210S.4 Stockpiling, Storage and Management A. Managing Material: The stockpile shall be constructed on a relatively smooth area that has been cleared of debris, weeds, brush, trees and grass. Stockpiles shall contain between 25,000 and 50,000 cubic yards (19,100 to 38,200 cubic meters). The stockpile shall be constructed using scrapers, bottom dumps or other similar equipment that allows dumping and spreading without rehandling. The stockpile shall be constructed to allow dumping and spreading in one direction only. The height of the stockpile shall not exceed the capabilities of available equipment to make a full cut (bottom to top) on any of the four sides. A stockpile shall be completed before being tested by the City. The Contractor's supplier shall notify the City when a stockpile has been completed and is ready to be tested. The stockpile shall not be added to after it has been tested. The Contractor shall provide material only from stockpiles that have been inspected, tested and accepted by the City. A ticket showing the date, source, stockpile number, and net weight (mass) shall be provided to the Inspector with each load of material delivered to the Project. Material shall be loaded from the stockpile by making successive vertical cuts through its entire depth. 210S 8/18/00 Page 2 Flexible Base i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 r 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Current Version: 8/18/00 Previous Versions" 05/17/99, 8/18/98 and 11/22/95 B. Test Sampling: The Contractor's supplier may choose the method of sample gathering for testing by the City's laboratory as follows: 1. The supplier shall make a full- height cut a sufficient distance into each side of the stockpile to obtain a uniform sample. The four samples (one from each side of the stockpile) shall then be combined and mixed into a single "test" specimen from which the City's laboratory can obtain a sample. 2. As the stockpile is constructed, a perpendicular cut will be made across the spreading direction at every two feet to four feet (0.6 to 1.2 meters) of height and the sample used to start a "mini" stockpile. The process shall be repeated in two feet to four feet (0.6 to 1.2 meter) increments of height, until the stockpile and the "mini" stockpile are completed. Samples shall be obtained from the "mini" stockpile in the same manner described in (1) above. C. Testing and Acceptance: The City will pay for initial testing of the stockpiled material. When initial tests indicate that the material is unacceptable, the City may, if requested by the Contractor's supplier, sample and test the material one more time. The additional sampling and testing shall be paid for by the supplier. . 210S.5 Construction Methods A. Preparation of Subgrade: Flexible base shall not be placed until the Contractor has verified by proof rolling that the subgrade has been prepared and compacted in conformity with Standard Specification Item 201S, "Subgrade Preparation," to the typical sections, lines and grades indicated on the Drawings. Any deviation shall be corrected and proof rolled prior to placement of the flexible base material. The Contractor shall not place flexible base until the subgrade has cured to the satisfaction of the Engineer or designated representative, regardless of whether or not the subgrade has been successfully proof rolled. As a minimum, this will be after the surface displays no damp spots and there is no evidence of "sponginess" in the subgrade. B. First Lift: Immediately before placing the flexible base material, the subgrade shall be checked for conformity with grade and section. The thickness of each lift of flexible base shall be equal increments of the total base depth. No single lift shall be more than six inches (150 mm) or less than three inches (75 mm) compacted thickness. The material shall be delivered in approved vehicles. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to deliver the required amount of material. If it becomes evident that insufficient material was placed, additional material as necessary shall be delivered and the entire course scarified, mixed and compacted. . Material deposited upon the subgrade shall be spread and shaped the same day unless otherwise approved by the Engineer or designated representative. In the event inclement 210S 8/18/00 Page 3 Flexible Base Current Version: 8/18/00 Previous Versions" 05/17/99, 8/18/98 and 11/22/95 weather or other unforeseen circumstances render spreading of the material impractical, the material shall be spread as soon as conditions allow. Additionally, if the material cannot be spread and worked the same day it is deposited, the Contractor shall "close up" the dump piles before leaving the job site. "Closed up" shall be defined as the use of a motor grader to blade all dump piles together, leaving no open space between piles. The material shall be spread, sprinkled, if required, then thoroughly mixed; bladed, dragged and shaped to conform to the typical sections indicated on the Drawings. All areas and "nests" of segregated coarse or fine material shall be corrected or removed and replaced with well- graded material. Each lift shall be sprinkled as required to bring the material to optimum moisture content, then compacted to the extent necessary to provide not less than the percent density specified in Section 210S.5.D, "Density." In no case shall the material be worked at more than 2 percent above or below optimum moisture as determined by TxDoT Test Method Tex - 113 -E. In addition to the requirements specified for density, the full depth of flexible base material shall be compacted to the extent necessary to remain firm and stable under construction equipment. After each section of flexible base material is completed, tests, as necessary, will be made by the Engineer or designated representative. As a minimum, three in -place density tests per section per day will be taken. If the material fails to meet the density requirements, it shall be reworked as necessary to meet these requirements. All initial testing will be paid for by the City. All retesting shall be paid for by the Contractor. Throughout the entire operation, the surface of the material shall be maintained by blading and, upon completion, shall be smooth and shall conform to the typical section indicated on the Drawings and to the established lines and grades. In that area on which pavement is to be placed, any deviation in excess of 1/4 inch (6.5 mm) in cross section or 1/4 inch in a length of 16 feet (6.5 mm in a length of 5 meters) measured longitudinally shall be corrected by loosening, adding or removing material, and by reshaping and recompacting. All irregularities, depressions or weak spots shall be corrected immediately by scarifying the areas affected, adding suitable material as required, and by reshaping and recompacting. Should the lift, due to any reason or cause, lose the required stability, density and/or finish before the surfacing is complete, it shall be recompacted and refinished at the Contractor's expense. C. Succeeding Lifts: Construction methods for succeeding lifts shall be the same as prescribed for the first lift. For that lift of the flexible base upon which the curb and gutter will be constructed, as well as the last flexible base lift (i.e. top of the flexible base), the Contractor shall check the surface of the lift for conformity to the lines and grades by setting "blue tops" at intervals not exceeding 50 feet (15 meters) on the centerline, at quarterpoints, at curb lines or edge of pavement, and at other points that may be indicated on the Drawings. When the thickness of a particular lift of the flexible base is in question, the Contractor shall check the surface of the lift for conformity to the lines and grades by setting "blue tops" at intervals not exceeding 50 feet (15 meters) on the centerline, at quarter points, at 210S 8/18/00 Page 4 Flexible Base Current Version: 8/18/00 Previous Versions" 05/17/99, 8/18/98 and 11/22/95 curb lines or edge of pavement, and at other points that may be indicated on the Drawings D. Density: The flexible base shall be compacted to not less than 100 percent density as determined by TxDoT Test Method Tex - 113 -E. Field density determination shall be made in accordance with TxDoT Test Method Tex - 115-E unless otherwise approved by the Engineer or designated representative. Each lift of the flexible base shall also be tested by proof rolling in conformity with Standard Specification Item 236S "Proof Rolling." E. Priming: After the flexible base material has been compacted to not less than 100 percent density, and tested by proof rolling, a prime coat will be applied in accordance with Standard Specification Item 306S, "Prime Coat." F. Curing: Pavement materials, such as a tack coat or surface course, shall not be placed on the primed surface until the prime coat has been absorbed into the base course. At least 24 hours, or longer if designated by the Engineer or designated representative, shall be allowed when cutback asphalt is used as the prime coat. 210S.6 Measurement "Flexible Base" will be measured by the cubic yard (cubic meter: 1 cubic meter equals 1.196 cubic yards), complete in place, as indicated in the Contract Documents. 210S.7 Payment This item will be paid for at the contract unit bid price for "Flexible Base ". The unit bid price shall include full compensation for all work specified herein, including the furnishing, hauling, placing and compacting of all materials; for rolling, proof rolling, recompacting and refinishing; for all water required; for retesting as necessary; for priming; and for all equipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the Work. Prime coat will not be measured and paid for directly but shall be considered subsidiary to Standard Specification Item 210S, "Flexible Base Payment will be made under one of the following: END Pay Item No. 210S -A: Flexible Base Per Cubic Yard. 210S 8/18/00 Page 5 Flexible Base Current Version: 8/18/00 SPECIFIC CROSS REFERENCE MATERIALS City of Austin Standard Specifications Designation Description Item No. 201 S Subgrade Preparation Item No. 236S Proof Rolling Item No. 306S Prime Coat Texas Department of Transportation: Standard Specifications for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges Designation Description Tex -101 -E Preparation of Soil and Flexible Base Materials for Testing Tex -104 -E Determination of Liquid Limit of Soils Tex -105 -E Determination of Plastic Limit of Soils Tex -106 -E Method of Calculating the Plasticity Index of Soils Tex -110 -E Determination of Particle Size Analysis of Soils Tex -113 -E Laboratory Compaction Characteristics and Moisture - Density Relationship of Base Materials and Cohesionless Sands Tex -115 -E Field Method for Determination of In -Place Density of Soils and Base Materials Tex -116 -E Ball Mill Method for Determination of the Disintegration of Flexible Base Material Tex -117 -E Triaxial Compression Tests for Disturbed Soils and Base Materials RELATED CROSS REFERENCE MATERIALS City of Austin Standard Details Designation Description No. 1000S -2 No. 510S -3 No. 1000S No. 1000S -10 No. 1000S -11(1) No. 1000S -11(2) No. 1000S -12(1) No. 1000S -12(2) No. 1000S -13(1) No. 1000S -13(2) No. 1000S -14 Flexible Base with Asphalt Surface Trench Repair- Existing Pavement Typical Trench with Paved Surface Bus Stop Paving Local Street Sections Residential and City of Austin Neighborhood Collector Street Sections Industrial and Commercial Collector Street Sections Primary Collector Street Sections Primary Arterial Street Sections Minor Arterial Street Sections (4 Lanes) Minor Arterial Street Sections -(4 Lanes divided) Major Arterial Street Sections City of Austin Utility Criteria Manual Designation Description Section 5.8.2 Flexible Base Section 5.7.3 Flexible Base with Asphalt Surface Section 5.9.1 Excavation in Alley City of Austin Transportation Criteria Manual Designation Description Section 3.2.0 General Criteria Section 3.4.3 .D Layer Data - Minimum Thickness Table 3 -1 Minimum Layer Thickness Section 3.4.3 .F Layer Data- Minimum Thickness Table 3 -2 Layer Thickness Increment Section 3.4.3 .J Layer Data- Stiffness Coefficient Table 3 -3 Stiffness Coefficient Table 3 -9 Recommended Salvage values Table 3 -10 AASHTO Layer Coefficients Previous Versions" 05/17/99, 8/18/98 and 11/22/95 210S 8/18/00 Page 6 Flexible Base Present 220S Version (11115/99) Replaces Previous Item No. 220 (4/17/86) 220S.1 Description This item shall govern the authorized application of water for dust control on specified streets, detours, haul routes or construction sites, as shown on the Drawings or directed by the Engineer or designated representative, for the purpose of maintaining these areas relatively free of dust. This specification is applicable for projects or work involving either inch -pound or SI units. Within the text, inch -pound units are given preference with SI units shown within parentheses. 220S.2 Submittals The submittal requirements of this specification item include A. The manufacturer, model and description of the proposed dust control equipment, B. The sprinkling plan including application rate, pattern of sprinkling and scheduled times of application. 220S.3 Materials Water shall be furnished by the Contractor and shall be clean and free from industrial wastes and other objectionable matter. 220S.4 Construction Methods Dust control shall only be conducted when directed by the Engineer or designated representative. The Contractor shall furnish and operate an approved sprinkler, equipped with positive and rapidly working cut -off valves and approved spray bars to insure the distribution of water in a uniform and controllable rate of application over the entire width sprinkled. The Contractor shall apply the water in the quantity specified on the Drawings or as directed by the Engineer or designated representative. It shall be the Contractor's continuous responsibility at all times, including nights, holidays and weekends until acceptance of the project by the City, to maintain the specified areas relatively free of dust in a manner that will cause the least inconvenience to the public. 220S.5 Measurement Item No. 220S Sprinkling for Dust Control Sprinkling for dust control will be considered subsidiary to other items of the contract unless included as a separate pay item in the contract. When included for payment in the contract as a separate contract pay item, it will be measured in units of 1,000 gallons (3.785 kiloliters) actually placed as authorized by the Engineer or designated representative. 220S 11/15/99 Page 1 Sprinkling for Dust Control Present 220S Version (11/15/99) Replaces Previous Item No. 220 (4/17/86) 220S.6 Payment When this item is specified on the Drawings as a separate pay item, the water furnished and the work performed as prescribed by this item and measured as provided under Section 220S.5, "Measurement" will be paid for in accordance with the contract unit bid price for 'Sprinkling for Dust Control'. The unit bid price shall include total compensation for all labor, materials, tools, machinery, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work as indicated on the Drawings. Payment, when specified in the contract, will be made under the following: Pay Item No. 220S -A: Sprinkling for Dust Control (Water) - Per 1000 gallon Unit. End RELATED CROSS REFERENCE MATERIALS Specification 220S, "Sprinkling For Dust Control" City of Austin Standard Specification Items Designation Description tem No. 101 S Preparing Right of Way tem No. 102S Clearing and Grubbing tem No. 110S Street Excavation tem No. 111S Excavation tem No. 120S Channel Excavation tem No. 132S Embankment tem No. 201S Subgrade Preparation Texas Department of Transportation: Standard Specifications for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges Designation Description Item No. 100 Preparing Right of Way Item No. 110 Excavation Item No. 132 Embankment Item No. 158. Specialized Excavation Work Item No. 204 Sprinkling 220S 11/15/99 Page 2 Sprinkling for Dust Control 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Current Version: 8/18/00 Previous Versions: 05/17/99 and 04/17/86 Item No. 230S Rolling (Flat Wheel) 230S.1 Description This item shall govern compaction of subgrade, embankment, flexible base, surface treatments and asphalt surfaces by the operation of approved power rollers as herein specified and as directed by the Engineer or designated representative. This specification is applicable for projects or work involving either inch -pound or SI units. Within the text and accompanying tables, the inch -pound units are given preference followed by SI units shown within parentheses. 230S.2 Submittals The submittal requirements of this specification item may include: A. A plan describing the condition of each roller proposed for the work, as well as the type, size, weight, configuration (three wheel, tandem, etc) for each individual roller, and B. The operating speed proposed for each individual roller. 230S.3 Equipment A. Embankments and Flexible Bases Power rollers shall be of the 3- wheel, self - propelled type, weighing not less than 10 tons (9 megagrams) and shall provide compression on the rear wheels of not less than 325 pounds per linear inch (5.80 kilograms per linear millimeter) of wheel width. All wheels shall be flat. The rear wheels shall have a diameter of not less than 48 inches (1.2 meters) and each shall have a wheel width of not less than 20 inches (510 millimeters). B. Surface Treatments and Pavements Power rollers shall be the 3 -wheel or tandem, self - propelled type, weighing not less than 3 tons (2.7 megagrams) nor more than 6 tons (5.4 megagrams). All wheels shall be flat. Rollers shall be equipped with an adequate scraping or cleaning device on each wheel. Rollers used to compact asphalt mixture shall be equipped with a water system, which will keep all tires uniformly wet. In lieu of the rolling equipment specified, the Contractor may, upon written permission from the Engineer or designated representative, operate other compacting equipment that will produce equivalent relative compaction in the same period of time as the specified equipment. If the substituted compaction equipment fails to produce the desired compaction within the same period of time as would be expected of the specified equipment, as determined by the Engineer or designated representative, its use shall be discontinued and the Contractor will be required to furnish the specified equipment. Rollers shall be maintained in good repair and operating condition and shall be approved by the Engineer or designated representative. 230S 8/18/00 Page 1 Rolling (Flat Wheel) Current Version: 8/18/00 Previous Versions: 05/17/99 and 04/17/86 230S.4 Construction Methods This work shall only be conducted at the direction of the Engineer or designated representative. A sufficient number of rollers shall be provided to compact the material in a satisfactory manner. When operations are isolated and a single roller unit cannot produce the required compaction satisfactorily, additional roller units shall be provided. A. Subgrades, Embankments and Flexible Base The subgrade, embankment layer or base course shall be sprinkled, if required by Standard Specification Item Nos. 201 S, "Subgrade Preparation" and 210S, "Flexible Base ". Rolling with a power roller shall start longitudinally at the sides of the designated area and proceed towards the center, overlapping on successive trips by at least 1/2 the width of the rear wheel of the power roller. On superelevated curves, rolling shall begin at the low sides and progress toward the high sides. Alternate trips of the roller shall be slightly different in length. Rolling shall be conducted in accordance with Standard Specification Item Nos. 201S, "Subgrade Preparation" and 210S, "Flexible Base ". The rollers, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer or designated representative, shall be operated at a speed between 2 and 3 miles (3 and 5 kilometers) per hour. B. Surface Treatments and Pavements Rolling shall be done as called for in the surface treatment (Items 310S and 320S) and asphalt pavement (Item 340) Standard Specification Items. The sequence of work shall be as specified above for embankment layer or base course. The operating speed shall be determined by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer or designated representative. 230S.4 Measurement and Payment Compensation will not be allowed for materials, equipment or labor required by this item, but shall be considered subsidiary to the various items included in the contract. End SPECIFIC CROSS REFERENCE MATERIALS Specification 230S, "ROLLING (FLATWHEEL)" City of Austin Standard Specifications Designation Description Item No. 201S Subgrade Preparation Item No. 210S Flexible Base Item No. 310S Emulsified Asphalt Treatment Item No. 320S Two Course Surface Treatment Item No. 340 Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete Pavement 230S 8/18/00 Page 2 Rolling (Flat Wheel) 1 1 1 1 1, 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 T 1 1 Current Version: 8/18/00 RELATED CROSS REFERENCE MATERIALS Specification 230S, "ROLLING (FLATWHEEL)" Previous Versions: 05/17/99 and 04/17/86 City of Austin Standard Specifications Designation Description tem No. 101S Preparing Right of Way tem No. 102S Clearing and Grubbing tem No. 104S Removing Portland Cement Concrete tem No. 110S Street Excavation tem No. 111S Excavation tem No. 130S Borrow tem No. 132S Embankment tem No. 202S Hydrated Lime and Lime Slurry tem No. 203 Lime Treatment for Materials in Place tem No. 232S Rolling (Pneumatic Tire) tem No. 236S Proof Rolling tem No. 301 Asphalts, Oils and Emulsions tem No. 306S Prime Coat tem No. 307S Tack Coat tem No. 402S Controlled Low Strength Material tem No. 403 Concrete for Structures City of Austin Standard Details Designation Description No. 1000S -10 Local Street Sections No. 1000S -11(1) Residential and City of Austin Neighborhood Collector Street Sections No. 1000S -11(2) Industrial and Commercial Collector Street Sections No. 1000S -12(1) Primary Collector Street Sections No. 1000S -12(2) Primary Arterial Street Sections No. 1000S -13(1) Minor Arterial Street Sections (4 Lanes) No. 1000S -13(2) Minor Arterial Street Sections- (4 Lanes divided) No. 1000S -14 Major Arterial Street Sections Texas Department of Transportation: Standard Specifications for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges Designation Description tem No. 100 Preparing Right of Way tem No. 110 Excavation tem No. 112 Subgrade Widening tem No. 132 Embankment tem No. 150 Blading tem No. 158 Specialized Excavation Work tem No. 204 Sprinkling tem No. 210 Rolling (Flat Wheel) tem No. 211 Rolling (Tamping) tem No. 264 Lime and Lime Slurry tem No. 300 Asphalts, Oils and Emulsions tem No. 301 Asphalt Anti - stripping Agents tem No. 310 Prime Coat (Cutback Asphaltic Materials) tem No. 314 Emulsified Asphalt Treatment tem No. 316 Surface Treatments tem No. 345 Asphalt Stabilized Base (Plant Mixed) 230S 8/18/00 Page 3 Rolling (Flat Wheel) Current Version: 8/18/00 RELATED CROSS REFERENCE MATERIALS Specification 230S, "ROLLING (FLATWHEEL)" Previous Versions: 05/17/99 and 04/17/86 Texas Department of Transportation: Manual of Testing Procedures Designation Tex -101 -E Tex -103 -E Tex -104 -E Tex -105 -E Tex -106 -E Tex -114 -E Description Surveying and Sampling Soils for Highways Determination of Moisture Content of Soil Materials Determination of Liquid Limit of Soils Determination of Plastic limit of Soils Method of Calculating the Plasticity Index of Soils Laboratory Compaction Characteristics & Moisture Density Relationship of Subgrade & Embankment Soil Tex -115 -E Field Method for Determination of In -Place Density of Soils & Base Materials Tex -117 -E Triaxial Compression Tests for Disturbed Soils and Base Materials Tex -120 -E Soil Cement Testing Tex -121 -E Sot Lime Testing Tex -126 -E Molding, Testing and Evaluation of Bituminous Black Base Tex -207 -F Determination of Density of Compacted Bituminous Mixtures Tex -210 -F Determination of Asphalt Content of Bituminous Mixtures by Extraction Tex -222 -F Method of Sampling Bituminous Mixtures Tex -228 -F Determination of Asphalt Content of Bituminous Mixtures By The Nuclear Method Tex -600 -J Sampling and Testing of Hydrated Lime, Quicklime & Commercial Lime Slurry 230S 8/18/00 Page 4 Rolling (Flat Wheel) 1 1 1 1 t 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Current Version: 8/18/00 Previous Versions: 05/17/99 and 09/30/87 Item No. 232S Rolling (Pneumatic Tire) 232S.1 Description This item shall govern compaction of embankment, flexible base, surface treatments or pavements by the operation of approved pneumatic tire rollers as herein specified and as directed by the Engineer or designated representative. This specification is applicable for projects or work involving either inch -pound or SI units. Within the text and accompanying tables, the inch -pound units are given preference followed by SI units shown within parentheses. 232S.2 Submittals The submittal requirements of this specification item may include: A. A plan describing the condition of each roller proposed for the work, as well as the type of traction (self propelled or drawn), Type, size, weight, tire pressure and configuration for each individual roller, and B. The operating speed proposed for each individual roller. 232S.3 Equipment A. General Requirements When used on seal coats, asphaltic surface treatments and bituminous mixture pavements, the roller shall be self propelled and equipped with smooth tread tires whether "Rolling (Light Pneumatic Tire)" or "Rolling (Medium Pneumatic Tire)" is specified on the Drawings. The roller shall be so constructed as to be capable of being operated in both a forward and a reverse direction. When used on bituminous mixture pavements, the roller shall have suitable provisions for moistening the surface of the tires while operating. When tuming is impractical or detrimental to the work and when specifically directed by the Engineer or designated representative, the roller shall be capable of being operated in a forward or backward motion. In lieu of the rolling equipment specified, the Contractor may, upon written permission of the. Engineer or designated representative, operate other compacting equipment that will produce equivalent relative compaction in the same period of time as the specified equipment. If the substituted compaction equipment fails to produce the desired compaction within the same period of time as would be expected of the specified equipment, as determined by the Engineer or designated representative, its use shall be discontinued and the Contractor will be required to furnish the specified equipment. Rollers shall be maintained in good repair and operating condition and shall be approved by the Engineer or designated representative. Tire pressure is critical to successful operation of the roller. The Contractor shall have equipment on the construction site to inflate tires as required. 232S 8/18/00 Page 1 Rolling (Pneumatic Tire) Current Version: 8/18/00 Previous Versions: 05/17/99 and 09/30/87 B. Light Pneumatic Tire Roller The light pneumatic tire roller shall consist of not less than 9 pneumatic tired wheels, running on axles in such manner that the rear group of tires will cover the entire gap between adjacent tires of the forward group and mounted in a rigid frame and provided with a loading platform or body suitable for ballast loading. The front axle shall be attached to the frame in such a manner that the roller may be tumed within a minimum circle. The pneumatic tire roller, under working conditions, shall have an effective rolling width of approximately 60 inches (1.5 meters) and shall be so designed that by ballast loading, the total load may be varied uniformly from 9,000 pounds (4 megagrams) or less to 18,000 pounds (8 megagrams) or more. The roller shall be equipped with tires that will afford ground contact pressures to 45 pounds per square inch (310 kiloPascals) or more. The operating load and tire air pressure shall be within the range of the manufacturer's chart or tabulations showing the contact areas and contact pressures for the full range of tire inflation pressures and for the full range of loadings for the particular tires furnished. The roller under working conditions shall provide a uniform compression under all wheels. Individual tire inflation pressures shall be within + 5 psi (+ 34 kiloPascals) of each other. The pneumatic tire roller shall be drawn by a suitable crawler type tractor, a pneumatic tired tractor, a truck of adequate tractive effort or may be of the self - propelled type. The roller, when drawn or propelled by either type of equipment, shall be considered a light pneumatic tire roller unit. C. Medium Pneumatic Tire Roller (Type A) The medium pneumatic tire roller (Type A) shall consist of not less than 7 pneumatic tired wheels, running on axles in such manner that the rear group of tires will cover the entire gap between adjacent tires of the forward group and mounted in a rigid frame and provided with a loading platform or body suitable for ballast loading. The front axle shall be attached to the frame in such a manner that the roller may be turned within a minimum circle. The pneumatic tire roller, under working conditions, shall have an effective rolling width of approximately 84 inches (2.1 meters) and shall be so designed that, by ballast loading, the total load may be varied uniformly from 23,500 pounds (10.5 megagrams) or less to 50,000 pounds (22.5 megagrams) or more. The roller shall be equipped with tires that will afford ground contact pressures of 80 pounds per square inch (550 kiloPascals) or more. The operating load and tire air pressure shall be within the range of the manufacturer's chart. The roller under working conditions shall provide a uniform compression under all wheels. Individual tire inflation pressures shall be within + 5 psi (+ 34 kiloPascals) of each other. The pneumatic tire roller shall be drawn by a suitable crawler type tractor, a pneumatic tired tractor, a truck of adequate tractive effort or may be of the self - propelled type. The roller, when drawn or propelled by any type of equipment, shall be considered a medium pneumatic tire roller unit. The power unit shall have adequate tractive effort to properly move the operating roller at variable uniform speeds up to approximately 5 miles per hour (8 kilometers per hour). D. Medium Pneumatic Tire Roller (Type B) The medium pneumatic tire roller (Type B) shall conform to the requirements for Medium Pneumatic Tire Roller (Type A) as specified above, except that the roller shall be equipped with tires that will afford ground contact pressures to 90 psi (620 kiloPascals) or more. 232S 8/18/00 Page 2 Rolling (Pneumatic Tire) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 r 1 1 i° 1 1 1 1 Current Version: 8/18/00 Previous Versions: 05/17/99 and 09/30/87 232S.4 Construction Methods The embankment layer or the base course shall be sprinkled in accordance with Standard Specification Item Nos. 201S, "Subgrade Preparation" and 210S, "Flexible Base ". Rolling with a pneumatic tire roller shall start longitudinally at the sides of the designated area and shall proceed towards the center, overlapping on successive trips by at least 1/2 of the width of the pneumatic tire roller. On superelevated curves, rolling shall begin at the low sides and progress toward the high sides. Alternate trips of the roller shall be slightly different in length. The light pneumatic tire roller shall be operated at speeds, which shall be between 3 and 11 miles per hour (between 6 and 19 kilometers per hour) for asphalt surfacing work and between 2 and 6 miles per hour (between 3 and 10 kilometers per hour) for all other work. The medium pneumatic tire roller shall be operated at speeds as directed by the Engineer or designated representative, which produce a satisfactory product. Sufficient rollers shall be provided to compact the material in a satisfactory manner. When operations are so isolated from one another that 1 roller unit cannot produce the required compaction satisfactorily, additional roller units shall be provided. 232S.5 Measurement and Payment Compensation will not be allowed for materials, equipment or labor required by this item. These items shall be considered subsidiary to the various items of the contract. End SPECIFIC CROSS REFERENCE MATERIALS Specification 232S, "Rolling (Pneumatic Tire)" City of Austin Standard Specifications Designation Description Item No. 201 S Subgrade Preparation Item No. 210S Flexible Base RELATED CROSS REFERENCE MATERIALS City of Austin Contract Documents Designation Description Section 00700 General Conditions City of Austin Standard Specifications Designation Description tem No. 101S Preparing Right of Way tem No. 102S Clearing and Grubbing tem No. 1105 Street Excavation tem No. 111S Excavation tem No. 130S Borrow tem No. 132S Embankment tem No. 202S Hydrated Lime and Lime Slurry tem No. 203 Lime Treatment for Materials in Place tem No. 230S Rolling (Flat Wheel) 232S 8/18/00 Page 3 Rolling (Pneumatic Tire) Current Version: 8/18/00 Previous Versions: 05/17/99 and 09/30/87 RELATED CROSS REFERENCE MATERIALS - Continued Specification 232S, 'Rolling (Pneumatic Tire)" City of Austin Standard Specifications Designation Description tem No. 236S Proof Rolling tem No. 301 Asphalts, Oils and Emulsions tem No. 306S Prime Coat tem No. 307S Tack Coat tem No. 310S Emulsified Asphalt Treatment tem No. 320S Two Course Surface Treatment tem No. 340 Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete Pavement tem No. 402S Controlled Low Strength Material tem No. 403 Concrete for Structures City of Austin Standard Details Designation Description No. 1000S -10 - Local Street Sections No. 1000S-11(1) Residential and City of Austin Neighborhood Collector Street Sections No. 1000S -11(2) Industrial and Commercial Collector Street Sections No. 1000S -12(1) Primary Collector Street Sections No. 1000S -12(2) Primary Arterial Street Sections No. 1000S -13(1) Minor Arterial Street Sections (4 Lanes) No. 1000S -13(2) Minor Arterial Street Sections- (4 Lanes divided) No. 10005 -14 Major Arterial Street Sections Texas Department of Transportation: Standard Specifications for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges Designation Description tem No. 100 Preparing Right of Way tem No. 110 Excavation tem No. 112 Subgrade Widening tem No. 132 Embankment tem No. 150 Blading tem No. 158 Specialized Excavation Work tem No. 204 Sprinkling tem No. 210 Rolling (Flat Wheel) tem No. 211 Rolling (Tamping) tem No. 213 Rolling (Pneumatic Tire) tem No. 264 Lime and Lime Slurry tem No. 300 Asphalts, Oils and Emulsions tem No. 301 Asphalt Anti - stripping Agents tem No. 310 Prime Coat (Cutback Asphaltic Materials) tem No. 314 Emulsified Asphalt Treatment tem No. 316 Surface Treatments tem No. 345 Asphalt Stabilized Base (Plant Mixed) Texas Department of Transportation: Manual of Testing Procedures Designation Description Tex -101 -E Surveying and Sampling Soils for Highways Tex -103 -E Determination of Moisture Content of Soil Materials Tex -104 -E Determination of Liquid Limit of Soils Tex -105 -E Determination of Plastic limit of Soils Tex -106 -E Method of Calculating the Plasticity Index of Soils 232S 8/18/00 Page 4 Rolling (Pneumatic Tire) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Current Version: 8/18/00 RELATED CROSS REFERENCE MATERIALS - Continued Specification 232S, "Rolling (Pneumatic Tire)" Texas Department Designation Tex -114 -E Tex -115 -E Tex -117 -E Tex -120 -E Tex -121 -E Tex -126 -E Tex -207 -F Tex -210 -F Tex -228 -F Tex -600 -J Previous Versions: 05/17/99 and 09/30/87 of Transportation: Manual of Testing Procedures Description Laboratory Compaction Characteristics & Moisture Density Relationship of Subgrade & Embankment Soil Field Method for Determination of In -Place Density of Soil & Base Materials Triaxial Compression Tests for Disturbed Soils and Base Materials Soil Cement Testing Soil Lime Testing Molding, Testing and Evaluation of Bituminous Black Base Materials Determination of Density of Compacted Bituminous Mixtures Determination of Asphalt Content of Bituminous Mixtures by Extraction Determination of Asphalt Content of Bituminous Mixtures By The Nuclear Method Sampling and Testing of Hydrated Lime, Quicklime & Commercial Lime Slurry 232S 8/18/00 Page 5 Rolling (Pneumatic Tire) Current Version: 8 /18 /00 Previous Versions: 05/17/99 and 05/01/90 Item No. 236S Proof Rolling 236S.1 Description This item shall govern furnishing and operating heavy pneumatic tired compaction equipment for locating unstable areas of embankment, subgrade and flexible base courses. This specification is applicable for projects or work involving either inch -pound or SI units. Within the text, the inch -pound units are given preference followed by SI units shown within parentheses. 236S.2 Submittals The submittal requirements of this specification item may include: A. A plan describing the condition of each roller proposed for the work, as well as the type of traction (self propelled or drawn), Type of roller, size, weight, tire pressure (if appropriate) and configuration of each individual roller, and B. The operating speed proposed for each individual roller. 236S.3 Equipment A. Standard Proof Roller: The proof rolling equipment shall have a loading platform or body suitable for ballast loading that is supported on a minimum of two (2) axles with not more than two (2) pneumatic tired wheels per axle. All wheels shall be arranged so that they will carry approximately equal loads when operating on uneven surfaces. Pneumatic proof rolling equipment with multiple pivotal axles and more than two tires along the front or rear axle axis shall have articulating axle supports to equally distribute the load to all tires over uneven surfaces. The proof roller unit, under working conditions, shall have a minimum contact width of 7 -1/2 feet (2.3 meters) and shall be so designed that the gross roller weight may be varied uniformly from 25 tons to 50 tons (23 megagrams to 45 megagrams) by ballast loading. The tires shall be capable of operating under various loads with variable air pressures up to 145 psi (up to 1000 kiloPascals). The tires shall be smooth tread and shall impart a minimum ground contact pressure of 75 pounds per square inch (520 kiloPascals). Tires shall be practically full of liquid (i.e. when liquid will flow from the valve stem of a fully inflated tire with the stem in the uppermost position). The operating load and tire pressure shall be within the range of the manufacturer's chart as directed by the Engineer or designated representative. The proof roller shall be drawn by a power train of adequate tractive effort or may be of a self - propelled type. The proof rolling equipment shall be equipped with a reverse mode transmission or be capable of turning 180 degrees in the street width. When a separate power train is used to draw the proof roller, the power train weight shall not be considered in the weight of the proof roller. The power train shall be rubber -tired when rolling subgrade and base materials. A cleated or track -type power train may be used on earth and rock embankments. - 236S 8/18/00 Page 1 Proof Rolling Current Version: 8/18/00 Previous Versions: 05/17/99 and 05/01/90 B. Alternate Equipment: With the written approval of the Engineer or designated representative, the Contractor may utilize alternate equipment on embankment courses, subgrade and base courses subject to the requirements of the standard proof roller except with respect to minimum contact width, axle /tire arrangement and tire tread. Alternate equipment for stability testing of embankments shall be restricted to equipment that can be shown to impart a stress distribution on the embankment structure equivalent to or greater than the stress induced by the concentrated weight of a standard proof roller. C. Equipment Submittals: All standard proof rollers and proposed alternate equipment must be approved by the Engineer or designated representative prior to their use. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer or designated representative with charts or tabulations showing the contact areas and contact pressures for the full range of tire inflation pressures and for the full range of loadings for the particular tires furnished. Alternate equipment submittals for proof rolling of embankments shall be signed and sealed by a registered Professional Engineer licensed in the State of Texas. 236S.4 Construction Methods A. General: Within the ranges set forth in Section 236S.3, the load and tire inflation pressures shall be adjusted as directed by the Engineer or designated representative. It is proposed to use a contact pressure corresponding as nearly as practical to the maximum supporting value of the earthwork or base. The entirety of prepared surfaces to be tested by this method shall be proof rolled by a minimum of two passes of the proof roller tires. Each succeeding trip of the proof roller shall be offset by not greater than one tire width. When alternate equipment is proposed and only one axle meets minimum requirements, only the qualifying axle shall be used to proof roll. If the operation of the proof roller shows an area to be unstable, the substandard area shall be brought to satisfactory stability and uniformity by additional curing, compaction, or by removal and replacement of unsuitable materials. The re- worked area shall then be proof rolled. Proof rollers shall be operated at speeds between 2 and 6 miles per hour (3 and 10 kilometers per hour) or as directed by the Engineer or designated representative. Acceptable limits of elastic and plastic deformation of prepared subgrade courses shall be established by proof rolling Test Sections of representative soil conditions, previously tested and approved for density and moisture requirements of the governing subgrade and earth embankment items. Proof rolling of first course base over a plastic subgrade may be waived by the Engineer or designated representative if it is determined that the prepared first course base will be damaged by the proof roller. B. Roadway Construction: The subgrade and all lifts of base material shall be proof rolled in new roadway construction and in the reconstruction of existing streets. Proof rolling of the curb course base shall be substituted for proof rolling of final course base at the direction of the Engineer or designated representative. Proof rolling may be waived by the Engineer or designated 236S 8/18/00 Page 2 Proof Rolling Current Version: 8/18/00 Previous Versions: 05/17/99 and 05/01/90 End representative where construction is limited to turn lanes, street widening less than 7 -1/2 feet (2.3 meters) in width, or where the site is otherwise congested. C. Trenches: Trenches shall be proof rolled where no limitations to the operation of the proof roller exist as may be determined by the Engineer subject to the provisions hereunder. All trenches shall be proof rolled in new roadways or in existing roadways under reconstruction. Trenches shall be proof rolled at the street subgrade elevation by longitudinal and perpendicular passes of the roller as may be dictated by the width of the trench. Proof rolling of trenches in existing paved streets shall be limited to pavement cross - sections capable of sustaining the weight of the proof rolling equipment without imparting damage to the remaining pavement structure as determined by the Engineer. Trenches less than 4 feet (1.2 meters) in width shall be exempted of all proof rolling requirements. Only the final course base shall be proof rolled in trenches 4 feet (1.2 meters) or wider but narrower than the proof roller contact width. The subgrade, the first course and the final course base shall be proof rolled in trenches 7 -1/2 feet (2.3 meters) or wider. D. Embankment Construction: All embankment courses shall be proof rolled, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer or designated representative. If required by the Engineer or designated representative, stability testing of embankments constructed to the finished cross - section and elevation or to interim elevations shall either be conducted with a standard proof roller or alternate equipment, which can be proven to impart a horizontal and vertical pressure distributions equivalent to or greater than those induced by a standard proof roller. 236S.5 Measurement and Payment No direct payment will be made for the materials, equipment or labor required by this item, but shall be considered subsidiary to the various items included in the contract. RELATED CROSS REFERENCE MATERIALS Specification Item 236S, "Proof Rolling" Citv of Austin Contract Documents Designation Description Section 00700 General Conditions Citv of Austin Standard Specifications Designation Description tem No. 101S Preparing Right of Way tem No. 102S Clearing and Grubbing tem No. 110S Street Excavation tem No. 111 S Excavation tem No. 130S Borrow tem No. 132S Embankment 236S 8/18/00 Page 3 Proof Rolling Current Version: 8/18/00 RELATED CROSS REFERENCE MATERIALS - Continued Specification 236S, "Proof Rolling" Previous Versions: 05/17/99 and 05/01/90 City of Austin Standard Specifications Designation Description tem No. 201 S Subgrade Preparation tem No. 202S Hydrated Lime and Lime Slurry tem No. 203 Lime Treatment for Materials in Place tem No. 204S Portland Cement Treatment For Materials in Place tem No. 206S Asphalt Stabilized Base (Plant Mix) tem No. 2105 Flexible Base tem No. 230S Rolling (Flat Wheel) tem No. 232S Rolling (Pneumatic Tire) tem No. 234S Rolling (Tamping) tem No. 301 Asphalts, Oils and Emulsions tem No. 306S Prime Coat tem No. 307S Tack Coat tem No. 310S Emulsified Asphalt Treatment tem No. 320S Two Course Surface Treatment tem No. 340 Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete Pavement tem No. 402S Controlled Low Strength Material tem No. 403 Concrete for Structures City of Austin Standard Details Designation Description No. 1000S -10 Local Street Sections No. 10005 -11(1) Residential and City of Austin Neighborhood Collector Street Sections No. 1000S -11(2) Industrial and Commercial Collector Street Sections No. 1000S -12(1) Primary Collector Street Sections No. 1000S -12(2) Primary Arterial Street Sections - No. 1000S -13(1) Minor Arterial Street Sections (4 Lanes) No.1000S -13 (2) Minor Arterial Street Sections- (4 Lanes divided) No. 1000S -14 Major Arterial Street Sections Texas Department of Transportation: Standard Specifications for Construction and Maintenance of Highways. Streets, and Bridges Designation Description Item No. 100 Preparing Right of Way Item No. 110 Excavation Item No. 112 Subgrade Widening Item No. 132 Embankment Item No. 150 Blading Item No. 158 Specialized Excavation Work Item No. 204 Sprinkling Item No. 210 Rolling (Flat Wheel) Item No. 211 Rolling (Tamping) Item No. 213 Rolling (Pneumatic Tire) Item No. 264 Lime and Lime Slurry Item No. 300 Asphalts, Oils and Emulsions Item No. 301 Asphalt Anti - stripping Agents Item No. 310 Prime Coat (Cutback Asphaltic Materials) Item No. 314 Emulsified Asphalt Treatment Item No. 316 Surface Treatments Item No. 345 Asphalt Stabilized Base (Plant Mixed) 236S 8/18/00 Page 4 Proof Rolling Current Version: 8/18/00 RELATED CROSS REFERENCE MATERIALS- Continued Specification 236S, "Proof Rolling" Previous Versions: 05/17/99 and 05/01/90 Texas Department of Transportation: Manual of Testing Procedures Designation Description Tex -101 -E Surveying and Sampling Soils for Highways Tex -103 -E Determination of Moisture Content of Soil Materials Tex -104 -E Determination of Liquid Limit of Soils Tex -105 -E Determination of Plastic limit of Soils Tex -106 -E Method of Calculating the Plasticity Index of Soils Tex -114 -E Laboratory Compaction Characteristics & Moisture Density Relationship of Subgrade & Embankment Soil Tex -115 -E Field Method for Determination of In -Place Density of Soils & Base Materials Tex -117 -E Triaxial Compression Tests for Disturbed Soil and Base Materials Tex -120 -E Soil Cement Testing Tex -121 -E Soil Lime Testing Tex -126 -E Molding, Testing and Evaluation of Bituminous Black Base Materials Tex -207 -F Determination of Density of Compacted Bituminous Mixtures Tex -210 -F Determination of Asphalt Content of Bituminous Mixtures Tex -600 -J Sampling and Testing of Hydrated Lime, Quicklime & Commercial Lime Slurry 236S 8/18/00 Page 5 Proof Rolling Test Min. Max. Min. 'Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Viscosity, 140 F, Poises 300 ± 100 500 ± 100 1000 ± 200 2000 ± 400 4000 ± 800 Viscosity, 275 F, stokes 1.1 1.4 _ 1.9 _ 2.5 _ 3.5 — Penetration 77F „1008, 5 sec. 210 _ 135 _ 85 _ 55 _ 35 — Flash Point, C.O.C. F 425 _ 425 _ 450 _ 450 — 450 — Percent Solubility in trichloroethylene, 99.0 _ 99.0 _ 99.0 _ 99.0 _ 99.0 _ Tests on residues from thin film oven test: Viscosity 140 F stokes — 900 — 1500 — 3000 — 6000 — 12000 Ductility 77F, 5 cms per min,cms 100 _ 100 _ 70 _ 50 _ 30 _ Spot test Negative for all grades 1 1 1 301.1 Description 1 This item shall consist of the requirements for oil asphalts, cut -back asphalts, road oils, emulsified asphalts, asphalt cement and other miscellaneous asphaltic materials. 1 ' Methods, the various materials shall meet the applicable requirements of this specification. (1) Asphalt Cement 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Current Version: 04/17/86 301.2 Materials When tested according to State Department of Highways and Public Transportation Test The material shall be homogeneous, free from water, shall not foam when heated to 350 F and shall meet the following requirements: VISCOSITY GRADE Item No. 301 Asphalts, Oils, and Emulsions AC -3 AC-5 AC-10 AC -20 1 AC-40 (2) Latex Additive A minimum of 2 percent by weight, latex additive (solids basis) shall be added to AC -5 Asphalt when indicated. The latex additive shall conform to the following: ' The latex is to be an anionic emulsion of butadiene - styrene low- temperature copolymer in water, stabilized with fatty -acid soap so as to have good storage stability, and possessing the following properties: 301 04/17/86 Page 1 Asphalts, Oils and Emulsions Monomer ratio, B/S 70/30 Minimum solids content 67% Solids content per gal at 67% 5.3 lbs. Coagulum on 80 -mesh screen 0.1% maximum Type Anti - oxidant Staining Mooney Viscosity of Polymer (M/L 4 at 212 F)1 100 minimum pH of Latex 9.4 - 10.5 Surface tension • 28 -42 dynes/cm Brookfield Viscosity of Latex 1200 ps max at 67% solids Type -Grade RC-250 RC-800 RC -3000 Properties Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum Water, percent — 0.2 — 0.2 — 0.2 • Flash Point, T.O.C.,F 80 _ 80 _ 80 _ Kinematic vis. @ 140 F, cst 250 400 800 1600 3000 6000 Distillation Test: Distillate, percentage by volume of total distillate to 680 F to 437 F 40 75 35 70 20 55 to 500 F 65 90 55 85 45 . 75 to 600 F 85 _ 80 — 70 _ Residue from Distillation Volume Percent 70 _ 75 _ 82 — Tests of Distillation Residue Penetration, 100g 5 sec., 77 F,cm 100 150 100 150 100 150 Ductility, 5 cm/min. 77 F, cm 100 — 100 — 100 _ Solubility in trichloroethylene, % 99.0 _ 99.0 _ 99.0 — Spot Test ALL NEGATIVE Current Version: 04/17/86 The finished latex- asphalt blend shall meet the following requirements: Viscosity at 140 F stokes Ductility at 39.2 F,1 cm per min, cm 100 minimum (3) Cutback Asphalt. Cutback Asphalt shall conform to the following table: CUTBACK ASPHALT: RAPID CURING TYPE CUTBACK ASPHALT 301 04/17/86 Page 2 1500 maximum Asphalts, Oils and Emulsions 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Properties Minimum Maximum Viscosity @ 122 °F, SF, sec. 15 150 Sieve Test, % 120 0.1 Demulsibility, 50mL 0.1 N CaCl2, % 250 70 Storage Stability, 24 hr., % _ 1.0 TEST ON RESIDUE FROM CUTBACKDISTILLATION TO 680 °F USING RESIDUE FROM 500 °F DISTILLATION %, 40 — Total Oils* from Distillation, % 20 35 Float © 122 °F on Residue from Cutback Distillation 50 200 Solubility in Trichloroethylene, T 97.5 _ Penetration at 77 F 100g, 5 sec. 120 250 120 250 120 250 120 250 120 250 Ductility at 77F 5 cm /min, cms 100* _ 100* — 100* — 100* — 100* — Solubility in trichloroethylene, % 99.0 _ 99.0 _ 99.0 _ 99.0 _ 99.0 _ Spot Test ALL NEGATIVE Test Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Water, % _ 0.2 _ 0.2 _ 0.2 _ 0.2 _ 0.2 Flash Point, T.O.C., F 100 _ 100 _ 150 _ 150 _ 150 _ Kinematic viscosity .@ 140 F,cst. 30 60 70 140 250 500 800 1600 3000 6000 Off at 437 F _ 25 _ 20 _ 10 _ _ Off at 500 F 40 70 20 60 15 55 _ 35 _ 15 Off at 600 F 75 93 65 90 60 87 45 80 15 75 Residue from 680 F Distillation,Volume % 50 _ 55 _ 67 _ 75 _ 80 _ 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 �1 1 1 1 1 Current Version: 04/17/86 MEDIUM CURING TYPE CUTBACK ASPHALT MC -30 MC -70 MC -250 MC -800 MC -3000 The Distillate, expressed as percent by volume to total distillate to 680 F, shall be as follows: Tests on Distillation Residue: * If penetration of residue is more than 200 and ductility at 77 F is less than 100 cm, the material will be acceptable if its ductility at 60 F is more than 100. 301 04/17/86 AE -P CUTBACK ASPHALT *Cumulative total from 500 °F distillation of emulsion and distillation of residue by cutback distillation to 680 °F. Page 3 Asphalts, Oils and Emulsions Freezing Test, 3 Cycles* _ _ _ _ Passing Passing Passing Passing Tests of Residue: Penetration at 77 F, 100g, 5 sec. 120 160 80 110 120 160 80 110 120 160 120 160 Solubility in Trichloroethylene, 97.5 _ 97.5 _ 97.5 _ 97.5 _ 97.5 _ 97.5 _ Ductility at 77 F, 5 cm/min, cms 100 _ 100 — 100 — 100 _ 100 _ 100 — Current Version: 04/17/86 (4) Emulsions The material shall be homogenous. It shall show no separation of asphalt after thorough mixing and shall meet the viscosity requirements at any time within 30 days after delivery. Anionic Emulsions Type -Grade Furol Viscosity at 77 F, sec. Furol Viscosity at 122 F, sec. Residue by Distillation, % Oil Portion of Distillate, % Sieve Test, % Miscibility (Standard Test) Coating Cement Mixing, % Demulsibility 50 cc of N/10 CaCl2,% Demulsibility 35 cc of N/50 CaCl2,% Storage Stability 1 day, % Rapid Setting RS-2 Min 150 65 60 Max 400 2 0.1 1 RS-2h Min 150 65 60 Max 400 2 0.1 1 Medium Setting MS -2 Min 100 65 Max 300 2 0.1 30 1 MS -2h Min 100 60 Max 300 2 0.1 30 1 Slow Setting MS -1 Min 30 60 Max 100 2 0.1 Passing Passing 70 1 SS - 1 Min 20 60 Max 100 2 0.1 Passing 2.0 1 *Applies only when Engineer designates material for winter use. 301 04/17/86 Page 4 Asphalts, Oils and Emulsions 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Current Version: 04/17/86 Tvo -Grade Oil distillate, % by volume of Emulsion 3 3 12 Tests on Residue from Distillation Test: Residue, % Penetration, 66 F, 100g 5 sec. Ductility, 77 F, 5cm /min,cm % Solubility in trichloroethylene 65 120 100 97.5 160 65 80 100 97.5 110 65 120 100 97.5 200 65 80 100 97.5 12 110 3 60 120 •100 97.5 160 60 80 100 97.5 3 110 Distillation: CATIONIC EMULSIONS Rapid Setting C Medium Setting Slow Setting RS -2 CRS -2h CMS -2 CMS -2h CSS -1 CS S- * The demulsibility test shall be made within 30 days from date of shipment. 301 04/17/86 Page 5 Asphalts, Oils and Emulsions Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Saybolt Furol Viscosity at 77 F, sec. _ _ _ _ _ — _ _ 20 100 20 100 at 122 F, sec. 150 400 150 400 100 100 300 100 100 300 _ _ Storage stability test, 1 day % _ 1 _ 1 _ 1 _ 1 _ 1 _ 1 % Demulsibility, *35 ml 0.8% sodium dioctyl sulfosuccinate 40 — 40 — — — — — — — — — Coating ability & water resistance dry aggregat after spraying wet aggregate — — — — — — — — — _ _ — good fair fair good fair fair — — — — — — — — — — — — after spraying _ _ _ _ fair fair _ _ _ _ Particle charge test Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Sieve test % _ 0.10 _ 0.10 _ 0.10 _ 0.10 _ 0.10 _ 0.10 Cement Mixing test,% — — — — — — — _ _ 2.0 _ 2.0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Current Version: 04/17/86 Tvo -Grade Oil distillate, % by volume of Emulsion 3 3 12 Tests on Residue from Distillation Test: Residue, % Penetration, 66 F, 100g 5 sec. Ductility, 77 F, 5cm /min,cm % Solubility in trichloroethylene 65 120 100 97.5 160 65 80 100 97.5 110 65 120 100 97.5 200 65 80 100 97.5 12 110 3 60 120 •100 97.5 160 60 80 100 97.5 3 110 Distillation: CATIONIC EMULSIONS Rapid Setting C Medium Setting Slow Setting RS -2 CRS -2h CMS -2 CMS -2h CSS -1 CS S- * The demulsibility test shall be made within 30 days from date of shipment. 301 04/17/86 Page 5 Asphalts, Oils and Emulsions Special Precoat Material Rapid Setting Medium Setting Type -Grade HFRS -2 AES -300 Properties Minimu m Maximum Minimu m Maximum Furol Viscosity at 77 F, sec. - - 75 400 Furol Viscosity at 122 F, sec 150 400 - - Residue by Distillation, % 65 - 65 - Oil Portion of Distillate, % - 2 - 7 Sieve Test, % - 0.1 - 0.1 Coating - Passing Demulsibility 35 cc of N /50 CaC12, % 50 - - - Storage Stability Test, 1 day, % - 1 - • 1 Tests on Residue: Penetration at 77 F, 100 g, 5 sec. 100 140 300 - Solubility in Trichloroethylene, % 97.5 - 97.5 - Ductility at 77.5 cm /min, cms 100 - - - Float Test at 140 F, sec. 1200 - 1200 - Special Precoat Material Properties Minimum Maximum Water, % - 0.2 Flash Point, C.O.C., F 200 Flash Point, C.O.C., F Kinematic Viscosity at 140 F, cst 300 500 Distillation to 680 F: Initial Boiling point, F 500 _ Residue by weight, % 70 _ Penetration residue, 77 F, 100g, 5 sec 200 300 Properties Minimum Maximum Water, % - 0.2 Kinematic Viscosity at 140 F, cst 60 120 Flash Point, C.O.C., F 200 - Loss on Heating, 50g, 5 hrs at 325 F, % - 5 Asphalt Content of 85 to 115 penetration by vacuum distillation weight, % 25 , - Pour Point, F - 60 Current Version: 04/17/86 (5) Fluxing Material. Fluxing material shall be free from foreign matter and shall conform to the following: 301 04/17/86 (6) Precoat Material Precoat material may consist of any 1 of the various types of asphaltic materials listed in this specification, approved by the Engineer, including "Special Precoat Material ". (7) High Float Emulsions HIGH FLOAT EMULSIONS Page 6 Asphalts, Oils and Emulsions 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Type -Grade Application and Mixing Recommended Range, F Allowable, F Heating and Storage Maximum, F AC- 5,10,20,40 275 375 350 AC -3 220 -300 350 350 AE -P 100 -140 140 140 RC -250 125 -180 200 200 RC -800 170 -230 260 260 RC -3000 215 -275 285 285 MC -30 70 -150 175 175 MC -70 125 -175 200 200 MC -250 125 -210 240 240 MC -800 175 -260 275 275 MC -3000 225 -275 . 290 290 Cat. Blown Asph 425 -475 • 500 500 Special Precoat Material 125 -250 , 275 275 SS -1, MS -1, CSS- 1,CSS -1h 50 -130 140 140 RS -2, RS -2h, MS -2, MS -2h, CRS -2, CRS -2h, CMS -2, CMS -2h, HFRS -2, AES -300 110 -160 170 170 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Current Version: 04/17/86 (8) Catalytically -Blown Asphalt Joint and Crack Sealer Catalytically -blown asphalt shall be uniformly blended with 10 percent diatomaceous earth filler which passes the No. 325 sieve. It shall form a suitable joint and crack sealer which may be melted to pouring consistency in the regular asphalt kettle at a temperature of approximately 450 F to 475 F. The material shall meet the following requirements: 301.3 Storage, Heating and Application Temperatures Asphaltic materials should be applied at the temperature which provides proper and uniform distribution and with practical limits avoiding higher temperatures than necessary. Satisfactory application usually should be obtained within the recommended ranges shown below. No material shall be heated above the following maximum temperatures: 301 04/17/86 Page 7 Asphalts, Oils and Emulsions 68 - 88 Pen 38 - 45 Pen Type -Grade Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum Penetration, 77 F, 100g, 5 sec 68 88 38 45 Penetration, 32 F, 200g, 60 sec 38 - - - Penetration, 115 F, 50 g, 5 sec - 160 - - Softening Point, R & B, F 175 200 185 200 Flash, C.O.C., F 500 - 500 - Ductility, 77 F, 5 cm /min, cms 5 - 3 - Flow, 140 F, cm - 0.5 - 0.5 Ash, Weight, % 8 - 8 - Settlement Ratio - 1.02 - 1.02 Brittleness Test, 32 F No Cracking No Cracking 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Current Version: 04/17/86 (8) Catalytically -Blown Asphalt Joint and Crack Sealer Catalytically -blown asphalt shall be uniformly blended with 10 percent diatomaceous earth filler which passes the No. 325 sieve. It shall form a suitable joint and crack sealer which may be melted to pouring consistency in the regular asphalt kettle at a temperature of approximately 450 F to 475 F. The material shall meet the following requirements: 301.3 Storage, Heating and Application Temperatures Asphaltic materials should be applied at the temperature which provides proper and uniform distribution and with practical limits avoiding higher temperatures than necessary. Satisfactory application usually should be obtained within the recommended ranges shown below. No material shall be heated above the following maximum temperatures: 301 04/17/86 Page 7 Asphalts, Oils and Emulsions Current Version: 04/17/86 NOTE: Heating of asphaltic materials (except emulsions) constitutes a fire hazard to various degrees. Proper precautions should be used in all cases and especially with RC cutbacks. Warning to Contractors Attention is called to the fact that asphaltic materials are very flammable. The utmost care shall be taken to prevent open flames from coming in contact with the asphaltic material or the gases of same. The Contractor shall be responsible for any fires or accidents, which may result from heating the asphaltic materials. 301.4 Measurement and Payment All asphaltic materials included in this specification will be measured and paid for conforming to the governing specifications for the items of construction in which these materials are used. End 301 04/17/86 Page 8 Asphalts, Oils and Emulsions Current Version: 2/21/01 Previous Versions: 9/29/99 and 4/17/86 Item No. 306S Prime Coat 306S.1 Description This item shall govern the application of asphaltic material on the completed base course and/or other approved areas in accordance with the Drawings, these specifications or as directed by the Engineer or designated representative. This specification is applicable for projects or work involving either inch -pound or SI units. Within the text, the inch -pound units are given preference followed by SI units shown within parentheses. 306S.2 Submittals The submittal requirements of this specification item include: A. List of recommended materials (i.e. prime material, dispersal agent, etc.). B. Temperature Viscosity data and proposed temperature of application. C. Characteristics (i.e. manufacturer, rate of application, speed, etc.) of the proposed pressure distributor including calibration documentation. D. List of facilities and equipment proposed for temperature measurements. E. List of facilities and equipment proposed for storage and handling of asphaltic materials. 306S.3 Materials A. Asphalt Materials The asphalt material for Prime Coat shall meet the requirements of Cutback Asphalt, MC -30, Emulsion, SS -1, Emulsion CSS -1 or AE -P, Standard Specification Item No. 301, "Asphalts, Oils and Emulsions ". B. Water Water shall be furnished by the Contractor and shall be clean and free from industrial wastes and other objectionable matter. C. Dispersal Agent Agent shall be added to water and sprayed on surfaces to be primed in accordance with asphalt manufacturer's recommendations. 306S.4 Construction Methods When, in the opinion of the Engineer or designated representative, the base course or other surface is satisfactory to receive the prime coat, the surface shall be prepared by sweeping or other approved methods as directed - by the Engineer or designated representative. The surface shall be lightly sprinkled with water just prior to application of the asphaltic material unless this requirement is waived by the Engineer or designated 306S 2/21/01 Page 1 Prime Coat Current Version: 2/21/01 Previous Versions: 9/29/99 and 4/17/86 representative. The Contractor shall submit a list of prime material(s) recommended for application on the work to the Engineer or designated representative for approval. When emulsions are approved, a dispersal agent shall be added to the water before sprinkling. The asphaltic material shall be applied on the clean surface by an approved type of self - propelled pressure distributor operated so as to distribute the prime coat at a rate ranging from 0.1 to 0.3 gallons per square yard (0.45 to 1.36 liters per square meter) of surface area. The material shall be evenly and smoothly distributed under pressure sufficient to assure proper distribution. During the application of prime coat, care shall be taken to prevent splattering of adjacent pavement, curb and gutters or structures. The Contractor shall be responsible for cleaning all splattered areas. Prime Coat may be applied when the temperature of the surface on which the prime coat is to be placed is 60 °F (16 °C) or above and the air temperature is above 50 ° F (10 ° C) and rising; the air temperature being taken in the shade and away from artificial heat. Asphaltic material shall not be placed when general weather conditions, in the opinion of the Engineer or designated representative, are not suitable. The Contractor shall provide all necessary facilities and equipment for determining the temperature of the asphaltic material in all of the heating equipment and in the distributor, for determining the rate at which it is applied, and for securing uniformity at the junction of two (2) distributor loads. The distributor shall have been calibrated within three (3) years from the date it is first used on this project. The Engineer or designated representative shall be furnished an accurate and satisfactory record of such calibration. After beginning the work, if the yield on the asphaltic material applied appears in error, the distributor shall be calibrated in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer or designated representative before proceeding with the work. The Contractor shall be responsible for the maintenance of the surface until the work is accepted by the Engineer or designated representative. No traffic, hauling or placement of any subsequent courses shall be permitted over the freshly applied prime coat for a minimum of 48 hours or until the prime coat is accepted as dry and cured completely by the Engineer or designated representative. All storage tanks, piping, retorts, booster tanks and distributors used in storing or handling asphaltic material shall be kept clean and in good operating condition at all times and they shall be operated in such a manner that there will be no contamination of the asphaltic material with foreign material. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to provide and maintain in good working order a recording thermometer at the storage heating unit at all times. The Engineer or designated representative will approve the temperature of application based on the temperature - viscosity relationship that will permit application of the asphalt within the limits recommended in Standard Specification Item No. 301, "Asphalts, Oils and Emulsions". The Contractor shall apply the asphalt at a temperature within 15 ° F (8 ° C) of the temperature specified in Standard Specification Item No. 301, "Asphalt, Oils and Emulsions". 306S 2/21/01 Page 2 Prime Coat Current Version: 2121/01 Previous Versions: 9/29/99 and 4/17/86 306S.5 Measurement The prime coat will be considered subsidiary to Standard Specification Item No. 340, "Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete Pavement" unless included as a separate pay item in the contract. When included for payment, it shall be measured at point of delivery on the project in gallons (liters: 1 liter equals 0.264 gallons) at the applied temperature. The quantity to be paid for shall be the number of gallons used in the accepted prime coat. 306S.6 Payment The work performed and materials furnished as prescribed by this item, when included as a contract pay item, will be paid for at the unit bid price per gallon for "Prime Coat ". The price shall include full compensation for cleaning the base course or other surface, for furnishing, heating, hauling and distributing the prime coat specified; for all freight involved and for all manipulations, labor, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. Payment, when included as a contract pay item, will be made under: Pay Item No. 306S: Prime Coat Per Gallon. End SPECIFIC CROSS REFERENCE MATERIALS Specification Item 306S "Prime Coat" City of Austin Standard Specifications Designation Item No. 301 Item No. 340 Description Asphalts, Oils and Emulsions Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete Pavement 1 RELATED CROSS REFERENCE MATERIALS City of Austin Standard Designation Item No. 206S Item No. 210S Item No. 307S Item No. 310S Item No. 311S Item No. 320S City of Austin Standard Designation 1000S -10 1000S -11 (1) 1000S -11 (2) 1000S -12 (1) 1000S -12 (2) 1000S -13 (1) 1000S -13 (2) 1000S -14 Specifications Description Asphalt Stabilized Base Flexible Base Tack Coat Emulsified Asphalt Treatment Emulsified Asphalt Repaving Two Course Surface Treatment Details Description Local Street Sections Residential and Neighborhood collector Street Sections Industrial and Collector Street Sections Primary Collector Street Sections Primary Arterial Street Sections Minor Arterial Street Sections (4 Lanes) Minor Arterial Street Sections- (4 Lanes divided) Major Arterial Street 306S 2/21/01 Page 3 Prime Coat Current Version: 2/21/01 Previous Versions: 9/29/99 and 4/17/86 RELATED CROSS REFERENCE MATERIALS - Continued Specification Item 306S "Prime Coat" Texas Department of Transportation: Standard Specifications for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges Designation Item 300 Item 301 Item 310 Item 314 Item 345 Item 520 Description Asphalts, Oils and Emulsions Asphalt Antistripping Agents Prime Coat (Cutback Asphaltic Materials) Emulsified Asphalt Treatment Asphalt Stabilized Base (Plant Mixed) Weighing and Measuring Equipment 306S 2/21/01 Page 4 Prime Coat Temperature of Surface, ° F ( ° C) 40 — 70 QF (5 to 21 ° C) Over 70 (Over 21 ° C) RS -2 SS -1 RS -2H RC -250 MC -70 CRS -2 CSS -1 CRS -2H CSS -1h 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Current Version: 02/21/01 Previous Versions: 09/29/99 and 4/17/86 307S.1 Description This item shall govern the application of asphaltic material on completed base courses, existing pavement, bituminous surface, bridge deck, slab or prepared surface as indicated on the Drawings and as directed by the Engineer or designated representative. The application of asphaltic material on completed base courses shall only be applied after the prime coat has completely cured in accordance with Standard Specification Item No. 306S, "Prime Coat This specification is applicable for projects or work involving either inch -pound or SI units. Within the text, the inch -pound units are given preference followed by SI units shown within parentheses. 307S.2 Submittals The submittal requirements of this specification item include: A. List of recommended materials (i.e. tack coat material, sand type, etc.). B. Temperature Viscosity data and proposed temperature of application. C. Characteristics (i.e. manufacturer, rate of application, speed, etc.) of the proposed pressure distributor including calibration documentation. D. List of facilities and equipment proposed for temperature measurements. E. List of facilities and equipment proposed for storage and handling of asphaltic materials. 307S.3 Materials Item No. 307S Tack Coat A. Asphalt Materials The asphalt material for "Tack Coat" shall meet the requirements for Cutback Asphalt or Emulsified Asphalt, Standard Specification Item No. 301, "Asphalts, Oils and Emulsions" as listed below. Cutback asphalt shall be made by combining 50 to 70 percent by volume of the asphaltic material as specified for the type of paving mixture with 30 to 50 percent by volume of gasoline and/or kerosene. The type of material shall be selected from the following table: 307S 2/21/01 Page 1 Tack Coat Sieve Designation US SI Percent Retained by Weight (Mass) Natural Sand No. 8 2.36 mm 0 No. 16 1.18 mm 0 -40 No. 30 - 600µm 25 -65 No. 50 300µm 65 -85 No. 100 150µm 85 -98 No.200 75µm 98 -100 Current Version: 02/21/01 Previous Versions: 09/29/99 and 4/17/86 B. Water Water shall be furnished by the Contractor and shall be clean and free from industrial wastes and other objectionable matter. C. Sand Sand may be Grade 1 conforming to Standard Specification Item No. 403, "Concrete Structures" or washed sand, largely siliceous, with the following gradation: There shall not be more than 50 percent of the aggregate retained between any 2 sieves listed above and not more than 25 percent of the aggregate retained between the No. 50 (300 gm) and the No. 100 (150 µm) sieves. 307S.4 Construction Methods Tack coat shall be applied when the surface on which the tack coat is to be placed is 60 F (16 ° C) or above and the air temperature is above 50 ° F (10 ° C) and rising, where the air temperature is measured in the shade and away from any artificial heat. Asphaltic material shall not be placed when general weather conditions, in the opinion of the Engineer or designated representative, are not suitable. Before the tack coat is applied, the surface shall be cleaned thoroughly to the satisfaction of the Engineer or designated representative. The asphaltic material shall be applied on the clean surface by an approved type of self - propelled pressure distributor, so operated as to distribute the tack coat at a rate not to exceed 0.10 gallon per square yard (0.45 liters per square meter) of surface, evenly and smoothly with sufficient pressure to provide proper distribution. In those instances where the pavement mixture will adhere to the surface on which it is to be placed without the use of a tack coat, the tack coat may be eliminated by the Engineer or designated representative. All contact surfaces of curbs and structures and all joints shall be cleaned thoroughly and painted with a thin uniform coat of the asphaltic material used for tack coat. The tack coat shall be rolled with a pneumatic tire roller to distribute the asphaltic material uniformly over the tacked area. During the application of tack coat, care shall be taken to prevent splattering of adjacent pavement, curb and gutters or structures. The Contractor shall clean splattered areas. The distributor shall have been calibrated within three (3) years from the date it is .first used on this project. The Engineer or designated representative shall be furnished an accurate and satisfactory record of such calibration. After beginning of the work, if the yield on the 307S 2/21/01 Page 2 Tack Coat 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Current Version: 02/21/01 Previous Versions: 09/29/99 and 4/17/86 asphaltic material applied appears in error, the distributor shall be calibrated in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer or designated representative before proceeding with the work. The Contractor shall provide all necessary facilities and equipment for determining the temperature of the asphaltic material in all of the heating equipment and in the distributor, for determining the rate at which it is applied, and for securing uniformity at the junction of two (2) distributor loads. The Contractor shall be responsible for the maintenance of the surface until the HMAC is placed over the tack coat or the work is accepted by the Engineer or designated representative. No traffic, hauling or placement of any subsequent courses shall be permitted over the freshly applied tack coat unless it is blotted by the application of sand as directed by the Engineer or designated representative. All storage tanks, piping, retorts, booster tanks and distributors used in storing or handling asphaltic material shall be kept clean and in good operating condition at all times and they shall be operated in such a manner that there will be no contamination of the asphaltic material with foreign material. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to provide and maintain in good working order a recording thermometer at the storage heating unit at all times. The Contractor shall apply the asphalt at a temperature that will permit application of the asphalt within the limits recommended in Standard Specification Item No 301, "Asphalts, Oils and Emulsions ". The application temperature shall be within 15 (8 ° C) of 160 F (71 ° C). 307S.5 Measurement The asphaltic material for "Tack Coat" will be considered subsidiary to Standard Specification Item 340, "Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete Pavement" unless included as a separate pay item in the contract. When included for payment, "Tack Coat" shall be measured at point of delivery on the project in gallons (liters: 1 liter equals 0.264 gallons) at the applied temperature. The quantity to be paid for shall be the number of gallons used. 307S.6 Payment The work performed and materials furnished as prescribed by , this item, when included as a contract pay item, will be paid for at the unit bid price per gallon for "Tack Coat ". The price shall include full compensation for cleaning the area to receive the "Tack Coat "; for furnishing, heating, hauling and distributing the tack coat specified; for all freight involved and for all manipulations, labor, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. Payment, when included as a contract pay item, will be made under: End Pay Item No. 307S: Tack Coat Per Gallon. 307S 2/21/01 Page 3 Tack Coat Current Version: 02/21/01 SPECIFIC CROSS REFERENCE MATERIALS Specification Item 307S "Tack Coat" City of Austin Standard Specifications Designation Description Item No. 301 Asphalts, Oils and Emulsions Item No. 340 Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete Pavement RELATED CROSS REFERENCE MATERIALS City of Austin Standard Specifications Designation Description Item No. 206S Asphalt Stabilized Base Item No. 210S Item No. 306S Item No. 310S Item No. 311S Item No. 320S Flexible Base Prime Coat Emulsified Asphalt Treatment Emulsified Asphalt Repaving Two Course Surface Treatment Previous Versions: 09/29/99 and 4/17/86 City of Austin Standard Details Designation Description 1000S -10 Local Street Sections 1000S -11(1) Residential and Neighborhood collector Street Sections 10005 -11(2) Industrial and Collector Street Sections 1000S -12(1) Primary Collector Street Sections 1000S -12(2) Primary Arterial Street Sections 1000S -13(1) Minor Arterial Street Sections (4 Lanes) 1000S -13(2) Minor Arterial Street Sections- (4 Lanes divided) 1000S -14 Major Arterial Street Texas Department of Transportation: Standard Specifications for Construction And Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges Designation Description Item 300 Asphalts, Oils and Emulsions Item 301 Asphalt Antistripping Agents Item 310 Prime Coat (Cutback Asphaltic Materials) Item 314 Emulsified Asphalt Treatment Item 345 Asphalt Stabilized Base (Plant Mixed) Item 520 Weighing and Measuring Equipment 307S 2/21/01 Page 4 Tack Coat 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Current Version: 08/23/96; Previous Versions 11/22/95, 02/17/94 Item No. 340 Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete Pavement 340.1 Description This item shall govem for base, level -up, and surface courses composed of a compacted mixture of aggregate and asphaltic cement mixed hot in a mixing plant. The hot mix asphaltic concrete pavement shall be constructed on a previously completed and approved subgrade, base material, concrete slab or existing pavement. 340.2 Materials The Contractor shall furnish materials to meet the requirements specified herein and shall be solely responsible for the quality and consistency of the product delivered to the Project. (1) Aggregate: The aggregate shall be composed of course aggregate, a fine aggregate and, if required or allowed, a mineral filler and may include reclaimed asphalt pavement (RAP). RAP use will be allowed in all mixtures except as specifically excluded herein or on the Drawings. Aggregates shall meet the quality requirements of Table 1 and other requirements as specified herein. The aggregate contained in RAP will not be required to meet Table 1 requirements unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. (a) Coarse Aggregate: Coarse aggregate is defined as that part of the aggregate retained on the No. 10 sieve and shall consist of clean, tough, durable fragments of crushed stone or crushed gravel of uniform quality throughout. Gravel from each source shall be so crushed as to have a minimum of 85% of the particles retained on the No. 4 sieve with two or more mechanically induced crushed faces as determined by TxDOT Test Method TEX -460 -A (Part I). The material passing the No. 4 sieve and retained on the No. 10 sieve must be the product of crushing aggregate that was originally retained on the No. 4 sieve. (b) Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement (RAP): RAP is defined as a salvaged, milled, pulverized, broken or crushed asphaltic pavement. The RAP to be used in the mix shall be crushed or broken to the extent that 100 percent will pass the 2 inch sieve. (c) The stockpiled RAP shall not be contaminated by dirt or other objectionable materials. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, stockpiled, crushed RAP must have either a decantation of no more than 5 percent or a plasticity index of no more than 8, when tested in accordance with TxDOT Test Method Tex - 406 -A, Part I, or Test Method Tex - 106 -E, respectively. RAP will be permitted to be used in a surface course provided not more than 10% RAP is used. Fine Aggregate: Fine aggregate is defined as that part of the aggregate passing the No. 10 sieve and shall be of uniform quality throughout. A maximum of 15 percent of the total aggregate may be field sand or other uncrushed fine aggregate. 340 08/23/96 Page 1 Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete Pavement Current Version: 08/23/96; Previous Versions 1//22/95, 02/17/94 340 08/23/96 Screenings shall be supplied from sources whose coarse aggregate meets the abrasion and magnesium sulfate soundness loss requirements shown in Table 1. (1) Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, stone screenings are required and shall be the product of a rock crushing operation and meet the following gradation requirements when tested in accordance with TxDOT Test Method Tex - 200 -F, Part I. MATERIAL PERCENT BY WEIGHT Passing the 3/8 inch sieve 100 Passing the No. 10 sieve 70 -100 Passing the No. 200 sieve 0 -15 (2) Crushed gravel screenings may be used with, or in lieu of, stone screenings only when shown on the Drawings. Crushed gravel screenings must be the product of crushing aggregate that was originally retained on the No. 4 sieve and must meet the gradation for stone screenings shown above. (d) Mineral Filler: Mineral filler shall consist of thoroughly dried stone dust, Portland cement, fly ash, lime or other mineral dust approved by the Engineer. The mineral filler shall be free from foreign matter. Portland cement manufactured in a cement kiln fueled by hazardous waste as defined in 30 Texas Administrative Code, Section 335.1, shall be prohibited. This applies to any other specification concerning the use of cement materials. Contractor shall maintain a record of source for each batch. Supplier shall certify that no hazardous waste is used in the fuel mix or raw materials. Fly ash obtained from a source using a process fueled by hazardous waste as defined in 30 Texas Administrative Code, Section 335.1, shall be prohibited. This applies to any other specification concerning the use of fly ash. Contractor shall maintain a record of source for each batch. Supplier shall certify that no hazardous waste is used in the fuel mix or raw materials. The addition of baghouse fines or other collected fines will be permitted if the mixture quality is not adversely affected in the opinion of the Engineer. In no case shall the amount of material passing the No. 200 sieve exceed the tolerances of the job -mix formula or the master gradation limits. When tested by TEX- 200 - F(Part I or Part III, as applicable), the mineral filler shall meet the following gradation requirements. Baghouse fines are not required to meet the gradation requirements. MATERIAL PERCENT BY WEIGHT Passing No. 30 inch Sieve 95 -100 Passing No. 80 Sieve, not less than 75 Passing No. 200 Sieve, not less than 55 Page 2 Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete Pavement Requirement 1 Test Method Amount • COARSE AGGREGATE Deleterious Material, percent, maximum Tex - 217 -F, I 1.5 Decantation, percent, maximum Tex - 217 -F, II 1.5 Los Angeles Abrasion, percent, maximum Tex -410 -A 40 Magnesium Sulfate Soundness Loss 5 cycle, percent, maximum Tex -410 -A 30 FINE AGGREGATE Linear Shrinkage, maximum Tex - 107 -E, II 3 COMBINED AGGREGATES Sand Equivalent Value, minimum 1 Tex -203 -F 1 45 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 (2) 340 08/23/96 Current Version: 08/23/96; Previous Versions 11122/95, 02/17/94 TABLE 1: AGGREGATE QUALITY REQUIREMENTS * * - Aggregates, without added mineral filler or additives, combined as used in the job -mix formula (Plant Corrected). Asphaltic Material (a) Paving Mixture. Asphalt cement for the paving mixture shall conform to the requirements of Item 301, "Asphalts, Oils and Emulsions ", for AC -20 unless otherwise indicated in the Project Documents. (b) RAP Paving Mixture. When more than 20 percent RAP is used in the produced mixture, the asphalt in the RAP shall be restored to the properties indicated below. Restoration will be made by adding asphalt recycling agent and/or virgin asphalt cement meeting the requirements of Item 301, "Asphalts, Oils and Emulsions ". The mixture design will include recovery of asphalt from the RAP in accordance with TxDOT Test Method Tex - 211 -F. The recovered asphalt shall be blended in the laboratory with the amount of asphalt cement and/or asphalt recycling agent selected for the Project. The following test shall be performed on the laboratory blend by the producer of the asphaltic concrete. (1) Viscosity, 140 F, poises - Test Method Tex -528 -C • (2) Thin Film Oven Aging Test - Test Method Tex -510 -C (3) Viscosity, 140 F, poises, on residue from the Thin Film Oven Aging Test -Test Method Tex -528 -C (4) Penetration at 77 F, 100 g, 5 sec, on residue from the Thin Film Oven Aging Test - Test Method Tex -502 -C The viscosity in poises equivalent to the residue penetration at 77 F shall be calculated as set forth in TxDOT Test Method Tex - 535 -C. The viscosity index of the residue shall then be calculated as follows: Residue Viscosity Residue Viscosity, poises, (equivalent to Penetration@ 77F) Index Residue Viscosity, 140 F poises Page 3 Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete Pavement Current Version: 08/23/96; Previous Versions 11122/95, 02/17/94 The aging index of the laboratory blended asphalt shall be determined as follows: Aging Index = Residue Viscosity, 140 F, poises Original Viscosity, 140 F poises The laboratory blended asphalt shall meet the following requirements: Residue Viscosity Index, maximum -- - - - - -- 1500 Aging Index, maximum 3.0 Samples of asphalt recovered from plant produced mixture shall show the asphalt to meet the following requirements when tested in accordance with TxDOT Test Methods Tex -211 -F and Tex - 502 -C: Penetration, 77 F, 100 g, 5 sec - - 30 min. and 55 max. (c) Tack Coat: Tack Coat shall conform to Item 307, "Tack Coat". (3) Additives: Additives to facilitate mixing and/or improve the quality of the asphaltic mixture or tack coat may be used with the authorization of the Engineer. The Contractor may choose to use either lime or a liquid antistripping agent to reduce moisture susceptibility of the aggregate. (4) Temporary Pavement Markings: Temporary pavement markings shall conform to Item 864, "Abbreviated Pavement Markings ". 340.3 Paving Mixtures An asphalt mixture design is a laboratory process, which includes the determination of the quality and quantity of the asphalt and the individual aggregates, and the testing of the combined mixture (Laboratory Design). The job mix formula (JMF) shall list the quantity of each component to be used in the mix after the laboratory design has been adjusted by running it through a particular plant (Plant Corrected). The JMF will be the standard to which the Acceptance Plan will be applied. The JMF of one drum or batching unit shall not be used for another unit. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer on forms provided by the Engineer, an asphalt mixture design reviewed, signed and sealed by a Texas Registered Professional Engineer or certified by a TxDOT Level II Certified Asphalt Technician. The asphalt mixture design shall be submitted every two (2) years. Mix designs older than one year will not be accepted without a review of current test data of the proposed materials to ensure that the materials meet specification requirements. The JMF (Plant Corrected) shall be submitted to the Engineer on a form provided by the Engineer through the Inspector of the Project for review, for each individual Project, a minimum of three (3) working days before the mixture is to be placed. Under no circumstances will a mixture be placed before its use is reviewed by the Engineer. Performance of the mix design shall remain the responsibility of the Contractor. 340 08/23/96 Page 4 Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete Pavement Sieve Size Type A Coarse Base Type B Fine Base Type C Coarse Surface Type D Fine Surface Type F Fine Mixture 1 -1/2" 100 1 -1/4" 95 -100 1" 100 7/8" 70 -90 95 -100 100 5/8" 75 -95 95 -100 1/2" 50 -70 100 3/8" 60 -80 70 -85 85 -100 100 1/4" 95 -100 No. 4 30 -50 40 -60 43 -63 50 -70 No. 10 20 -34 27 -40 30 -40 32 -42 32 -42 No. 40 5 -20 10 -25 10 -25 11 -26 9 -24 No. 80 2 -12 3 -13 3 -13 4 -14 3 -13 No. 200 1 -6` 1 -6" 1 -6* 1 -6* 1 -6* VMA% minimum 11 12 13 14 15 Rec. Min. Lift 3" 2" 1 -3/4" 1" 3/4" ' SIEVES PERCENT BY WEIGHT 2" Sieve through No. 10 Sieve ±5.0 No. 40 through No. 200 Sieve ± 3.0 Asphalt Content +0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 (1) Current Version: 08/23/96; Previous Versions 1//22/95, 02/17/94 Mixture Design: The mix shall be designed in TxDOT Construction Bulletin C -14 and Test Method Tex - 204-F to conform with the requirements herein. The master grading limits of the appropriate type and the JMF will be plotted on a graduated chart with sieve sizes raised to the 0.45 power and be submitted to the Engineer with the asphalt mixture design. The Bulk Specific Gravity of aggregates in RAP will be determined on extracted aggregates. (2) Types: The blend of coarse aggregate, fine aggregate, and mineral filler, if allowed, shall conform to the master gradation shown in Table 2 for the type of mixture specified in conformance to TxDOT Test Method Tex - 200 -F, Dry Sieve Analysis. The voids in the mineral aggregate (VMA) will be determined as a mixture design requirement only, in accordance with TxDOT Test Method Tex - 207 -F, and shall not be less than the value indicated in Table 2. (3) TABLE 2: Master Grading Percent Passing by Weight or Volume * 2 - 8 when Test Method Tex - 200 -F, Part II (Washed Sieve Analysis) is used. Tolerances: Fluctuations in the gradation and asphalt content of the Job Mix Formula shall not vary by more than the following but shall be limited to the range of the master gradation as determined by TEX- 210 -F. 340 08/23/96 Page 5 Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete Pavement Current Version: 08/23/96; Previous Versions 1/122/95, 02/17/94 (4) Stability and Density: The mixture shall be designed at or near optimum density as indicated. The laboratory mixture shall be molded in accordance with TxDOT Test Method TEX -206 -F and the Bulk Specific Gravity determined in accordance with TxDOT Test Method TEX -207 -F with the following percent of Maximum Theoretical Density as measured by TxDOT Test Method TEX -227 -F and Stability conforming to TxDOT Test Method TEX- 208 -F: (5) Job Mix Formula Field Adjustments: The Contractor shall produce a mixture of uniform composition closely conforming to the reviewed JMF within the limits of the tolerances given above and the Acceptance Plan. If it is determined by the City's laboratory that adjustments to the JMF are necessary to achieve the specified requirements, the Engineer may allow adjustments of the JMF within the following limits without a laboratory redesign of the mixture. The adjusted JMF shall not exceed the master grading for the type of mixture specified nor shall the adjustments exceed 5 percent on any one sieve, 1/2 inch size and larger, or 3 percent on the sieve size below the 1/2 inch sieve of the JMF (Plant Corrected) reviewed for the Project. When the considered adjustments exceed either the 5 or 3 percent limits, and the Engineer determines that the impact of these changes may adversely affect pavement performance, a new laboratory mixture design will be required. The asphalt content may be adjusted as concurred by the Engineer to maintain desirable laboratory density near the optimum value while achieving other mix requirements. However, increasing the asphalt content of the mixture in order to reduce pavement air voids will not be allowed. Also, if the percent air voids is determined to be less than 4 percent, adjustments shall be made to the plant production by the Contractor, within the tolerances as outlined above so that an adequate air void level results. 340.4 Equipment All equipment used for the production, placement and compaction of the mixture shall be maintained in good repair and operating conditions to the satisfaction of the Engineer. All equipment shall be made available for inspection. Any equipment shall not be used until it is repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer. (1) Mixing Plants: Plants may be of the weigh -batch or drum -mix type equipped with suitable material conveyers, aggregate proportioning devices, dryers, bins, dust collectors and sensing and recording devices as appropriate for the mixing plant type. 340 08/23/96 Page 6 Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete Pavement 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 OPTIMUM LABORATORY DENSITY ( %) LABORATORY DENSITY (%) MIN. MAX. STABILITY Local Streets Surface Courses 96 94.5 97.5 35 Min. Collectors & Arterials Surface 96 94.5 ' 97.5 40 - -55 Courses 96 94.5. 97.5 35 Min. All Base Courses Current Version: 08/23/96; Previous Versions 1/122/95, 02/17/94 (4) Stability and Density: The mixture shall be designed at or near optimum density as indicated. The laboratory mixture shall be molded in accordance with TxDOT Test Method TEX -206 -F and the Bulk Specific Gravity determined in accordance with TxDOT Test Method TEX -207 -F with the following percent of Maximum Theoretical Density as measured by TxDOT Test Method TEX -227 -F and Stability conforming to TxDOT Test Method TEX- 208 -F: (5) Job Mix Formula Field Adjustments: The Contractor shall produce a mixture of uniform composition closely conforming to the reviewed JMF within the limits of the tolerances given above and the Acceptance Plan. If it is determined by the City's laboratory that adjustments to the JMF are necessary to achieve the specified requirements, the Engineer may allow adjustments of the JMF within the following limits without a laboratory redesign of the mixture. The adjusted JMF shall not exceed the master grading for the type of mixture specified nor shall the adjustments exceed 5 percent on any one sieve, 1/2 inch size and larger, or 3 percent on the sieve size below the 1/2 inch sieve of the JMF (Plant Corrected) reviewed for the Project. When the considered adjustments exceed either the 5 or 3 percent limits, and the Engineer determines that the impact of these changes may adversely affect pavement performance, a new laboratory mixture design will be required. The asphalt content may be adjusted as concurred by the Engineer to maintain desirable laboratory density near the optimum value while achieving other mix requirements. However, increasing the asphalt content of the mixture in order to reduce pavement air voids will not be allowed. Also, if the percent air voids is determined to be less than 4 percent, adjustments shall be made to the plant production by the Contractor, within the tolerances as outlined above so that an adequate air void level results. 340.4 Equipment All equipment used for the production, placement and compaction of the mixture shall be maintained in good repair and operating conditions to the satisfaction of the Engineer. All equipment shall be made available for inspection. Any equipment shall not be used until it is repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer. (1) Mixing Plants: Plants may be of the weigh -batch or drum -mix type equipped with suitable material conveyers, aggregate proportioning devices, dryers, bins, dust collectors and sensing and recording devices as appropriate for the mixing plant type. 340 08/23/96 Page 6 Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete Pavement 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 (2) Spreading and Finishing Paving Machine: The paving machine shall be self - propelled and equipped with a heated screed capable of producing a finish surface meeting the requirements of the street cross - section specified on the Drawings and all surface tests. Extensions to the screed shall have the same heating and vibratory capabilities as the primary unit. The paving machine shall be equipped with an automatic dual longitudinal screed control system and a transverse screed control system. The longitudinal controls shall be capable of operating from any longitudinal grade reference including a stringline, ski, mobil stringline or matching shoe. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, the Contractor may use any one of these grade references. The Contractor shall furnish all labor and equipment required for grade reference. (3) Rollers: The Contractor shall select rollers conforming to Item 230, "Rolling (Flat Wheel)" and Item 232, "Rolling (Pneumatic Tire) ". Rollers not conforming to these requirements shall be immediately removed from the Project. (4) Motor Grader: A self - propelled motor grader may be used only when its use is approved by the Engineer. It shall have a blade of not less than 12 feet and a wheelbase of not less than 16 feet. Smaller graders may be used for small irregular areas when approved by the Engineer. Material Transfer Equipment: Equipment to transfer mixture from the hauling units or the roadbed to the spreading and finishing machine will be allowed unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. Windrow pick -up equipment, if permitted, shall be constructed in such a manner that substantially all of the mixture deposited on the roadbed is picked up and loaded into the spreading and finishing machine. The loading equipment shall be designed so that it does not interfere with the spreading and finishing machine in obtaining the required line, grade and surface without resorting to hand finishing. (6) Straight edge: The Contractor shall provide a ten foot straightedge acceptable to the Engineer for surface testing. (5) Current Version: 08/23/96; Previous Versions 1//22/95, 02/17/94 340.5 Stockpiling Aggregates Aggregates shall be stockpiled to facilitate blending. If the aggregate is not stockpiled on a hard, non - contaminant base, the bottom six inch layer of the stockpiles shall not be used. Where space is limited, stockpiles shall be separated by walls or other appropriate barriers. Aggregate shall be stockpiled and protected from the weather a minimum of 24 hours prior to use to minimize free moisture content. When stockpiles are too large to protect from the weather, accurate and continuous means acceptable to the Engineer shall be provided to monitor aggregate moisture. Aggregates shall be stockpiled and handled such that segregation and contamination are minimized. No stockpile shall contain aggregate, including RAP, from more than one source. 340 08/23/96 Page 7 Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete Pavement Current Version: 08/23/96; Previous Versions 11122/95, 02/17/94 340.6 Mixture Temperature The Contractor shall select a target temperature for discharge from the mixer between 250 F and 350 F for the mixture suitable to weather and Project conditions. The target temperature shall be reported to the Engineer daily and recorded in the Daily Progress Report. The mixture temperature shall not vary by more than 25 F from the target temperature upon discharge from the mixer. No mixture cooler than 50 F from target temperature shall be accepted or placed on the Project. 340.7 Mixture Storage A surge- storage system may be used to minimize production interruptions during the normal day's operations. When approved by the Engineer, ovemight storage in insulated storage bins may be used provided that material temperature and physical properties are not adversely affected. Mixtures with hardened lumps shall not be used. Stored mixtures shall not be exempt of any requirements provided in this specification. When a surge- storage system is used, it shall be equipped with a device such as a gob hopper or other device approved by the Engineer to prevent segregation in the surge - storage bin. 340.8 Mixture Moisture Content Mixture produced from any plant shall not have a moisture content in excess of 3/4 percent by weight when discharged from the mixer. The moisture content shall be determined in accordance with TxDOT Test Method Tex - 212 -F, Part II, except that the sample shall be left in the oven a total of not less than four (4) hours. 340.9 Construction Methods (1) General: The Contractor shall be responsible for the production, transportation, placement and compaction of the specified paving mixture to the requirements of this specification. The Contractor shall also be responsible for providing a safe environment for inspection personnel to inspect the equipment and to take samples. Any material delivered to the Project that by visual inspection can reasonably be expected not to meet specification requirements (i.e. segregated or burned material, deficient or excess asphalt, low mixing temperature, visible contaminants, etc.), as determined by the Engineer, shall not be used or left in place. Equipment shall be inspected prior to use and, if found to be defective or in an operating condition that could potentially affect the quality of the finished pavement, as determined by the Engineer, its use shall not be allowed. Leakage of fuels, oils, grease, hydraulic or brake fluids or other contaminants onto the prepared surface or newly -laid mat will not be allowed. The paving mixture, when placed with a spreading and finishing machine, shall not be placed when the air temperature is below 50 F and is falling, but it may be placed when the air temperature is above 40 F and rising. The paving mixture, when used as a level -up course or when placed with a motor grader, shall not be placed when the air temperature is below 60 F and is falling, but it may be placed when the air temperature is 50 F and rising. Mat thickness of 1 -1/2 inches and less shall not be 340 08/23/96 Page 8 Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete Pavement placed when the temperature of the surface on which the mat is to be placed is below 50 F. The temperature shall be taken in a shaded area away from artificial heat. Surfaces to be paved shall be finished, primed, cured, broomed and tacked, as appropriate, to the satisfaction of the Engineer. If the surface on which the first course of the paving mixture is to be placed is a flexible base course, and a cut -back asphalt is to be used as a prime coat, the flexible base shall have been primed and cured a minimum of 24 = hours before the paving mixture may be placed. The 24 hour restriction will not apply to a flexible base that has been primed with material other than a cut -back. However, the surface on which the tack coat and/or paving mixture is to be placed shall be in a dry condition. Pavement shall be opened to traffic as soon as possible after temporary pavement markings or permanent markings are in place as indicated or as directed by the Engineer. Construction traffic allowed on pavements open to the public will be subject to all laws governing traffic on streets and highways. (2) Tack Coat: The surface upon which the tack is to be placed shall be cleaned thoroughly to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The surface shall be given a uniform application of tack coat as governed by Item 307, "Tack Coat ". The tack coat shall be applied with an approved sprayer at a rate not to exceed 0.05 gallons per square yard. Where the paving mixture will adhere to the surface on which it is to be placed without the use of a tack coat, the tack coat may be eliminated by the Engineer. All contact surfaces of curbs, castings and structures shall be painted with a thin uniform application of tack coat. Whenever cut -back asphalts are used as a tack coat, the tack coat shall be rolled with a pneumatic roller. During the application of tack coat, care shall be taken to prevent splattering of adjacent pavement, curb and gutter and structures. All splatter shall be removed by the Contractor at his expense before the Work can be accepted. Transporting Asphaltic Concrete: The asphaltic mixture shall be hauled to the Work site in tight vehicles previously cleaned of all foreign material. In cool weather or for long hauls, covering of the truck bodies is required. (4) Placing: Placing of the asphaltic mixture shall be done without tearing, shoving, gouging or segregating the mixture and without producing streaks in the mat. Unloading into the finishing machine shall be controlled so that bouncing or jarring the spreading and finishing machine shall not occur and the required lines and grades shall be obtained without resorting to hand finishing except as permitted below in this Section. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, dumping of the asphaltic material in a windrow and then placing the mixture in the finishing machine with windrow pick -up equipment will be permitted provided the temperature of the asphaltic mixture does not drop more than 50 F below the target temperature before being placed by the finishing machine. _ (3) Current Version: 08/23/96; Previous Versions 1//22/95, 02/17/94 340 08/23/96 Page 9 Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete Pavement (5) Current Version: 08/23/96; Previous Versions 1//22/95, 02/17/94 Under no circumstances will the asphaltic material be permitted to be dumped on or near the job site and then reloaded for hauling to the site of placement. Exceptions may be allowed if approved by the Engineer. When approved by the Engineer, level -up courses may be spread with a motor grader meeting the requirements of this specification. The spreading and finishing machine shall be operated at a uniform forward speed consistent with the plant production rate, hauling capability and roller train capacity to result in a continuous operation. Stopping of the spreading and finishing machine between trucks is to be held to a minimum. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, delivery of material is adversely affecting the mat (excessive stopping of the spreading and finishing machine, loss of mixture temperature, etc.), the Engineer may require paving operations to cease until acceptable methods are provided to minimize starting and stopping of the spreading and finishing machine. The hopper gates of the spreading and finishing machine shall be adjusted to provide an adequate and consistent flow of material. This shall result in enough material being delivered to the augers so that they are operating approximately 85 percent of the time or more. The augers shall provide means to supply adequate flow of material to the center of the paver. Augers shall supply an adequate flow of material for the full width of the mat being placed. Augers should be kept approximately one -half to three - quarters full of mixture at all times during the paving operation. When the asphaltic mixture is placed in a narrow strip along the edge of an existing pavement, or used to level up small areas of an existing pavement or placed in small irregular areas where the use of a finishing machine is not practical, the finishing machine may be eliminated when permitted by the Engineer. The paving material adjacent to castings and curb and gutter shall be finished uniformly high so that when compacted, it will be slightly above but not more than 1/8 inch above the edge of the casting or gutter lip. Longitudinal joints in the mat shall be placed to coincide with lane lines. Transverse joints shall be offset a minimum of five (5) Feet. Compacting: The pavement shall be compacted thoroughly and uniformly to obtain the compaction and cross section meeting the requirements of the Drawings and specifications. Regardless of the method used for compaction, all rolling for compaction shall cease before the mixture drops below 175 F. Rolling with a pneumatic tire roller to seal the surface shall be provided. Rolling with a tandem or other steel -wheel roller shall be provided if required to iron out any roller marks. Vibratory rollers shall not be allowed in the vibrating mode on mats with a plan depth of less than 1 -1/2 inches. 340.10 Sampling and Testing The asphalt mixture shall be tested daily at the Project site for conformance to specification requirements. The Engineer shall determine sample locations based on the Contractor's anticipated production and the random number method of TxDOT Test Method Tex - 225 - F. Each day's anticipated production shall be sectioned into three (3) equal single -pass, sub- 340 08/23/96 Page 10 Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete Pavement Current Version: 08/23/96; Previous Versions 1//22/95, 02/17/94 area Tots. Each day's sample locations shall be equally distributed over the three (3) sub- areas. If, due to the weather or plant malfunctions, the Contractor's daily anticipated production is not made, the random locations will not be recalculated. Also, no more than one location of the three (3) sub -areas is to be located in an irregular shaped area such as a cul -de -sac. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, a minimum of three bag samples and three correlating cores will be obtained from -each days production. Bag samples shall be taken during lay -down operations. The primary sampling point for the bag samples shall be from the windrow if a windrow elevator is used. If a windrow elevator is not used, the sample shall be taken from the middle of the paving machine hopper. This will require stopping the paving machine in order for the Inspector to safely secure a sample by digging into the hopper. Gradation, asphalt content and stability shall be reported for each of the bag samples. The stability value reported for each of the bag samples shall be the average of three (3) tests per bag. Pavement thickness and density shall be determined by 6 -inch cores. One core shall be taken for every 2,000 single -pass square yards with a minimum of three (3) cores for all projects. One core shall be taken at the same station and pass sampled for each of the bag samples. For each day's placement, density of cores for which no corresponding bag samples were taken shall be determined by using the average Maximum Theoretical Density of the days three (3) bag samples or as may otherwise be determined by the Engineer. The Engineer may alter, increase or waive the testing schedule to ensure material and workmanship compliance with specification requirements. Acceptability of the completed pavement shall be based on the average of test results for the Project as defined in Article 340.11, "Acceptance Plan ". For total areas of less than 500 square yards, a total of only two bag samples and two correlating cores will be obtained. If the Contractor desires additional testing, it shall be at his entire expense. When, in the opinion of the Engineer, test results appear unrepresentative, additional testing may be authorized. The retesting will be at the expense of the Contractor and the results of the retesting shall be averaged with the results of the original testing. If the results of retesting indicate that the original testing was erroneous, the original test results will be discarded. Pavements with low density results may be recored; but, the pavement shall not receive any additional compactive effort. Cores shall be taken by the City's laboratory within 48 hours of paving unless otherwise authorized by Engineer. Pavements that will not or can not be cored within 48 hours shall be closed to both public and construction traffic. 340.11 Acceptance Plan For the purpose of the Acceptance Plan only, the "Project" shall be defined as follows: The Project is the quantity of each of the specified mixture types as determined by the Engineer before the paving operation begins. Considerations for defining the Project shall include paving operation staged due to traffic considerations, changes to the Job Mix Formula, phasing of large projects, or other factors affecting the consistency in the production, lay - down/compaction, use of completed portions, and/or aging of in -place material. Acceptability of the completed pavement shall be based on the average of a minimum of three tests per Project for each of the mixture types specified. - , Pay adjustments for two or more acceptance factors shall be accumulative. Pay adjustments of 100% unit price reduction shall require removal and replacement of the Work. Replacement materials shall be subject to all requirements of this specification. 340 08/23/96 Page 11 Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete Pavement (c) Laboratory Density: Laboratory density results as determined by TxDOT Test Method Tex -207 -F shall be used as indicators of potential problems. Where laboratory density test results are less than 94.5% or more than 97.5 %, additional tests shall be taken as directed by the Engineer for further evaluation and monitoring of the paving mixture. This additional laboratory density testing will be at the expense of the Contractor. When, in the opinion of the Engineer, the laboratory density is deemed unacceptable for the intended use of the pavement, 340 08/23/96 Current Version: 08/23/96; Previous Versions 1//22195, 02/17/94 Alternatively, the Engineer may allow the Work to remain in place without payment provided that the Work is warranted for an extended period and under conditions as determined by the Engineer. The decision of the Engineer as to the removal and replacement of the Work shall be the final authority. (1) Non - Pay- Adjustment Acceptance Factors: (a) Surface Characteristics: Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, all pavements shall be tested for smoothness. Surfaces shall be tested with a 10 foot straightedge parallel to the roadway centerline and perpendicular to the centerline on flat, cross -slope sections. Maximum allowable deviation in 10 feet shall be 1/8 inch parallel to the centerline and 1/4 inch perpendicular to the centerline. Sections exceeding these maximums shall be corrected to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The completed surface must meet the approval of the Engineer for surface smoothness, finish and appearance. If the surface ravels, ruts or deteriorates in any manner prior to the end of the warranty period, it will be the Contractor's responsibility to correct this condition at his expense to the satisfaction of the Engineer and in conformance with the requirements of this specification. For HMAC rehabilitation and overlay projects, if cracks develop in the pavement surface within the one year warranty period, the Contractor shall seal the cracks in accordance with Item 313, "Rubber Asphalt Joint and Crack Sealer". Payment for this work will be measured and paid for as Mobilization (LS) and Crack Sealing (LF). For new HMAC roadways constructed in accordance with the Drawings and specifications, if cracks less than 1/4 inch in width develop in the pavement surface within the one year warranty period the Contractor shall seal the cracks in accordance with Item 313, "Rubber Asphalt Joint and Crack Sealer". Payment for this Work will be measured and paid for as Mobilization (LS) and Crack Sealing (LF). If cracks equal to or greater than 1/4 inch in width develop in the pavement surface within the one year warranty period, the cracking shall be reviewed and evaluated by the Engineer before corrective action is taken. (b) Stability: Stability test results shall be used as indicators of potential problems. Where stability test results fall outside the range specified in this specification, additional tests shall be taken as directed by the Engineer for further evaluation and monitoring of the paving mixture. This additional stability testing will be at the expense of the Contractor. When, in the opinion of the Engineer, the stability is deemed unacceptable for the intended use of the pavement, the paving mixture shall be removed and replaced to the limits indicated by test results or may be left in place on conditions acceptable to the Engineer. When the paving mixture is removed and replaced, it shall be at the sole expense of the Contractor. Page 12 Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete Pavement Deviation from the Job Mix Formula Percent Contract Unit Price Reduction Local Streets* All Others ± 0.5 ±0.51 to ±0.60 +0.61 to +0.70 -0.61 to -0.70 Over±0.70 0 15 25 ** 100: Remove and Replace 100: Remove and Replace 0 25 100; Remove and Replace 100; Remove and Replace 100; Remove and Replace *A local or residential street that serves as access to residence or other abutting property. * *If the street has an ADT of 500, or less, with 1 %, or Tess, of truck traffic, plus a 2 year warranty; otherwise, Remove and Replace *PERCENT DENSITY Percent Contract Unit Price Reduction 1 -1/2" Thickness or Greater Less than 1 -1/2" Thickness Above 96 91 to 96 90.9 to 88.1 Less than 88.1 100; Remove and Replace 0 0.625 per 0.10% deficiency in density 100: Remove and Replace 100; Remove and Replace 0 3.50 per 0.10% deficiency in density 100; Remove and Replace *Core bulk density divided by max. theoretical density SIEVE DEVIATION FROM JOB MIX FORMULA PERCENT CONTRACT UNIT PRICE REDUCTION Total retained on No. 10 ± 5.0 5.1± 0 10 Passing No. 200 ± 3.0 3.1± 0 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 (d) Limited Areas: Irrespective of an acceptable overall Project average for any or all of the Pay- Adjustment Acceptance Factors, limited substandard portions of the Work, as determined by the Engineer, shall be remedied or removed and replaced to the satisfaction of the Engineer at the expense of the Contractor. (2) Pay- Adjustment Acceptance Factors: Contract unit prices shall be adjusted for paving mixtures that fail to meet acceptance criteria for gradation, asphalt content, density and mat thickness in accordance with the following: 340 08/23/96 Current Version: 08/23/96; Previous Versions 1//22/95, 02/17/94 the paving mixture shall be removed and replaced to the limits indicated by test results. Paving mixtures that are removed and replaced shall be at the sole expense of the Contractor. GRADATION ACCEPTANCE SCHEDULE (TEX -210 -F) ASPHALT CONTENT ACCEPTANCE SCHEDULE (TEX- 210 -F) DENSITY ACCEPTANCE SCHEDULE (TEX- 207 -F/TEX -227 -F) Page 13 Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete Pavement VARIANCE PERCENT OF THICKNESS PERCENT CONTRACT UNIT PRICE REDUCTION 0 -10 0 10.1 - 16 20 16.1 - 25 50 Over 25 100; Remove and Replace or mill /overlay 1° minimum Current Version: 08/23/96; Previous Versions 1//22/95, 02/17/94 340.12 Measurement THICKNESS ACCEPTANCE SCHEDULE The Density Acceptance Schedule will not apply to parking lots and other irregular shaped areas in which it is difficult to properly compact. It will apply to utility trenches 4 feet or wider. Core thicknesses greater than Drawing requirements shall be factored into calculation at Drawing required thickness. If total thickness of lift(s) proves to be less than required, the Contractor may remove and replace the overlay deficient areas as agreed to by the Engineer. Overlays to correct thickness deficiencies shall be not less than one (1) inch thick. Overlays shall require milling of the asphalt in order to prevent a `featheredge" of the overlaying pavement. The extent of the area to be overlaid or removed and replaced shall be determined by additional cores meeting the required thickness. All additional coring to determine the area shall be paid for by the Contractor. Work performed and material placed shall be measured under one of the following methods. When Drawing quantity measurement is specified, adjustment of quantity may be made as follows. If the quantity measured as outlined vary from those shown on the Drawings by more than 5 %, either party to the Contract may request in writing and adjustment of the quantity by each separate bid item. The party to the Contract, which requests the adjustment shall present to the other one copy of measurements and calculations showing the revised quantity in question. This revised quantity, when approved by the Engineer, shall constitute the final quantity for which payment will be made. However, no adjustment will be made for any quantity which exceeds the Drawing required thickness. Method A: Asphaltic concrete pavement shall be measured by the ton (2,000 pounds) of the type actually used in completed and accepted Work in accordance with the Drawings and specifications. The measurement shall be made on approved truck scales that meet the requirements of the National Institute of Standards and Technology Handbooks 44 and 112 except that the required accuracy shall be 0.4 percent of the load being weighed. The Contractor shall furnish a report of calibration from a scale mechanic licensed by the Texas Department of Agriculture certifying that the scales meet this requirement. Method B: Asphaltic concrete pavement shall be measured , by the square yard of specified total thickness of the type of paving mixture actually used in completed and accepted Work in accordance with Drawings and specifications. Multiple lifts of the same type shall be considered as one for square yard measurement purposes. 340 08/23/96 Page 14 Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete Pavement 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Current Version: 08/23/96; Previous Versions 11122/95, 02/17/94 Method C: Asphaltic concrete pavement shall be measured by the linear foot of specified total thickness of the type of paving mixture actually used in completed and accepted Work in accordance with Drawings and specifications. Multiple lifts of the same type shall be considered as one for linear foot measurement purposes. 340.13 Payment Work performed and materials furnished as prescribed by this item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit prices bid or pay adjusted unit price for HOT MIX ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVEMENT, of the types and thicknesses specified, which prices shall be full compensation for furnishing all labor, equipment, time, materials and incidentals necessary to complete the Work. Tack coat, sawcutting and temporary pavement markings will not be measured or paid for directly but shall be considered subsidiary to ITEM 340, "HOT MIX ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVEMENT'. Payment for Work meeting specifications will be made under one of the following: Pay Item No. 340 -A: Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete Pavement, Type _ , Per Ton. Pay Item No. 340 -B: Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete Pavement, _ inches, Type _ Per Square Yard. Pay Item No. 340 -C: Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete Pavement, _ Inches, Type Per Linear Foot. Pay Item No. 340 -PQ: Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete Pavement, _ Inches, Type _ Per Drawing Quantity. Pay Item No. 340 -L: Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete Pavement, _ in., Type _ Level -up Course. Pay Item No. 340 -M: Crack Sealing Mobilization, Lump Sum. Pay Item No. 340 -S: Crack Sealing, per Linear Foot. End Ref: 230, 232, 301, 307, 313, 864, 1804 340 08/23/96 Page 15 Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete Pavement Current Version: February 19, 2002 Previous Version: 05/18/95 403.1 Description This item shall govern quality, storage, handling, proportioning and mixing of materials for Portland cement concrete construction of buildings, bridges, culverts, slabs, prestressed concrete and incidental appurtenances. 403.2 Materials Item No. 403 Concrete for Structures Concrete shall be composed of Portland cement or Portland cement and fly ash, water, aggregates (fine and coarse), and admixtures proportioned and mixed as hereinafter provided to achieve specified results. (1) Cementitious Materials Portland cement shall conform to ASTM C 150, Type I (General Purpose), Type II (General Purpose with Moderate Sulfate Resistance) and Type III (High Early Strength). Type I shall be used when none is specified. Type I and Type III shall not be used when Type 11 is specified. Type III may be used in lieu of Type I when the anticipated air temperature for the succeeding 12 hours will not exceed 60 ° F. All cement shall be of the same type and from the same source for a monolithic placement. Portland cement manufactured in a cement kiln fueled by hazardous waste shall be considered as an approved product if the production facility is authorized to operate under regulation of the Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission (TNRCC) and the U. S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). Supplier shall provide current TNRCC and EPA authorizations to operate the facility. Fly ash (denoted by TEX designations Type A and Type B) may replace 20 to 35 percent of a mix design's Portland cement content by absolute volume. Fly ash shall not be used in mix designs with less than five (5) sacks of Portland cement per cubic yard unless specifically permitted by the contract Drawings or project manual. Fly Ash may be used in all other classes of concrete, except that Type B fly ash shall not be used with Type II cement. Fly ash shall conform to the requirements of Item 405, "Concrete Admixtures." (2) Mixing Water Water for use in concrete and for curing shall be potable water free of oils, acids, organic matter or other deleterious substances and shall not contain more than 1,000 parts per million of chlorides as CI or sulfates as 804. Contractor may request approval of water from other sources. Contractor shall arrange for samples to be taken from the source and tested at his expense. Water quality tests shall conform to AASHTO Method T 26 except where such methods are in conflict with provisions of this specification. (3) Coarse Aggregate Coarse aggregate shall consist of durable particles of crushed or uncrushed gravel, crushed blast furnace slag, crushed stone or combinations thereof; free from frozen material or injurious amounts of salt, alkali, vegetable matter or other objectionable 403 2/19/02 Page 1 - Concrete for Structures Table 1: Coarse Aggregate Gradation Chart (TEX 401 -A, Percent Retained) Grade Nom. Size 2 -1/2" 2" 1 1/2" 1" 3/4" 1/2" 3/8" No. 4 No. 8 r N CO V ul 2 1/2" 0 0 -20 15 -50 60 -80 95 -100 1 1/2" 0 0 -5 30 -65 70 -90 95 -100 1" 0 0 -5 10 -40 40 -75 95 -100 1" 0 0 -5 40 -75 90 -100 95 -100 3/4" 0 0 -10 45 -80 90 -100 95 -100 Current Version: February 19, 2002 Previous Version: 05/18/95 material either free or as an adherent coating. It shall not contain more than 0.25 percent by weight of clay lumps, nor more than 1.0 percent by weight of shale nor more than 5 percent by weight of laminated and/or friable particles when tested in accordance with TXDOT Test Method TEX- 413 -A. It shall have a wear of not more than 40 percent when tested in accordance with TXDOT Test Method TEX- 410 -A. Unless otherwise indicated, coarse aggregate shall be subjected to 5 cycles of the soundness test conforming to TXDOT Test Method TEX - 411 -A. The loss shall not be greater than 12 percent when sodium sulfate is used or 18 percent when magnesium sulfate is used. Coarse aggregate shall be washed. The Loss by Decantation (TXDOT Test Method TEX- 406 -A), plus allowable weight of clay lumps, shall not exceed 1 percent or value indicated on the plans or in the project manual, whichever is less. If material finer than the # 200 sieve is definitely established to be dust of fracture of aggregates made primarily from crushing of stone, essentially free from clay or shale as established by TXDOT Test Method TEX- 406 -A, the percent may be increased to 1.5. The coarse aggregate factor may not be more than 0.82; however, when voids in the coarse aggregate exceed 48 percent of the total rodded volume, the coarse aggregate factor shall not exceed 0.85. The coarse aggregate factor may not be Tess than 0.68 except for a Class I machine extruded mix that shall not have a coarse aggregate factor not lower than 0.61. When exposed aggregate surfaces are required, the coarse aggregate shall consist of particles with at least 40 percent crushed faces. Uncrushed gravel, polished aggregates and clear resilient coatings are not acceptable for exposed aggregate pedestrian surfaces (i.e. sidewalks, driveways, medians, islands, etc.). Grade 5 aggregates shall be used for exposed aggregate finishes. When tested by approved methods, the coarse aggregate including combinations of aggregates when used, shall conform to the grading requirements shown in Table 1. (4) Fine Aggregate Fine aggregate shall consist of clean, hard, durable and uncoated particles of natural or manufactured sand or a combination thereof, with or without a mineral filler. It shall be free from frozen material or injurious amounts of salt, alkali, vegetable matter or other objectionable material and it shall not contain more than 0.5 percent by weight of clay lumps. When subjected to color test for organic impurities per TXDOT Test Method TEX- 408 -A, it shall not show a color darker than standard. Acid insoluble residue of fine aggregate used in slab concrete subject to direct traffic shall not be less than 28 percent by weight when tested conforming to TXDOT Test Method TEX- 612 -J. 403 2/19/02 Page 2 Concrete for Structures r 1 r 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Table 2: Fine Agg egate Gradation Chart (TEX 401 -A, Percent Retained) 3/8" No. 4 No. 8 No. 16 No. 30 No. 50 No. 100 No. 200 0 0 -5 0 -20 15 -50 35 -75 65 -90 90 -100 97 -100 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 r 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Current Version: February 19, 2002 Previous Version: 05/18/95 When tested by approved methods, the fine aggregate, including combinations of aggregates, when used, shall conform to the grading requirements shown in Table 2. Where sand equivalence is g eater than 85, retainage on No. 50 sieve may be 65 to 94 percent. Where manufactured sand is used in lieu of natural sand, the percent retained on No. 200 sieve shall be 94 to 100. Sand equivalent per TXDOT Test Method TEX -203 -F shall not be less than 80 nor less than otherwise indicated, whichever is greater. The fineness modulus will be determined by adding the percentages by weight retained on sieve Nos. 4, 8, 16, 30, 50 and 100 and dividing the sum of the six sieves by 100. For Class A and C concrete, the fineness modulus shall be between 2.30 and 3.10. For Class H concrete, the fineness modulus shall be between 2.40 and 2.90. (5) Mineral Filler ' Mineral filler shall consist of stone dust, clean crushed sand, approved fly ash or other approved inert material. (6) Mortar (Grout) Mortar for repair of concrete shall consist of 1 part cement, 2 parts finely graded sand and enough water to make the mixture plastic. When required to prevent color difference, white cement shall be added to produce color required. When required by the Engineer, an approved latex adhesive shall be added to the mortar. (7) Admixtures All admixtures shall comply with the requirements of ITEM 405 Concrete Admixtures. Calcium chloride -based admixtures shall not be approved. 403.3 Storage of Cement and Fly Ash Cement and fly ash shall be stored in separate and well ventilated, weatherproof buildings or approved bins which will protect the material from dampness or absorption of moisture. Storage facilities shall be easily accessible and each shipment of packaged cement shall be kept separated to provide for identification and inspection. Engineer may permit small quantities of sacked cement to be stored in the open for a maximum of 48 hours on a raised platform and under waterproof covering. 403.4 Storage of Aggregates Aggregates shall be stockpiled in sizes to facilitate blending. If the aggregate is not stockpiled on a hard, non - contaminant base, the bottom 6 -inch layer of the stockpile shall not be used without recleaning the aggregate. Where space is limited, stockpiles shall be separated by walls or other appropriate barriers. ' Aggregate shall be stockpiled and protected from the weather a minimum of 24 hours prior to use to minimize free moisture content. When stockpiles are too large to protect from the weather, accurate and continuous means acceptable to the Engineer shall be provided to monitor aggregate 403 2/19/02 Page 3 Concrete for Structures Current Version: February 19, 2002 Previous Version: 05/18/95 temperature and moisture. Aggregates shall be stockpiled and handled such that segregation and contamination are minimized. 403.5 Measurement of Materials Water shall be accurately metered. Fine and coarse aggregates, mineral filler, bulk cement and fly ash shall be weighed separately. Allowances shall be made in the water volume and aggregate weights during batching for moisture content of aggregates and admixtures. Volumetric and weight measuring devices shall be acceptable to Engineer. Batch weighing of sacked cement is not required; however, bags, individually and entire shipments, may not vary by more than 3 percent from the specified weight of 94 pounds per bag. The average bag weight of a shipment shall be determined by weighing 50 bags taken at random. 403.6 Mix Design Contractor shall furnish a mix design acceptable to the Engineer for class of concrete specified. The mix shall be designed by a qualified commercial laboratory and signed/sealed by a Texas - registered Professional Engineer to conform with requirements contained herein, to ACI 211.1 or TXDOT Bulletin C -11 (and supplements thereto). Contractor shall perform, at his own expense, the work required to substantiate the design, including testing of strength specimens. Complete concrete design data shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. The mix design will be valid for a period of one (1) year provided that there are no changes to the component materials. At the end of one (1) year, a previously approved mix may be resubmitted for approval if it can be shown that no substantial change in the component materials has occurred. The resubmittal analysis must be reviewed, signed and sealed by a Texas - registered Professional Engineer. This resubmittal will include a reanalysis of specific gravity, absorption, fineness modulus, sand equivalent, soundness, wear and unit weights of the aggregates. Provided that the fineness modulus did not deviate by more than 0.20 or that the reproportioned total mixing water, aggregate and cement (or cement plus fly ash) are within 1, 2, and 3 percent, respectively, of pre- approved quantities, a one -year extension on the approval of the mix may be granted by the Engineer. Updated cement, fly ash, and admixture certifications shall accompany the resubmittal. Approved admixtures conforming to Item 405, "Concrete Admixtures" may be used with all classes of concrete at the option of the Contractor provided that specific requirements of the governing concrete structure specification are met. Water reducing and retarding agents shall be required for hot weather, large mass, and continuous slab placements. Air entraining agents may be used in all mixes but must be used in the classes indicated on Table 4. Unless approved by the Engineer, mix designs shall not exceed air contents for extreme exposure conditions as recommended by ACI 211.1 for the various aggregate grades. 403.7 Consistency and Quality of Concrete . Consistency and quality of concrete should allow efficient placement and completion of finishing operations before initial set. Retempering shall not be allowed. When field conditions are such that additional moisture is needed for final concrete surface finishing operation, required water shall be applied to surface by fog spray only and shall be held to 403 2/19/02 Page 4 Concrete for Structures 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 r 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Table 3: Slump Requirements Slump, inches Type of Construction " Maximum Minimum Cased Drilled Shafts 4 3 Reinforced Foundation Caissons and Footings 3 1 Reinforced Footings and Substructure Walls 3 1 Uncased Drilled Shafts 6 5 Thin - walled Sections (9 inches or less) 5 4 Prestressed Concrete Members 5 4 Precast Drainage Structures 6 4 Wall Sections over 9 inches 4 3 Reinforced Building Slabs, Beams, Columns and Walls 4 1 Bridge Decks 4 2 Pavements, Fixed -form 3 1 Pavements, Slip -form 1 -1/2 1/2 Sidewalks, Driveways and Slabs on Ground 4 2 Curb & Gutter, Hand - vibrated 3 1 Curb & Gutter, Hand - tamped or spaded 4 2 Curb & Gutter, Slip - form/extrusion machine 2 1/2 Heavy Mass Construction 2 1 High Strength Concrete 4 3 Riprap and Other Miscellaneous Concrete 6 1 Under Water or Seal Concrete 6 5 1 1 1 1. . 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Current Version: February 19, 2002 Previous Version: 05/18/95 a minimum. Concrete shall be workable, cohesive, possess satisfactory finishing qualities and of stiffest consistency that can be placed and vibrated into a homogeneous mass within slump requirements specified in Table 3. Excessive bleeding shall be avoided and in no case will it be permissible to expedite finishing and drying by sprinkling the surface with cement powder. No concrete will be permitted with a slump in excess of the maximums shown unless water - reducing admixtures have been previously approved. Slump values shall conform to TXDOT Test Method TEX- 415 -A. During progress of the work, Engineer or City's testing laboratory shall cast test cylinders and/or beams as a check on compressive and/or flexural strength of concrete actually placed. Engineer or City's testing laboratory may also perform slump tests, entrained air tests and temperature checks to ensure compliance with specifications. Proportioning of all material components shall be checked prior to discharging. Excluding mortar material for pre- coating of the mixer drum [403.8(2)] and adjustment for moisture content of admixtures and aggregates, material components shall fall within the range of ± 1% for water, ± 2% for aggregates, ± 3% for cement, -2% for fly ash and within manufacturer recommended dosage rates for admixtures except that air entrainment shall be ± 1 -1/2 points of the mix design requirements. Unless otherwise specified, concrete mix temperature shall not exceed 90° F except in mixes with high range water reducers where a maximum mix temperature of 100° F will be allowed. Cooling an otherwise acceptable mix by addition of water or ice will not be allowed. 403 2/19/02 Page 5 Concrete for Structures Table 4: Classes of Concrete Class Sk Cement Per CY Minimum 28 Day psi Minimum Beam 7 Day psi Maximum W/C Ratio Coarse Agg. Number ** Air Ent. A 5.0 3000 500 6.5 1,2,3,4,5 Yes B 4.0 2000 300 8.0 2,3,4,5 No C 6.0 3600 600 6.0 1,2,3,4,5 Yes D 4.5 2500 425 7.5 2,3,4 No H 6.0 As indicated As Indicated 5.5 3,4 Yes I 5.5 3500 575 6.2 2,3,4,5 Yes J 2.0 800 WA N/A 2,3,4,5 No S 6.0 3600 600 5.0 2,3,4,5 Yes Current Version: February 19, 2002 Previous Version: 05/18/95 Test beams or cylinders will be required for small placements such as manholes, inlets, culverts, wing walls, etc. Engineer may vary the number of tests to a minimum of 1 for each 25 cubic yards placed over a several day period. Test beams or cylinders shall be required for each monolithic placement of bridge decks or superstructures, top slabs of direct traffic culverts, cased drilled shafts, structural beams and as otherwise directed by Engineer for design strength or early form removal. Test beams or cylinders made for early form removal or use of structure will be at Contractor's expense, except when required by Engineer. A strength test shall be defined as the average of breaking strength of 2 cylinders or 2 beams as applicable. Specimens will be tested conforming to TXDOT Test Method TEX- 418 or TEX 420 - A. If required strength or consistency of class of concrete being produced cannot be secured with minimum cementitious material specified or without exceeding maximum water /cementitious material ratio, Contractor will be required to furnish different aggregates, use a water reducing agent, an air entraining agent or increase cementitious material content in order to provide concrete meeting these specifications. Test specimens shall be cured using the same methods and under the same conditions as the concrete represented. Design strength beams and cylinders shall be cured conforming to TXDOT Bulletin C -11 (and supplements thereto). When control of concrete quality is by 28 -day compressive tests, job control will be by 7- day flexural tests. If the required 7 -day strength is not secured with the quantity of cement specified in Table 4, changes in the mix design shall be made and resubmitted for approval. Notes: 1. Grade 1 coarse aggregate may be used in massive foundations only (except case drilled shafts) with 4 inch minimum clear spacing between reinforcing steel. 2. When Type II cement is used in Class C or S concrete, the 7 -day beam break requirement will be 550 psi; with Class A, 460 psi., minimum. 3. *The design water - cement ratio shall be appropriately adjusted for mixes with fly ash per ACI 211.1 or TXDOT C -11 (and supplements thereto), as applicable. 4.* *Maximum air design contents for the five grades of coarse aggregate, unless otherwise approved by Engineer, are: 4.5% for Grade 1, 5.5% for Grade 2, and 6.0% for Grades 3, 4, and 5. 403 2/19/02 Page 6 Concrete for Structures 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 L 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Current Version: February 19, 2002 Previous Version: 05/18/95 403.8 Mixing and Mixing Equipment All equipment, tools and machinery used for hauling materials and performing any part of the work shall be maintained in such condition to insure completion of the work without excessive delays. Mixing shall be done in a mixer of approved type and size that will produce uniform distribution of material throughout the mass and shall be capable of producing concrete meeting requirements of ASTM C 94, Ready -mixed Concrete and these specifications. Mixing equipment shall be capable of producing sufficient concrete to provide required quantities. Entire contents of the drum shall be discharged before any materials are placed therein for a succeeding batch. Improperly mixed concrete shall not be placed in a structure. The mixer may be batched by either volumetric or weight sensing equipment and shall be equipped with a suitable timing device that will lock the discharging mechanism and signal when specified time of mixing has elapsed. (1) Proportioning and Mixing Equipment For all miscellaneous concrete placements, a mobile, continuous, volumetric mixer or a volumetric or weight batch mixer of the rotating paddle type may be used. When approved by Engineer in writing or when specified for use, these mixers may be used for other types of concrete construction, including structural concrete, if the number of mixers furnished will supply the amount of concrete required for the particular operation in question. These mixers shall be designed to receive all the concrete ingredients, including admixtures, required by the mix design in a continuous uniform rate and mix them to the required consistency before discharging. Mixers shall have adequate water supply and metering devices. For continuous volumetric mixers, the materials delivered during a revolution of the driving mechanism or in a selected interval, will be considered a batch and the proportion of each ingredient will be calculated in the same manner as for a batch type plant. Mixing time shall conform to recommendations of manufacturer of mixer unless otherwise directed by Engineer. (2) Ready -mixed Concrete Use of ready -mixed concrete will be permitted provided the batching plant and mixer trucks meet quality requirements specified herein. When ready -mixed concrete is used, additional mortar (1 sack cement, 3 parts sand and sufficient water) shall be added to each batch to coat the mixer drum. Ready -mixed concrete, batching plant and mixer truck operation shall include the following: (a) A ticket system will be used that includes a copy for the Inspector. Ticket will have machine stamped time /date of concrete batch, weight of cement, fly ash, sand and aggregates; exact nomenclature and written quantities of admixtures and water. Any item missing or incomplete on ticket may be cause for rejection of concrete. (b) Sufficient trucks will be available to support continuous placements. Contractor will satisfy Engineer that adequate standby trucks are available to support monolithic placement requirements. 403 2/19/02 Page 7 Concrete for Structures Current Version: February 19, 2002 Previous Version: 05/18/95 (c) A portion of mixing water required by the mix design to produce the specified slump may be withheld and added at the job site, but only with permission of Engineer and under the Inspector's observation. When water is added under these conditions, it will be thoroughly mixed before any slump or strength samples are taken. Additional cement shall not be added at the job site to otherwise unacceptable mixes. (d) A metal plate(s) shall be attached in a prominent place on each truck mixer plainly showing the various uses for which it was designed. The data shall include the drum's speed of rotation for mixing and for agitating and the capacity for complete mixing and/or agitating only. A copy of the manufacturer's design, showing dimensions of blades, shall be available for inspection at the plant at all times. Accumulations of hardened concrete shall be removed to the satisfaction of the Engineer or Owner. (e) The loading of the transit mixers shall not exceed capacity as shown on the manufacturer's plate attached to the mixer or 63 percent of the drum volume, whichever is the lesser volume. The loading of transit mixers to the extent of causing spill -out enroute to delivery will not be acceptable. Consistent spillage will be cause for disqualification of a supplier. (f) Excess concrete remaining in the drum after delivery and wash water after delivery shall not be dumped on the project site unless approval of the dump location is first secured from the Engineer or Owner. (3) Hand -mixed Concrete Hand mixing of concrete may be permitted for small placements or in case of an emergency and then only on authorization of the Engineer. Hand -mixed batches shall not exceed a'4 cubic foot batch in volume. Material volume ratios shall not be leaner than 1 part cement, 2 parts large aggregate, 1 part fine aggregate and enough water to produce a consistent mix with a slump not to exceed 4 inches. Admixtures shall not be used unless specifically approved by the Engineer. 403.9 Excavation, Placing of Concrete, Finishing, Curing and Backfill Excavation, placing of concrete, finishing, curing and backfill shall conform to Item 401, "Structural Excavation and Backfill", and Item 410, "Concrete Structures ". 403.10 Measurement Where measurement of concrete for a structure is not provided by another governing pay item in the Project Manual, measurement shall be made under this specification in accordance with the following. The quantities of concrete of the various classifications which constitute the completed and accepted structure or structures in place will be measured by the cubic yard, each, square foot, square yard or linear foot as indicated in the Project Manual. Measurement will be as follows: 403 2/19/02 Page 8 Concrete for Structures 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 • 1 1 1 1 Current Version: February 19, 2002 Previous Version: 05/18/95 (1) General (a) Measurement based on dimensions shall be for the completed structure as measured in place. However, field- measured dimensions shall not exceed those indicated on the plans or as may have been directed by the Engineer in writing. (b) No deductions shall be made for chamfers less than 2 inches in depth, embedded portions of structural steel, reinforcing steel, nuts, bolts, conduits less than 5 inches in diameter, pre /post tensioning tendons, keys, water stops, weep holes and expansion joints 2 inches or less in width. (c) No measurement shall be made for concrete keys between adjoining beams or prestressed concrete planks. (d) No measurement shall be made for fill concrete between the ends or adjoining prestressed concrete planks/box beams at bent caps or between the ends of prestressed concrete planks/box beams and abutment end walls. (e) No measurement shall be made for inlet and junction box invert concrete. (f) No measurement shall be made for any additional concrete required above the normal slab thickness for camber or crown. (2) Plan Quantity. For those items measured for plan quantity payment, adequate calculations have been made. If no adjustment is required by Article 403.11, additional measurements or calculations will not be required or made. (3) Measured in Place. For those items not measured for Plan Quantity payment, measurement will be made in place, subject to the requirements of Article 403.10(1)(a) above. 403.11 Payment The work performed and materials furnished as prescribed by this item and measured in accordance with the applicable provisions of "Measurement" above will be paid for as follows. The quantity to be paid for will be that quantity shown on the contract plans and/or in the Project Manual, regardless of errors in calculations, except as may be modified by the following. Plan Quantities will be adjusted: (1) When a complete structure element has been erroneously included or omitted from the plans, the quantity shown on the plans for that element will be added to or deducted from the plan quantity and included for payment. A complete structure element will be the smallest portion of a total structure for which a quantity is included on the plans. Quantities revised in this manner will not be subject to the provisions of the "General Conditions ", Article 11. (2) When the plan quantity for a complete structure element is in error by 5 percent or more, a recalculation will be made and the corrected quantity included for payment. Quantities revised in this manner will not be subject to the provisions of the "General Conditions ", Article 11 403 2/19/02 Page 9 Concrete for Structures Current Version: February 19, 2002 Previous Version: 05/18/95 (3) When quantities are revised by a change in design, the "plan quantity" will be increased or decreased by the amount involved in the design change. Quantities revised in this manner will be subject to the provisions of the "General Conditions ", Article 11. The party to the contract requesting the adjustment shall present to the other, a copy of the description and location, together with calculations of the quantity for the structure element involved. When this quantity is certified correct by the Engineer, it will become the revised plan quantity. Payment for increased or decreased costs due to a change in design on those items measured as °Cubic Yard ", "Each ", "Square Foot ", "Square Yard" or "Linear Foot" will be determined by Change Order. Quantities revised in this manner will be subject to the provisions of the "General Conditions ", Article 11. The unit prices bid for the various classes of concrete shown shall be full compensation for furnishing, hauling, and mixing all concrete material; placing, finishing and curing all concrete; all grouting and pointing; furnishing and placing drains; furnishing and placing metal flashing strips; furnishing and placing expansion joint material required by this item; and for all forms and false work, labor, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. Pay Item No. 403: (Structure or Structural Component) - Per (Unit Measure). End Ref.: 401, 405, 410 403 2/19/02 Page 10 Concrete for Structures Bar Size Number Nom. Diameter, inches Nom. Area, Sq. ins. Weight/Linear Foot 2 0.250 0.05 0.167 3 0.375 0.11 0.376 4 0.500 0.20 0.668 5 0.625 0.31 1.043 6 0.750 0.44 1.502 7 0.875 0.60 2.044 8 1.000 0.79 2.670 9 1.128 1.00 3.400 10 1.270 1.27 4.303 11 1.410 1.56 5.313 14 1.693 2.25. 7.65 18 2.257 4.00 13.60 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Current Version: 04/17/86 406.1 Description This item shall consist of the furnishing and placing of reinforcing steel, deformed and smooth, of the size and quantity indicated and in accordance with these specifications. 406.2 Materials Item No. 406 Reinforcing Steel (1) Bars Bar reinforcement shall be deformed and shall conform to ASTM A 615, A 616, Grades 40, 60 or 75 and shall be open - hearth, basic oxygen or electric furnace new billet steel, unless otherwise indicated. Large diameter new billet steel (Nos. 14 and 18), Grade 75, will be permitted for straight bars only. Where bending of bar sizes No. 14 or No. 18 of Grades 40 or 60 is required, bend testing shall be performed on representative specimens as described for smaller bars in the applicable ASTM specification. The required bend shall be 90 degrees at a minimum temperature of 60 F around a pin having a diameter of 10 times the nominal diameter of the bar and shall be free of cracking. Spiral reinforcement shall be either smooth or deformed bars or wire of the minimum diameter indicated. Bars for spiral reinforcement shall comply with ASTM A 675, A 615 or A 617. Wire shall comply with ASTM A 82. The minimum yield strength for spiral reinforcement shall be 40,000 psi. In cases where the provisions of this item are in conflict with the provisions of the ASTM Designation to which reference is made, the provisions of this item shall govern. Report of chemical analysis showing the percentages of carbon, manganese, phosphorus and sulphur will be required for all reinforcing steel when it is to be welded, except for drill shafts. No tack welding will be allowed. All welding shall conform to the requirements of AWS D -1 -72. The nominal size and area and the theoretical weight (lbs.) of reinforcing steel bars covered by these specifications are as follows: 406 04/17/86 Page 1 Reinforcing Steel Size, W Number Nom. Diameter (inch) Nom. Area, sq. inches 31 0.628 0.310 30 0.618 0.300 28 0.597 0.280 26 0.575 0.260 24 0.553 0.240 22 0.529 0.220 20 0.505 - 0.200 18 0.479 0.180 16 0.451 0.160 14 0.422 0.140 12 0.391 0.120 10 0.357 0.100 8 0.319 0.080 7 0.299 0.070 6 0.276 0.060 5.5 0.265 0.055 5 0.252 0.050 4.5 0.239 0.045 4 0.226 0.040 3.5 0.211 0.035 3 0.195 0.030 2.5 0.178 0.025 2 0.160 0.020 1.5 0.138 0.015 1.2 0.124 0.012 1 0.113 0.010 0.5 0.080 0.005 Current Version: 04/17/86 Smooth bars, larger than No. 4, may be steel conforming to the above or may be furnished in any steel that meets the physical requirements of ASTM A 36. Smooth, round bars shall be designated by size number through No. 4. Smooth bars above No. 4 shall be designated by diameter in inches. (2) Welded Wire Fabric Wire for fabric reinforcement shall be cold -drawn from rods hot - rolled from open- hearth, basic oxygen or electric furnace billet. Wire shall conform to the requirements of the Standard Specifications for Cold -Drawn Steel Wire for Concrete Reinforcement, ASTM A 82 or A 496. Wire fabric, when used as reinforcement, shall conform to ASTM A 185 or A 497. When wire is ordered by size numbers, the following relation between size number, diameter in inches and area shall apply unless otherwise indicated: Where deformed wire is required, the size number shall be preceded by D and for smooth wire the prefix W shall be shown. 406 04/17/86 Page 2 Reinforcing Steel 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Chair Types and Applicable Uses Structural or Architectural Elements (columns, beams, walls, slabs) exposed to weather, not subjected to sand blasting, water blasting or grinding. , Galvanized steel or steel chairs with plastic coated feet. Structural or Architectural Elements exposed to weather and subject to sand blasting, water blasting or grinding. Stainless steel chairs. Structural or Architectural Elements riot exposed to weather or corrosive conditions. Uncoated steel chairs Slabs and grade beams cast on grade. - Steel chairs with a base with 9 inch minimum area or sufficient area to prevent the chair from sinking into fill or subgrade. Precast mortar or concrete blocks meeting the requirements of this item may be used. Bar Number Grade 40 Grade 60 Grade 75 3 thru 8 6d 6d -- 9, 10 8d 8d 11 8d 8d 8d 14, 18 10d 10d -- Bar Number Grade 40 Grade 60 3, 4, 5 3d 4d 6, 7, 8 4d 5d 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 406 Current Version: 04/17/86 (3) Chairs and Supports Chairs and Supports shall be steel, precast mortar or concrete blocks cast in molds meeting the approval of the Engineer /Architect of sufficient strength to position the reinforcement as indicated when supporting the dead load of the reinforcement, the weight of the workers placing concrete and the weight of the concrete bearing on the steel. Chairs shall be plastic coated when indicated. 406.3 Bending The reinforcement shall be bent cold, true to the shapes indicated. Bending shall preferably be done in the shop. Irregularities in bending shall be cause for rejection. Unless otherwise indicated, the inside diameter of bar bends, in terms of the nominal bar diameter (d), shall be as follows: Bends of 90 degrees and greater in stirrups, ties and other secondary bars that enclose another bar in the bend. All bends in main bars and in secondary bars not covered above. 04/17/86 Page 3 Reinforcing Steel Table 1. Minimum Lap Requirements Bar Number Grade 40 Grade 60 3 1 foot 0 inches 1 foot 0 inches 4 1 foot 2 inches 1 foot 9 inches 5 1 foot 5 inches 2 feet 2 inches 6 1 foot 9 inches 2 feet 7 inches 7 2 feet 4 inches 3 feet 5 inches No. 8 3 feet 0 inches 4 feet 6 inches No. 9 3 feet 10 inches 5 feet 8 inches No. 10 4 feet 10 inches 7 feet 3 inches No. 11 5 feet 11 inches 8 feet 11 inches Current Version: 04/17/86 1 406.4 Tolerances Fabricating tolerances for bars shall not be greater than shown on Standard 406 -1. 406.5 Storing Steel reinforcement shall be stored above the surface of the ground upon platforms, skids or other supports and shall be protected as far as practicable from mechanical injury and surface deterioration caused by exposure to conditions producing rust. When placed in the work, reinforcement shall be free from dirt, paint, grease, oil or other foreign materials. Reinforcement shall be free from injurious defects such as cracks and laminations. Rust, surface seams, surface irregularities or mill scale will not be cause for rejection, provided the minimum dimensions, cross sectional area and tensile properties of a hand wire brushed specimen meets the physical requirements for the size and grade of steel indicated. 406.6 Splices No splicing of bars, except when indicated or specified herein, will be permitted without written approval of the Engineer /Architect. No substitution of bars will be allowed without the approval of the Engineer /Architect. Any splicing of substituted bars shall conform to Table 1. Splices not indicated will be permitted in slabs not more than 15 inches in thickness, columns, walls and parapets, but not included for measurement, subject to the following: Splices will not be permitted in bars 30 feet or less in plan length. For bars exceeding 30 feet in plan length, the distance center to center of splices shall not be less than 30 feet minus 1 splice length, with no more than 1 individual bar length less than 10 feet. Splices not indicated, but permitted hereby, shall conform to Table 1. The specified concrete cover shall be maintained at such splices and the bars placed in contact and securely tied together. Spiral steel shall be lapped a minimum of 1 turn. Bar No. 14 and No. 18 may not be lapped. Welding of reinforcing bars may be used only where indicated or as permitted herein. All welding operations, processes, equipment, materials, workmanship and inspection shall conform to the requirements indicated. All splices shall be of such dimension and character as to develop the full strength of the bar being spliced. 406 . 04/17/86 Page 4 Reinforcing Steel 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 (a) Concrete cast against and permanently exposed to earth 3 (b) Concrete exposed to earth or weather: Bar No. 6 through 18 bars 2 Bar No. 5, W31 or D31 wire and smaller 1 1/2 (c) Concrete not exposed to weather or in contact with ground: Slabs, walls, joists: Bar No. 14 and 18 1 1/2 Bar No. 11 and smaller 1 Beams, columns: Primary reinforcement, ties, stirrups, spirals 1 1/2 Shells, folded plate members: Bar No. 6 and larger 1 Bar No. 5, W31 or D31 wire, and smaller 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Current Version: 04/17/86 End preparation for butt welding reinforcing bars shall be done in the field, except Bar No. 6 and larger shall be done in the shop. Delivered bars shall be of sufficient length to permit this practice. For box culvert extensions with less than 1 foot of fill, the existing longitudinal bars shall have a lap with the new bars as shown in Table 1. For box culvert extensions with more than 1 foot of fill, a minimum lap of 6 inches will be required. Unless otherwise indicated, dowel bars transferring tensile stresses shall have a minimum embedment equal to the minimum lap requirements shown in Table 1. Shear transfer dowels shall have a minimum embedment of 12 inches. 406.7 Placing Reinforcement shall be placed as near as possible in the position indicated. Unless otherwise indicated, dimensions shown for reinforcement are to the centers of the bars. In the plane of the steel parallel to the nearest surface of concrete, bars shall not vary from plan placement by more than 1/12 of the spacing between bars. In the plane of the steel perpendicular to the nearest surface of concrete, bars shall not vary from plan placement by more than 1/4 inch. Cover of concrete to the nearest surface of steel shall be as follows: Minimum Cover, Inches Vertical stirrups shall always pass around the main tension members and be attached securely thereto. The reinforcing steel shall be spaced its required distance from the form surface by means of approved galvanized metal spacers, metal spacers with plastic coated tips, stainless steel spacers, plastic spacers or approved precast mortar or concrete blocks. For approval of plastic spacers on a project, representative samples of the plastic shall show no visible indications of deterioration after immersion in a 5 percent solution of sodium hydroxide for 120 hours. All reinforcing steel shall be tied at all intersections, except that where spacing is less than 1 foot in each direction, alternate intersections only need be tied. For reinforcing steel cages for other structural members, the steel shall be tied at enough intersections to provide a rigid cage of steel. Mats of wire fabric shall overlap each other 1 full space as a minimum to maintain a uniform strength and shall be tied at the ends and edges. 406 04/17/86 Page 5 Reinforcing Steel Current Version: 04/17/86 Where prefabricated deformed wire mats are specified or if the Contractor requests, welded wire fabric may be substituted for a comparable area of steel reinforcing bar plan, subject to the approval of the Engineer /Architect. A suitable tie wire shall be provided in each block, to be used for anchoring to the steel. Except in unusual cases and when specifically authorized by the Engineer, the size of the surface to be placed adjacent to the forms shall not exceed 2 1/2 inches square or the equivalent thereof in cases where circular or rectangular areas are provided. Blocks shall be cast accurately to the thickness required and the surface to be placed adjacent to the forms shall be a true plane, free of surface imperfections. Reinforcement shall be supported and tied in such a manner that a sufficiently rigid cage of steel is provided. If the cage is not adequately supported to resist settlement or floating upward of the steel, overturning of truss bars or movement in any direction during concrete placement, permission to continue concrete placement will be withheld until corrective measures are taken. Sufficient measurements shall be made during concrete placement to insure compliance with the above. No concrete shall be deposited until the Engineer /Architect has reviewed the placement of the reinforcing steel and all mortar, mud, dirt, etc, shall be cleaned from the reinforcement, forms, workers' boots and tools. 406.8 Measurement The measurement of quantities of reinforcement furnished and placed will be based on the calculated weight of the steel actually placed as indicated, with no allowance made for added bar lengths for splices requested by the Contractor nor for extra steel used when bars larger than those indicated or with a higher grade of steel are substituted with the permission of the Engineer /Architect. Tie wires and supporting devices will not be included in the calculated weights. The calculated weight of bar reinforcement will be determined using the theoretical bar weight set forth in this item. Measurement required by a change in design will be computed as described above for the actual steel required to complete the work. 406.9 Payment This item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per pound of °Reinforcing Steel ", which price shall be full compensation for furnishing, bending, fabricating, welding and placing reinforcement, for all clips, blocks, metal spacers, ties, chairs, wire or other materials used for fastening reinforcement in place and for all tools, labor, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. Reinforcement in items specifically including the reinforcement shall not be paid for directly, but shall be included in the unit price bid for the items of construction in which the reinforcing steel is used. Payment, when included as a contract pay item, will be made under: Pay Item No. 406: Reinforcing Steel - End Per Pound. 406 04/17/86 Page 6 Reinforcing Steel As Supplied Color Gray Flow, MIL- 2 -8802D Sec. 4.8.4 0.2 maximum Working Time, minutes 10 Tack -Free Time at 77 F± 2F Min. MIL- 2 -8802D Sec.4.8.7 60 Cure time, at 77F (25C), days 7 -14 Full Adhesion, days 14 -21 As Cured -- -after 7 days at 77 F (25C) and 40% RH Elongation, percent minimum 1200 Durometer Hardness, Shore A, points ASTM 2240 15 Joint Movement Capability, percent +100/ -50 Tensile Strength, maximum elongation, psi 100 Peel Strength, psi 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 Current Version: 04/17/86 Item No. 408 Concrete Joint Materials 408.1 Description This item shall govern for the furnishing and placing of all longitudinal, contraction and expansion joint material in concrete work as herein specified in the various items of these specifications as indicated or as directed by the Engineer. 408.2 Materials (1) Preformed Asphalt Board Preformed asphalt board formed from cane or other suitable fibers of a cellular nature securely bound together and uniformly impregnated with a suitable asphaltic binder and meeting the requirements of the Standard Specifications for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction, ASTM D 1751. (2) Preformed Nonbituminous Fiber Material Preformed nonbituminous fiber material shall meet the requirements of the Standard Specifications for the Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction, ASTM D 1751, except that the requirements pertaining to bitumen content, density and water absorption shall be voided. (3) Boards Boards obtained from Redwood timber, of sound heartwood, free from sapwood, knots, clustered birdseye, checks and splits. Occasional sound or hollow birdseye, when not in clusters, will be permitted provided the board is free from any other defects that will impair its usefulness as a joint filler. (4) Joint Sealer (Concrete Pavement) This material shall be a one part low modulus silicone especially designed to cure at ambient temperatures by reacting with moisture in the air and shall have the following properties: 408 04/17/86 Page 1 Concrete Joint Materials Penetration 77F., 150 gm. Cone, 5 sec., max. -cm 0.90 Bond and Extension 75 %, OF, 5 cycles: Dry Concrete Blocks Wet Concrete Blocks - Steel Blocks (Primed if specified by manufacturer) Pass Pass Pass Flow at 200 F None Water content % by weight, max. 5.0 Resilience: Original sample min. % (cured) Oven -aged at 158 F. min. % 50 50 For Class 1 -a material only, Cold Flow (10 minute) None (5) Current Version: 04/17/86 1 The joint sealer shall adhere to the sides of the concrete joint or crack and shall be an effective seal against infiltration of water and incompressibles. The material shall not crack or break when exposed to low temperature. Backer Rod - Backer Rod shall be expanded closed cell polyethylene foam compatible with sealant. No bond or reaction shall occur between rod and sealant. Backer Rod shall be of sufficient width to be in compression after placement and shall be used with joint sealer. (6) Joint Sealing Material Joint Sealing Material for other than pavement use may be a two- component, synthetic polymer or cold - pourable, self leveling type meeting the following requirements: The material shall adhere to the sides of the concrete joint or crack and shall form an effective seal against infiltration of water and incompressibles. The material shall not crack or break when exposed to low temperatures. Curing is to be by polymerization and not by evaporation of solvent or fluxing of harder particles. It shall cure sufficiently at an average temperature of 77 ±3F so as not to pick up under wheels of traffic in a maximum of 3 hours. Performance Requirements: When tested in accordance with Test Method Tex - 525 -C, the joint sealing material shall meet the above curing times and the requirements as follows: It shall be of such consistency that it can be mixed and poured or mixed and extruded into joints at temperatures above 60 F. 408.3 Construction Methods The Contractor shall install "Concrete Joint Materials" which will function as a compatible system. Joint sealer shall not be placed where a bond braker is present. Asphalt, Redwood board or other materials used shall extend the full depth of the concrete and shall be perpendicular to the exposed face. All joints shall be shaped to 408 04/17/86 Page 2 Concrete Joint Materials 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Current Version: 04/17/86 conform to the contour of the finished section in which they are installed. All material shall be a minimum of 1/2 inch thick or as indicated. Wood materials shall be anchored to the adjacent concrete to permanently hold them in place. Joint sealer shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. The material used for side walk expansion joints shall conform to No. 3 above, unless otherwise indicated. The material used for curb and gutter expansion joints filler shall conform to any of the above, except when placed adjacent to concrete pavement, the joint material shall match the pavement joint material. 408.4 Measurement and Payment No additional compensation will be made for materials, equipment or labor required by this item, but shall be considered subsidiary to the various items included in the contract. End 408 04/17/86 Page 3 Concrete Joint Materials Current Version: 12/03/86 Item No. 409 Membrane Curing 409.1 Description This item shall consist of curing concrete pavement, concrete base, pavement, curbs, gutters, retards, sidewalks, driveways, medians, islands, concrete riprap, cement stabilized riprap, concrete structures and other concrete as indicated by applying an impervious liquid membrane forming material. 409.2 Material The liquid forming membrane curing compound shall comply with the "Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane - forming Compounds for Curing Concrete ", ASTM C 309, Type 1 -D clear or translucent, with fugitive dye or Type 2 white pigmented. The material shall have a minimum flash point of 80 F when tested by the "Pensky -Martin Closed Tester", ASTM D 93. It shall be of such consistency that it can be satisfactorily applied as a fine mist through an atomizing nozzle by means of approved pressure spraying equipment at atmospheric temperatures above 40 F. It shall be of such nature that it will not produce permanent discoloration of concrete surfaces nor react deleteriously with the concrete or its components. Type 1 compound shall contain a fugitive dye that will be distinctly visible not less than 4 hours nor more than 7 days after application. Type 2 compound shall not settle out excessively or cake in the container and shall be capable of being mixed to a uniform consistency by moderate stirring and shall exhibit a daylight reflectance of not less than 60 percent of that of magnesium oxide when tested as indicated. The compound shall produce a firm, continuous, uniform moisture impermeable film, free from pinholes and shall adhere satisfactorily to the surfaces of damp concrete. When applied to the damp concrete surface at the rate of coverage indicated, the compound shall dry to the touch in not more than 4 hours and shall not be tacky or track off concrete after 12 hours. It shall adhere to horizontal and vertical surfaces in a tenacious film and shall not run off or show an appreciable sag, disintegrate, check, peel or crack during the required curing period. Under traffic, the compound shall not pick up or peel and shall gradually disintegrate from the surface. The compound shall be delivered to the job only in the manufacturer's original containers, which shall be clearly labeled with the manufacturer's name, the trade name of the material and a batch number or symbol with which test samples may be correlated. The water retention test shall be in accordance with the following: - 409 12/03/86 Page 1 Membrane Curing Current Version: 12/03/86 Percentage loss shall be defined as the water lost after the application of the curing material was applied. The permissible percentage moisture loss (at the rate of coverage specified herein) shall not exceed the following: 24 hours after application 72 hours after application 2 percent 4 percent 409.3 Construction Methods The membrane curing compound shall be applied after the surface finishing has been completed and immediately after the free surface moisture has disappeared. The surface shall be sealed with a single uniform coating of the specified type of curing compound applied at the rate of coverage recommended by the manufacturer and directed by the Engineer, but not Tess than 1 gallon per 180 square feet of area. The Contractor shall provide satisfactory means and facilities to properly control and check the rate of application of the compound. The compounds shall not be applied before the surface has become dry, but shall be applied just after free moisture has disappeared. The compound shall be thoroughly agitated during its use and shall be applied by means of approved mechanical power pressure sprayers for street and bridge applications. The sprayers used to apply the membrane to concrete exposed surfaces shall travel at a uniform speed along the forms and be mechanically driven. The equipment shall be of such design that it will insure uniform and even application of the membrane material. The sprayers shall be equipped with satisfactory atomizing nozzles. On small miscellaneous items or on intrium bridge deck curing will the Contractor be permitted to use hand - powered spray equipment. For all spraying equipment, the Contractor shall provide facilities to prevent the loss of the compound between the nozzle and the concrete surface during the spraying operations. At locations where the coating shows discontinuities, pinholes or other defects or if rain falls on the newly coated surface before the film has dried sufficiently to resist damage, an additional coat of the compound shall be applied immediately at the same rate of coverage specified herein. To insure proper coverage, the Engineer shall inspect all treated areas after application of the compound for the period of time designated in the specification for curing, either for membrane curing or for other methods. Dry areas are identifiable because of the lighter color of dry concrete as compared to damp concrete. All suspected areas shall be tested by placing a few drops of water on the suspected areas. If the water stands in rounded beads or small pools which can be blown along the surface of the concrete without wetting the surface, the water impervious film is present. If the water wets the surface of the concrete as determined by obvious darkening of the surface or by visible soaking into the surface, no water - impervious film is present. Should the foregoing test indicate that any area during the curing period is not protected by the required water - impervious film an additional coat or coats of the compound shall be applied immediately and the rate of application of the membrane compound shall be increased until all areas are uniformly covered by the required water - impervious film. 409 12/03/86 Page 2 Membrane Curing End Current Version: 12/03/86 The compounds shall not be applied to a dry surface and if the surface of the concrete has become dry, it shall be thoroughly moistened prior to the application of the membrane by fogging or mist application. Sprinkling or coarse spraying will not be allowed. When temperatures are such as to warrant protection against freezing, curing by this method shall be supplemented with an approved insulating material capable of protecting the concrete for the specified curing period. If at any time there is reason to believe that this method of curing is unsatisfactory or is detrimental to the work, the Contractor, when notified, shall immediately cease the use of this method and shall change to curing by one of the other methods specified under this contract. Curing compounds shall be compatible with the adhesion of toppings or overlays where curing has been applied to the concrete base surface in order to assure adequate bond. When forms are stripped before the 4 minimum curing days have passed, curing shall continue by an approved method. 409.4 Measurement and Payment Membrane curing will not be measured for payment. The work and materials prescribed herein will not be paid for directly, but shall be included in the unit price bid for the item of construction in which these materials are used. 409 12/03/86 Page 3 Membrane Curing Current Version: February 26, 2002 Previous Version: 5/18/95 Item No. 411 Surface Finishes for Concrete 411.1 Description This item shall govern for the furnishing of all materials and the application by the methods of construction indicated on the Drawings for the application of a surface finish to concrete. 411.2 Materials (1) Masonry Sand Masonry sand shall conform to ASTM C 144. (2) White Cement White cement shall conform to ASTM C 150. (3) Portland Cement All cement unless otherwise indicated shall be Portland cement conforming to ASTM C 150. Portland cement manufactured in a cement kiln fueled by hazardous waste shall be considered as an approved product if the production facility is authorized to operate under regulation of the Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission (TNRCC) and the U. S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). Supplier shall provide current TNRCC and EPA authorizations to operate the facility. (4) Membrane Curing Membrane curing shall conform to Item No. 409, "Membrane Curing ". (5) Adhesive Grout This subsection sets forth the requirements for three epoxy adhesives with different viscosity's designed to bond fresh Portland Cement concrete to existing Portland Cement concrete, hardened concrete to hardened concrete and steel to fresh or hardened concrete. These adhesives are as follows: Type V: Standard (medium viscosity) for applying to horizontal and vertical surfaces. This material is suitable for surface sealing of fine cracks in concrete. Type VI: Low viscosity for application with spray equipment to horizontal surfaces. Type VII: Paste consistency for overhead application and where a high buildup is required. This material is suitable for surface sealing of cracks in concrete, which are veed out prior to sealing, and for grouting of dowel bars where clearance is 1/16 inch or Tess. (a) Mixing Ratio: The ratio of resin and hardener components to be mixed together to form the finished adhesive shall be either 1 to 1 or 2 to 1 by volume. Any specific coloring of resin and/or hardener components desired will be stated by the Engineer. 411 02/26/02 Page 1 Surface Finishes for Concrete Property Type V Type VI Type VII Viscosity of mixed adhesive 77 ± 1 F, Poises 400 Maximum 150 Maximum must be sufficiently fluid to apply by trowel or spatula without difficulty Pot Life at 77 F, minutes minimum - 30 Set Time at 77 F (Time required to attain 180 psi), hours maximum -12 Property Requirements Adhesive Shear Strength, psi, minimum 2200 Water Gain, percent by weight, maximum 0.20 Ability to bond fresh Portland cement concrete to cured Portland cement concrete psi, minimum (7 days cure time) 400 Current Version: February 26, 2002 Previous Version: 5/18/95 Fillers, pigments and thixotropic agents. All fillers, pigments and/or thixotropic agents in either the epoxy resin or hardener component must be of sufficiently fine particle size and dispersed so that no appreciable separation or settling will occur during storage. Any fillers present in the low viscosity version must be of such a nature that they will not interfere with application by spray equipment or abrade or damage such equipment. The concrete adhesive shall contain no volatile solvents. (b) Consistency: The adhesives shall comply with the following: Thixotropy test shall be performed at both 77 and 120 F. Average thickness of cured adhesive remaining on test panel, mils minimum. Type V 30 Type VII 45 Samples of the individual components in sealed containers shall be maintained at 115 + 3 F for 2 weeks. The mixed adhesive prepared from these samples must still comply with the minimum thixotropy requirements. The viscosity of the Type V and Type VI versions must not show an increase of more than 20 percent compared with the viscosity prior to the stability test. The Type VII adhesive must still be sufficiently fluid to apply by trowel or spatula without difficulty. (c) Physical Properties of the Cured Adhesive (6) Synthetic Resin Paint Type X Epoxy: This is a high solids epoxy coating designed for application by brush or roller. The materials can also be applied by airless spray by addition of a maximum of 5 percent toluene solvent at the direction of the Engineer. Raw Materials: The basic raw materials to be incorporated into this coating are listed below, along with the specific requirements for each material. The final decision as to the quality of materials shall be made by the 411 02/26/02 Page 2 Surface Finishes for Concrete 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Particle size distribution Minimum Maximum Minus 20 microns, percent by weight 95 5 Minus 10 microns, percent by weight 70 80 Minus 5 microns, percent by weight 40 50 Minus 3 microns, percent by weight 30 40 Minus 1 micron, percent by weight 14 20 Oil Absorption (rub out, lbs/100 lbs) 25 maximum Brightness (G.E.) 92.5 minimum Viscosity at 25.0 + 0.1 C, cps 7,000 to 10,000 Weight per epoxy equivalent, gms per gm - mole 175 to 195 Color (Gardner Number), maximum 5 Hydrolyzable chlorine, maximum % by weight 0.2 Specific gravity, 25/25 degrees 1.14. to 1.18 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Current Version: February 26, 2002 Previous Version: 5/18/95 Engineer. After the Engineer has approved the brand names of raw materials proposed by the Contractor, no substitution will be allowed during the manufacture without prior approval of the Engineer. Epoxy Resin: The basic epoxy resin used in the formulation shall be an unmodified liquid resin conforming to the following chemical and physical requirements: Test methods to be used in determining these qualities are listed below: (a) Viscosity - Test for Kinematic Viscosity (ASTM Designation: D 445). (b) Weight per Epoxy Equivalent - Test for Epoxy Content of Epoxy Resins (ASTM Designation: D 1652). (c) Color - Test for Color of Transparent Liquids (Gardner Color Scale) (ASTM Designation: D 1544). (d) Hydrolyzable Chlorine - Test for Hydrolyzable Chlorine Content of Liquid Epoxy Resins (ASTM Designation D: 1726). (e) Specific Gravity - Method of Test for Density of Paint, Varnish, Lacquer and Related Products (ASTM Designation: D 1475). Pigment Titanium Dioxide: The titanium dioxide used in this formulation shall be equivalent to DuPont R -900. This shall be a pure, chalk- resistant, rutile titanium dioxide meeting the requirements of ASTM D 476, Type III. Extender: The extender used in this formulation shall be Nyad 400, manufactured by Interpace Pigments. Specific requirements are as follows: 411 02/26/02 Page 3 Surface Finishes for Concrete Current Version: February 26, 2002 Previous Version: 5/18/95 411.3 Grade of Finish (1) General The grade and/or class of finish shall be as described herein and as indicated. "Grade" of finish designates the areas to which a higher finish is to be applied beyond the requirements of an Ordinary Surface Finish. Four grades of finish are included herein. "Class" of finish designates the materials or the process to be used in providing the grade of finish. Three classes of finish are included herein. For structures and surfaces not described herein under grade of finish, a class of finish only may be indicated. Where neither a grade nor class is specified, an Ordinary Surface Finish only will be required as specified in Item No. 410, "Concrete Structures ". Where the plans specify a grade and class of finish, i.e., Grade II, Class C, only that type of finish shall be furnished. Where the plans specify a grade of finish only, i.e., Grade I Finish, any of the classes of finish may be furnished. Only one class of finish shall be furnished on any individual structure, twin structures or on structures in close proximity to each other, except as specified for prestressed concrete members below. (2) Grade I The following areas shall receive a Class A, B or C (two rub) Finish, except that prestressed members shall receive either a Class A or B Finish only. All concrete surfaces of railing, including the parapet types; exterior vertical faces of slabs, slab spans, arches and box girders; the outside and bottom surfaces of fascia beams or girders (including prestressed members); the underside of overhanging slabs to the point of juncture of the supporting beam; all exposed vertical surfaces of bents and piers and bottom surfaces of bent caps; all exposed surfaces of tie beams, abutments, bridge wingwalls, culvert headwalls and wingwalls and retaining walls exposed to view after all backfill and is placed. Unless otherwise indicated, the underside of the slab of slab spans shall be finished its entire width. Unless otherwise indicated, exposed surfaces of pump houses and other miscellaneous concrete surfaces shall receive a Class A, B or C (one rub) Finish. (3) Grade II All concrete surfaces of railing, including the parapet types, all exposed surfaces of bridge wingwalls and the exterior vertical faces of slabs and slab spans shall receive a Class A, B or C (two rub) Finish. All other surfaces described under Grade I Finish shall receive a Class A or B finish only. The underside of slab spans shall receive an Ordinary Surface Finish only. 411 02/26/02 Page 4 Surface Finishes for Concrete Current Version: February 26, 2002 Previous Version: 5/18/95 (4) Grade III All concrete surfaces of railing, including the parapet types, all exposed surfaces of bridge wingwalls and the exterior vertical faces of slabs shall receive a Class A, B or C (two rub) Finish. All other surfaces described under Grade I Finish shall receive an Ordinary Surface Finish. (5) Grade IV The top and roadway faces only of all concrete railing, including the parapet types and bridge wingwalls shall receive a Class A, B or C (one rub) Finish. All other surfaces described under Grade I shall receive an Ordinary Surface Finish. 411.4 Class of Finish The Class of Finish designates either an adhesive grout material, a paint -type material or a rubbing process applied to surfaces specified in "Grade of Finish ", as required above and/or as indicated. Unless otherwise indicated the color shall be concrete gray. (1) Class A This finish shall consist of an adhesive grout textured coating with a minimum 1/16 inch thickness, composed of 1 part white cement, 1 part natural (gray) cement, 2 parts masonry sand, 1 part (latex) emulsion and enough water to form a viscous slurry of a consistency that may be applied by spray gun, brush or roller without appreciable running or sagging. The proportions of white and gray cement may be varied slightly to obtain the desired color. Gradation of the masonry sand shall be as required to produce a texture satisfactory to the Engineer. Prepackaged materials meeting these requirements and acceptable to the Engineer as to color, texture and appearance will be permitted. (2) Class B The finish shall be a paint -type material, consisting of a synthetic resin, containing fibrous as well as texturing pigments, which when applied by a 1 coat spray application at the rate of 45 + 5 square feet per gallon will yield an acceptable textured coating. Certification by the manufacturer of the above materials will be required. (3) Class C This finish shall consist of a one rub or two rub system, as the case may be, meeting the requirements set forth below under "Construction Methods ". 411.5 Approval of Surface Finishing Materials The material to be fumished shall meet the requirements of TxDoT Specification D -9 -8110, Structural Coatings, latest revision. In addition to the above, the manufacturer shall furnish the following: 411 02/26/02 Page 5 Surface Finishes for Concrete Current Version: February 26, 2002 Previous Version: 5/18/95 (1) At the time of original request for approval of the surface furnishing material, the manufacturer shall supply a 1- gallon sample of the material to the Engineer /Architect, if requested. (2) Each 6 months after approval of the material, the manufacturer shall furnish a notarized certification indicating that the material originally approved has not been changed or altered in any way. Any change in formulation of a surface finish shall require retesting prior to use. The Engineer may request additional information to be submitted such as infrared spectophotometry scan, solids content, etc., for further identification. A change in formula discovered by any of the tests prescribed herein or by other means and not reported and retested, may be cause to permanently bar the manufacturer from furnishing surface finish materials for City work. The City reserves the right to perform any or all of the tests required by this specification as a check on the tests reported by the manufacturer. In case of any variance the City tests will govern. 411.6 Construction Methods Prior to application of any of the finishes required herein, concrete surfaces shall be given an Ordinary Surface Finish. For Class A and B materials, concrete surfaces shall be clean and free of dirt, grease, curing compound or any other bond breaking substance. Class A shall be applied on moistened surfaces but Class B requires a dry surface. The temperature of the atmosphere, concrete and compound shall be above 50 F for Classes A and B at the time of application. The finished surfaces shall be protected against rain or freezing for a period of 24 hours after application. Class A materials shall be applied by spraying, by roller or by brush. Class B materials shall be applied by spraying only. All applications shall provide an acceptable texture of the proper coverage. The Class A and B material shall be applied after all preparation work required by Ordinary Surface Finish has been completed. The Class C Finish shall be performed with a carborundum stone as follows, after all preparatory work required by Ordinary Surface Finish has been completed: For a two -rub system, the first rubbing shall bring the wetted concrete face to a paste and produce a smooth dense surface without pits, form marks or other irregularities. The use of cement or grout to form the paste will not be permitted. Striping with a brush and washing after the first rubbing will not be required. Chamfer lines shall be finished during the second rubbing. The first rubbing shall be done soon after form removal. Membrane curing, if used, shall be applied after the first rub is complete. Prior to the second rubbing, any remaining curing membrane shall be removed from the surface by brushing, buffing or other satisfactory methods. The second rubbing shall be performed when conditioning the structure for final acceptance. The specified surfaces shall be cleaned of drip marks and discolorations and given a final rubbing. The surface shall be striped neatly with a brush and the paste 411 02/26/02 Page 6 Surface Finishes for Concrete Current Version: February 26, 2002 Previous Version: 5/18/95 allowed to take a reset, after which the surfaces shall be washed with clean water leaving them with a neat and uniform appearance and texture. For a one rub system, the rubbing requirements shall be the same as for the first rub above, except chamfer lines shall be finished and the paste spread uniformly, striped with a brush and allowed to take a reset after which the surfaces shall be washed with clean water leaving them with a neat and uniform appearance and texture. 411.7 Special Surfaces Finishes (1) General When special surface finishes are required for retaining walls, panels, copings or similar construction, the Contractor shall prepare sample panels for approval of the finish and the method of application. Unless otherwise indicated, panel or pattern arrangement and dimensions may be varied to achieve a more pleasing appearance or to utilize forming material more efficiently when approved by the Engineer /Architect. Aggregates, materials, variation of panel or pattern arrangement, dimensions and other features affecting the work shall be approved prior to start of the work. (2) Striated Finish The striated (grooved) pattern shall be as indicated or as approved by the Engineer /Architect. The finish shall be made by lining the forms with striated sheets of plywood, plastic, fiberglass, metal or other material acceptable to the Engineer /Architect. The striations on the panels shall be of a smooth, wide pattern, not sharp or angular. A chamfer groove shall be used along all edges of each panel. All ties, bolts or other forming accessories shall be located along the chamfer grooves or panel edges. (3) Exposed Aggregate Finish (a) Structural Concrete Exposed aggregate panels may be either raised, recessed or as indicated with the sides of each panel chamfered as directed by the Engineer /Architect. The aggregate used for this finish shall be approved by the Engineer /Architect. Unless otherwise indicated, aggregate shall conform to the grading requirements of Grade 2 aggregate except that a minimum of 50 percent shall be retained on the 3 /4 -inch sieve. Gravel of predominately rounded particles shall be used, except that when indicated or approved by the Engineer /Architect in writing, crushed stone may be used. The aggregate shall be large enough to remain firmly anchored in the face of the final product. The depth shall be 1/4 -inch minimum to 1/2 -inch maximum, unless otherwise indicated or directed by the Engineer /Architect. A surface retarder that penetrates the concrete approximately 1/4 inch shall be applied to the forms or concrete surface as an aid in achieving the desired finish. Wood forms may require 2 or 3 coatings to compensate for absorption. Form joints shall be taped or caulked to prevent escape of the retarder during placing operations. 411 02/26/02 Page 7 Surface Finishes for Concrete Current Version: February 26, 2002 Previous Version: 5/18/95 Treated form surfaces shall be protected from sun and rain while exposed to the atmosphere. In case of high humidity or if rain has dampened the forms prior to placing concrete, a reapplication of the surface retarder may be required to provide uniform coverage of the retarder on the forms. Adjacent areas of fresh concrete not requiring exposed aggregate finish shall be protected when the retarder is applied. The finish shall be obtained by sandblasting, bush hammering, water blasting or other methods, as approved by the Engineer /Architect. Horizontal surfaces may be finished by a combination of brushing and washing, but only after the concrete has set sufficiently to prevent loosening of the aggregate. Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer /Architect, forms for surface requiring exposed aggregate finish shall be removed 12 to 15 hours after concrete placement. The exposed aggregate operation shall be accomplished immediately after form removal. Except for the time required for obtaining the exposed aggregate finish, curing of all surfaces shall be maintained for the minimum 4 day curing time. All surfaces shall be either water cured or may be cured with an approved clean membrane compound. If water curing is used, it shall be followed by a clear membrane curing compound conforming to Item No. 409, "Membrane Curing ". Care shall be taken to ensure proper vibration at all points of concrete placement to prevent honeycomb or segregation of the materials. Vibration shall be done in such a manner as to provide adequate penetration of previously placed concrete lifts. Care shall be taken to prevent contact of the vibrator with the face form. (b) Sidewalks When exposed aggregate surfaces are required for sidewalks, driveways and/or medians, the coarse aggregate shall consist of particles with at least 40 percent crushed faces. Uncrushed gravel, polished aggregates and clear resilient coatings are not acceptable. Grade 5 coarse aggregates shall be used for exposed aggregate finishes for sidewalks, driveways and/or medians. 411.8 Measurement and Payment No direct measurement or payment will be made for the work to be done, the equipment or materials to be furnished under this item, but shall be considered subsidiary to the particular items required by the plans and the contract. End Ref.: 409 411 02/26/02 Page 8 Surface Finishes for Concrete PRESENT VERSION: 9/29/99 REPLACES PREVIOUS ITEM NO. 439: 4/17/94 439S.1 Description This item shall consist of parking lot bumper curbs, composed of precast concrete and reinforcing steel for placement on gravel, asphalt and concrete surfaces as indicated on the Drawings. This specification is applicable for projects or work involving either inch -pound or SI units. Within the text, the inch -pound units are given preference followed by SI units shown within parentheses. 439S.2 Submittals The submittal requirements of this specification item include: A. Type A Portland cement concrete design mix. B. Reinforcing steel details. 439S.3 Materials 439S.4 Construction Methods Item No. 439S Parking Lot Bumper Curbs A. Concrete. All precast concrete shall be Class A Concrete conforming to Specification Item No. 403/403S, 'Concrete for Structures". B. Reinforcing Steel. All reinforcing steel shall be #3 (10M) bar conforming to Specification Item No. 406/406S, "Reinforcing Steel ". All forms and forming, placement of reinforcement, placement of concrete, form removal, finishing and curing shall conform to Specification Item No. 410/410S, °Concrete Structures ". Reinforcement shall conform to the details indicated on the Drawings. Care shall be exercised to keep reinforcement in its proper position during the depositing of concrete. Concrete shall be placed in the forms to the depth indicated and vibrated until thoroughly compacted. Care shall be taken during vibration to insure that a vibrator is not held too long at one location that segregation is produced. The top surface of the concrete shall be floated and troweled to a uniform smooth surface, and then finished with a camel hair brush or wood float to a gritty texture. The outer edges shall be rounded with approved tools to the radii shown on the Drawings. When the ambient air temperature is above 85 °F (30 ° C), an approved retarding agent will be required in all concrete unless moist curing procedures are employed. The maximum temperature of all concrete placed shall not exceed 95 ° F (35 ° C). 439S 9/29/99 Page 1 Parking Lot Bumper Curb PRESENT VERSION: 9/29/99 REPLACES PREVIOUS ITEM NO. 439: 4/17/94 439S.5 Measurement Parking Lot Bumper Curbs shall be measured per each complete and in place. 439S.6 Payment The work performed as prescribed by this Specification Item will be paid for at the unit bid price per each. The unit bid price shall include full compensation for: all materials, including all reinforcing steel, placing and the concrete curb, and all labor, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. Payment will be made under: Pay Item No. 439S: End Item No. 403 Item No. 406 Item No. 410 Parking Lot Bumper Curbs - SPECIFIC CROSS REFERENCE MATERIALS Specification Item 439S "Parking Lot Bumper Curbs" City of Austin Technical Specifications Designation Description Concrete for Structures Reinforcing Steel Concrete Structures RELATED CROSS REFERENCE MATERIALS Specification Item 439S "Parking Lot Bumper Curbs" City of Austin Technical Specifications Designation Description Item No. 405 Concrete Admixtures Item No. 409 Membrane Curing Item No. 411 Surface Finishes for Concrete City of Austin Standards Designation Description Item No. 406S -1 Reinforced Steel Tolerances Texas Department of Transportation: Standard Specifications for Construction and Maintenance of Highways. Streets, and Bridges Designation Description Item 420 Concrete Structures Item 421 Portland Cement Concrete Item 427 Surface Finishes for Concrete Item 437 Concrete Admixtures Item 440 Reinforcing Steel American Society for Testing and Materials Designation Description A -496 Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Deformed for Concrete Reinforcement A- 615/615M Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet - Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement Per Each. 439S 9/29/99 Page 2 Parking Lot Bumper Curb 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Present 602S Version (11/15/99) Replaces Previous Item No. 602 (4/17/86) 602S.1 Description This item shall govem planting of Bermuda grass; St. Augustine or other acceptable grass sod at locations indicated on the Drawings or as directed by the Engineer or designated representative in accordance with this Standard Specification Item. This specification is applicable for projects or work involving either inch -pound or SI units. Within the text and accompanying tables, the inch -pound units are given preference followed by SI units shown within parentheses. 602S.2 Submittals The submittal requirements for this specification item shall include the identification of the type and source of sodding, the type of mulch, type of tacking agent and type and rate of application of fertilizer. 602S.3 Materials A. Block and Mulch Sod Item No. 602S Sodding for Erosion Control The sod shall consist of live, growing Bermuda Grass, St. Augustine grass, when shown on the Drawings, or other acceptable grass sod indicated on the Drawings secured from sources that are approved by the Engineer or designated representative. Bermuda Grass sod, St. Augustine sod or other grass sod as shown on the Drawings shall have a healthy, virile root system of dense, thickly matted roots throughout the soil of the sod for a minimum thickness of 1 inch (25 millimeters). The thickness measure does not include grass. The sod shall be cut in rectangular pieces with its shortest side not less than 12 inches (300 mm). The Contractor shall not use sod from areas where the grass is thinned out nor where the grass roots have been dried out by exposure to the air and sun to such an extent as to damage its ability to grow when transplanted. The sod shall be substantially free from noxious weeds, Johnson grass or other grasses and shall not contain any matter deleterious to its growth or which might affect its subsistence or hardiness when transplanted. Unless the area has been closely pastured, it shall be closely mowed and raked to remove all weeds and long standing stems. Sources from which sod is to be secured shall be approved by the Engineer or designated representative. Care shall be taken at all times to retain the native soil of the roots of the sod during the process of excavating, hauling and planting. Sod material shall be kept moist from the time it is dug until it is planted. The sod existing at the source shall be watered to the extent required by the Engineer or designated representative prior to excavating. 602S 11/15/99 Page 1 Sodding for Erosion Control Present 602S Version (11/15/99) Replaces Previous Item No. 602 (4/17/86) B. Fertilizer Fertilizer and the rate of application shall conform to the requirements of Standard Specification Item No. 606S, "Fertilizer ". C. Mulch Straw mulch shall be oat, wheat or rice straw. Hay mulch may be substituted for straw mulch and shall be Prairie Grass; Bermuda grass or other hay approved by the Engineer or designated representative. The hay or straw mulch shall be free of Johnson grass or other noxious weeds and foreign materials. It shall be kept in a dry condition and shall not be molded or rotted. D. Water Water shall be furnished by the Contractor and shall be clean and free of industrial wastes and other substances harmful to the growth of sod or to the area irrigated. E. Tacking Agents Tacking agents for straw or hay mulch shall be as shown on the Drawings. 602S.4 Planting Season All planting shall be done between April and November except as specifically authorized in writing by the Engineer or designated representative. 602S.5 Construction Methods A. General After the designated areas have been completed to the lines, grade and cross sections indicated on the Drawings, the surface shall be worked to a depth of not less than 4 inches (100 mm) with a disc, tiller or other equipment approved by the Engineer or designated representative. Fertilizer nutrients shall be applied and tilled. Areas that become crusted shall be reworked to an acceptable condition before sodding. Sodding of the type specified shall conform to the requirements of this Specification Item. The Contractor shall give continuous care to the sodded area until the sod is accepted. B. Placement The sod shall be placed on the prepared surface with the edges in close contact and alternate courses staggered. In ditches the sod shall be placed with the longer dimension perpendicular to the flow of water in the ditch. On slopes, starting at the bottom of the slope, the sod shall be placed with the longer dimension parallel to the contours of the ground. The exposed edges of sod shall be buried flush with the adjacent soil. On slopes exceeding 3:1 or where the sod may be displaced, the sod shall be pegged with not less than 4 stakes or ground staples per square yard (square meter) with at least 1 stake or ground staple for each piece of sod. 602S 11/15/99 Page 2 Sodding for Erosion Control Present 602S Version (11/15/99) Replaces Previous Item No. 602 (4/17/86) Pegs shall be of wood lath or similar material, pointed and driven with the flat side against the slope, 6 inches (150 mm) into the ground, leaving approximately 1/2 inch (12.5 mm) of the top above the ground. Ground staples shall not be less than 13 inches (330 mm) in length and shall be constructed of No. 11 gage (3 mm) wire that is bent to form a "U" approximately 1 inch (25 mm) in width. C. Watering Immediately after the area is sodded, it shall be watered with a minimum of 5 gallons of water per square yard (22.5 liters per square meter) and at 10 day intervals as needed and as directed by the Engineer or designated representative. Subsequent to the initial application water shall be applied at a minimum rate of 3 gallons per square yard (13.5 liters per square meter), as required on the Drawings or as directed by the Engineer or designated representative until final acceptance by the City or until the grass uniformly reaches a height of 2 1/2 inches (62.5 mm). Availability of water from Water and Waste Water Utility will be limited as stated under the Water Conservation Standard, City of Austin Land Development Code Chapter 4 -2, Article 11, "Emergency and Peak Day Water Use Management ". . D. Finishing Where applicable, the shoulders, slopes and ditches shall be smoothed after planting has been completed and shaped to conform to the desired cross sections shown on the Drawings. Any excess soil from planting operations shall be spread uniformly over adjacent areas or disposed of as directed by the Engineer or designated representative so that the completed surfaces will present a neat appearance. All sodded areas shall be rolled after the initial watering application, when sufficiently dry. 602S.6 Block Sodding At locations indicated on the Drawings or where directed by the Engineer or designated representative, sod blocks shall be carefully placed on the prepared areas. The fertilizer shall then be applied in accordance with the applicable provisions of Item No. 606S, "Fertilizer" and thoroughly watered. When sufficiently dry, the sodded area shall be rolled or tamped to form a thoroughly compacted, solid mat. Any voids left in the block sodding shall be filled with additional sod and tamped. Surfaces of block sod which, in the opinion of the Engineer or designated representative may slide due to the height and slope of the surface or nature of the soil, shall be pegged with wooden pegs driven through the sod blocks into firm earth sufficiently close to hold the block sod firmly in place. Edges along curbs and drives, walkways, etc., shall be carefully trimmed and maintained until the sodding is accepted. 602S.7 Mulch Sodding The sod source shall be disked in 2 directions cutting the sod thoroughly to a depth of not less than 4 inches (100 mm). Sod material shall be excavated to a depth of not more than 2 inches (50 mm) below the existing root system, being careful to avoid 602S 11/15/99 Page 3 Sodding for Erosion Control Present 602S Version (11/15/99) Replaces Previous Item No. 602 (4/17/86) having soil containing no grass roots. The disked sod may be windrowed or otherwise handled in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer or designated representative. The material shall be rejected if not kept in a moist condition. Prior to placement of mulch sod, the cut slopes shall be scarified by plowing furrows 4 inches (100 mm) to 6 inches (150 mm) deep along horizontal slope lines at 2 foot (600 mm) vertical intervals. Excavated material from the furrows shall not protrude more than 3 inches (75 mm) above the original surface of the cut. Fertilizer shall be distributed uniformly over the area in accordance with the applicable provisions of Item No. 606S, °Fertilizer ". The sod shall then be deposited upon the prepared area and spread uniformly to the thickness indicated on the Drawings. Any section that is not true to lines and cross sections shall be remedied by the addition of sod material or by reshaping the material to meet the requirements of "Finishing "[Section 602S.5 (4)]. After the sod material has been spread and shaped, it shall be thoroughly wetted and compacted with a corrugated roller of the "Cultipacker" type. All rolling of slope areas shall be on the contour. 602S.8 Measurement Work and acceptable material for "Sodding for Erosion Control" will be measured by the square yard (square meter: 1 square meter is equal to 1.196 square yards) complete in place with a minimum of 95 percent growth with a 2 1/2 inch (62.5 mm) stand of grass. 602S.9 Payment The work performed and materials furnished and measured as provided under "Measurement' will be paid for at the unit bid price for Bermuda Block Sodding", "St. Augustine Block Sodding ", "Bermuda Mulch Sodding" or "Other Approved Grass Sodding ". The prices shall each represent full compensation for completion of the work including all water applications, rolling, pegging and fertilizer as indicated on the Drawings. Payment will be made under one of the following: Pay Item No. 602S -A: Pay Item No. 602S - B: Pay Item No. 602S -C: Pay Item No. 602S -D: End SPECIFIC CROSS REFERENCE MATERIALS Specification 602S, "Sodding for Erosion Control" 602S 11/15/99 Bermuda Block Sodding - St. Augustine Block Sodding - Bermuda Mulch Sodding - Grass Sodding - Page 4 Per Square Yard. Per Square Yard. Per Square Yard. Per Square Yard. Sodding for Erosion Control Present 602S Version (11/15/99) Replaces Previous Item No. 602 (4/17/86) City of Austin Land Development Code Designation Description Chapter 4 -2, Article II Emergency and Peak Day Water Use Management City of Austin Standard Specification Items Designation Description Item No. 606S Fertilizer RELATED CROSS REFERENCE MATERIALS Specification 602S, "Sodding for Erosion Control" City of Austin Standard Designation Item No. 110S Item No. 111S Item No. 120S Item No. 132S Item No. 601S Item No. 604S Item No. 608 Item No. 610 Item No. 100 Item No. 110 Item No. 160 Item No. 162 Item No. 164 Item No. 166 Item No. 168 Item No. 204 Specification Items Description Street Excavation Excavation Channel Excavation Embankment Salvaging and Placing Topsoil Seeding for Erosion Control Planting Preservation of Trees and Other Vegetation Texas Department of Transportation: Standard Specifications for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges Designation Description Preparing Right of Way Excavation Furnishing and Placing Topsoil Sodding for Erosion Control Seeding for Erosion Control Fertilizer Vegetative Watering Sprinkling 602S 11/15/99 Page 5 Sodding for Erosion Control PRESENT VERSION: 9/29/99 REPLACES PREVIOUS ITEM NO. 604: 9/30187 604S.2 Submittals 604S.3. Materials 604S 09/29/99 Item No. 604S Seeding for Erosion Control 604S.1 Description This item shall govem the preparation of a seed bed to the lines and grades indicated on the Drawings, sowing of seeds, fertilizing, mulching with straw, cellulose fiber wood chips, recycled paper mulch and other management practices along and across such areas as indicated in the Drawings or as directed by the Engineer or designated representative. This specification is applicable for projects or work involving either inch -pound or SI units. Within the text, inch -pound units are given preference with SI units shown within parentheses. The submittal requirements for this specification item shall include: A. Identification of the type, source, mixture, PLS and rate of application of the seeding. B. type of mulch. C. type of tacking agent. D. type and rate of application of fertilizer. A. Seeds. All seed must meet the requirements of the Texas Seed Law including the labeling requirements for showing pure live seed (PLS), name and type of seed. The seed furnished shall be of the previous season's crop and the date of analysis shown on each bag shall be within nine months of the time of delivery to the project. Each variety of seed shall be furnished and delivered in separate bags or containers. A sample of each variety of seed shall be furnished for analysis and testing when directed by the Engineer or designated representative. The amount of seed planted per acre (hectare) shall be of the type specified in sections 604S.5 and 604S.6. B. Water. Water shall be clean and free of industrial wastes and other substances harmful to the growth of grass or the area irrigated. C. Top Soil. Top soil shall conform to Standard Specification Item No. 130S, "Borrow ". D. Fertilizer. The fertilizer shall conform to Standard Specification Item No. 606/606S, °Fertilizer°. E. Straw Mulch or Hay Mulch. Straw Mulch shall be oat, wheat or rice straw. Hay mulch shall be prairie grass, Bermuda grass, or other hay approved by the Engineer or designated representative. The straw or hay shall be free of Johnson grass or other noxious weeds and foreign materials. It shall be kept in a dry condition and shall not be molded or rotted. Page 1 Seeding for Erosion Control PRESENT VERSION: 9/29/99 REPLACES PREVIOUS ITEM NO. 604: 9/30/87 F Tacking Agents. The tacking agent shall be a biodegradable tacking agent, approved by the Engineer or designated representative. G. Cellulose Fiber Mulch (Natural Wood). Cellulose Fiber Mulch shall be natural cellulose fiber mulch produced from grinding clean whole wood chips. The mulch shall be designed for use in conventional mechanical planting, hydraulic planting of seed or hydraulic mulching of grass seed, either alone or with fertilizers and other additives. The mulch shall be such, that when applied, the material shall form a strong, moisture - retaining mat without the need of an asphalt binder. H. Recycled Paper Mulch. Recycled paper mulch shall be specifically manufactured from post- consumer paper and shall contain a minimum of 85% recycled paper content by weight, shall contain no more than 15% moisture and 1.6% ash, and shall contain no growth inhibiting material or weed seeds. The recycled paper mulch shall be mixed with grass seed and fertilizer for hydro- seeding /mulching, erosion control, and a binder over straw mulch. The mulch, when applied, shall form a strong, moisture - retaining mat of a green color without the need of an asphalt binder. 604S.4 Construction Methods A. Preparing Seed Bed. After the designated areas have been rough graded to the lines, grades and typical sections indicated in the Drawings or as provided for in other items of this contract and for any other soil area disturbed by the construction, a suitable seedbed shall be prepared. The seedbed shall consist of a minimum of either 4 inches (100 millimeters) of approved topsoil or 4 inches (100 millimeters) of approved salvaged topsoil, cultivated and rolled sufficiently to reduce the soil to a state of good tilth, when the soil particles on the surface are small enough and lie closely enough together to prevent the seed from being covered too deeply for optimum germination. The optimum depth for seeding shall be 1/4 inch (6 millimeters). Water shall be gently applied as required to prepare the seedbed prior to the planting operation either by broadcast seeding or hydraulic planting. Seeding shall be performed in accordance with the requirements hereinafter described. B. Watering. All watering shall comply with City Ordinances. Broadcast seeded areas shall immediately be watered with a minimum of 5 gallons of water per square yard (22.5 liters of water per square meter) or as needed and in the manner and quantity as directed by the Engineer or designated representative. Hydraulic seeded areas and native grass seeded areas shall be watered commencing after the tackifier has dried with a minimum of 5 gallons of water per square yard (22.5 liters of water per square meter) or as needed to keep the seedbed in a wet condition favorable for the growth of grass. Watering applications shall constantly maintain the seedbed in a wet condition favorable for the growth of grass. Watering shall continue until the grass is uniformly 1 1/2 inches (40 mm) in height and accepted by the Engineer or designated representative. Watering can be postponed immediately after a 1/2 inch (12.5 mm) or greater rainfall on the site but shall be resumed before the soil dries out. 604S 09/29/99 Page 2 Seeding for Erosion Control Hulled Bermuda Seed (PLS =0.83) Fiber Mulch Soil Tackifier Cellulose Wood 1 Lbs/1000 ft (2.4 kgs/100 m � 45.9 Lbs/1000 ft (108.9 kgs/100 m 1.4 Lbs/1000 ft (3.3 kgs/100 m 57.4 Lbs /1000 ft (136.2 kgs/100 m � 1.5 Lbs/1000 ft (3.6 kgs/100 m 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 PRESENT VERSION: 9/29/99 REPLACES PREVIOUS ITEM NO. 604: 9/30/87 604S.5 Non - Native Seeding A. Method A - Broadcast Seeding. The seed or seed mixture in the quantity specified shall be uniformly distributed over the prepared seed bed areas indicated on the Drawings or where directed by the Engineer or designated representative. If the sowing of seed is by hand, rather than by mechanical methods, the seed shall be sown in two directions at right angles to each other. If mechanical equipment is used, all varieties of seed, as well as fertilizer, may be distributed at the same time, provided that each component is uniformly applied at the specified rate. After planting, the planted area shall be rolled with a corrugated roller of the "Cultipacker" type. All rolling of the slope areas shall be on the contour. Seed Mixture and Rate of Application for Broadcast Seeding: From September 15 to March 1, seeding shall be with a combination of unhulled Bermuda Grass at a rate of 2 pounds per 1000 square feet (4.75 kilograms per 100 square meters) and winter rye at a rate of 7 pounds per 1000 square feet (16.6 kilograms per 100 square meters) that has a PLS (pure live seed or purity x germination) of 0.83. From March 1 to September 15, seeding shall be with hulled Bermuda Grass at a rate of 2 pounds per 1000 square feet (4.75 kilograms per 100 square meters) with a PLS = 0.83. Fertilizer shall be applied and shall conform to Item No. 606S, "Fertilizer ". B. Method B - Hydraulic Planting. The seedbed shall be prepared as specified above and hydraulic planting equipment, which is capable of placing all materials in a single operation, shall be used. March 1 to September 15 Hydraulic planting mixture and minimum rate of application pounds per 1000 square feet (kilograms per 100 square meters): September 15 to March 1 Add 7 pounds per 1000 square feet (16.6 kilograms per 100 square meters) of winter rye with a PLS = 0.83 to above mixture. The fertilizer shall conform to City of Austin Standard Specification Item No. 606S, "Fertilizer". 1 1 1 604S.6 Native Grass Seeding 604S 09/29/99 Page 3 Seeding for Erosion Control Description Application rates Lbs/1000 feet kg/ 100 meter Lometa Indiangrass 0.1 0.05 PremierSideoats grama 0.2 0.10 Green spangletop 0.1 0.05 Buffalo Grass 0.2 0.10 Little Bluestem 0.2 0.10 Blue grama grass 0.2 0.10 Total Seeding Rate 1.0 0.50 PRESENT VERSION: 9/29/99 REPLACES PREVIOUS ITEM NO. 604: 9/30/87 The seedbed shall be prepared as specified above. The seed mixture and the rate of application shall be as follows: Species substitution as necessary due to availability shall be approved by the Engineer or designated representative. Watering and fertilizer application shall follow procedures outlined above or as otherwise specified on the Drawings. Seed shall be applied by broadcast or drill method and shall be distributed evenly over the topsoiled areas. Mulching shall immediately follow seed application. 604S.7. Mulch A. Straw Mulch Straw mulch shall be spread uniformly over the area indicated or as designated by the Engineer or designated representative at the rate of 2 to 2 1/2 tons of straw per acre (4.5 to 5.6 megagrams of straw per hectare). The actual rate of application will be designated by the Engineer or designated representative. Straw may be hand or machine placed and adequately secured. B. Fiber Mulch Cellulose and wood fiber mulch shall be spread uniformly over the area indicated or as designated by the Engineer or designated representative at the rate of 45 to 80 lbs. per 1000 square feet (22 to 39 kilograms per 100 square meters). C Recycled Paper Mulch Recycled paper mulch shall be spread over the area indicated on the Drawings or as designated by the Engineer or designated representative at a rate that will provide 100% coverage. D. Shredded Brush Mulch Small brush or tree limbs except Juniper, which have been shredded, may be used for mulching Native Grass seeding. 604S.8 Measurement 604S 09/29/99 Page 4 Seeding for Erosion Control 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PRESENT VERSION: 9/29/99 REPLACES PREVIOUS ITEM NO. 604: 9/30/87 Work and acceptable material for "Seeding for Erosion Control' will be measured by the square yard (meter: 1 meter equals 1.196 square yards) or by the acre (hectare: 1 hectare equals 2.471 acres), complete in place, with a minimum of 95 percent coverage with no bare areas exceeding 16 square feet (1.5 square meters) and a 1 1/2 inch (40 millimeters) stand of grass. Bare areas shall be reprepared and reseeded as required to develop an acceptable stand of grass. 604S.9 Payment The work performed and materials furnished and measured will be paid for at the unit bid price for "Seeding for Erosion Control" of the method specified on the Drawings and type of mulch. The unit bid price shall include full compensation for furnishing all materials, including all topsoil, water, seed, tackifier, fertilizer or mulch and for performing all operations necessary to complete the work. All fertilizer will be measured and paid for conforming to Item No. 606S, "Fertilizer ". Payment will be made under one of the following: Pay Item No. 604S - A: Non - Native Seeding for Erosion Control Method Mulch Per Square Yard. Pay Item No. 604S -B: Non - Native Seeding for Erosion Control Method Mulch Per Acre. Pay Item No. 604S -C: Native Seeding for Erosion Control Method, Mulch Per Square Yard. Pay Item No. 604S -D: Native Seeding for Erosion Control Method Mulch Per Acre. Pay Item No. 604S -E: Mulch, Pay Item No. 604S -F: Mulch, End SPECIFIC CROSS REFERENCE MATERIALS Specification Item 604S "Seeding for Erosion Control' City of Austin Technical Specifications Designation Description Item No. 130S Borrow Item No. 606S Fertilizer RELATED CROSS REFERENCE MATERIALS Specification Item 604S "Seeding for Erosion Control" 604S 09/29/99 Page 5 Seeding for Erosion Control Per Square Yard. Per Acre. PRESENT VERSION: 9/29/99 REPLACES PREVIOUS ITEM NO. 604: 9/30/87 City of Austin Technical Specifications Designation Description Item No. 601 Salvaging and Placing Topsoil Item No. 602 Sodding for Erosion Control. Item No. 605 Soil Retention Blanket Item No. 607 Slope Stabilization Item No. 608 Planting City of Austin Standards (Details) Standard No. Description 626 -1 Grass Lined Swale 627 -1 Grass Lined Swale W/ Stone Center 633 -1 Landgrading Texas Department of Transportation: Standard Specifications for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges Designation Description Item No. 160 Furnishing and Placing Topsoil Item No. 162 Sodding for Erosion Control Item No. 164 Seeding for Erosion Control Item No. 166 Fertilizer Item No. 168 Vegetative Watering Item No. 169 Soil Retention Blanket Item No. 180 Wildflower Seeding Item No. 192 Roadside Planting and Establishment 604S 09/29/99 Page 6 Seeding for Erosion Control 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PRESENT VERSION: 9/29/99 REPLACES PREVIOUS ITEM NO. 606: 4/17/86 606S.1 Description This item shall govern the provision and distribution of fertilizer over the areas indicated on the Drawings and in accordance with these specifications. This specification is applicable for projects or work involving either inch -pound or SI units. Within the text, inch -pound units are given preference with SI units shown within parentheses. 606S.2 Submittals The submittal requirements for this specification item shall include: A. Type of soil(s) at the site. B. Type(s) of re- vegetation (seeding, sodding, etc). C. Type(s) of fertilizer. D. Rate(s) of application of fertilizer. E. Chemical analysis of the fertilizer(s). 606S.3 Materials Item No. 606S Fertilizer All fertilizer used on site shall be delivered in bags or containers, which are clearly labeled and show the analysis. The figures in the analysis shall represent the percent of nitrogen, phosphoric acid and potash nutrients, respectively, as determined by the methods of the Association of Official Agricultural Chemists. The fertilizer may be subject to testing by the State Chemist in accordance with the Texas Fertilizer Law. A pelleted or granulated fertilizer shall be used.. Fifty percent or greater of the Nitrogen required shall be in the form of Nitrate Nitrogen (NO The remaining Nitrogen required may be in the form of Urea Nitrogen [CO(NH2)2]• The total amount of nutrients furnished and applied per acre (hectare: 1 hectare equals 2.471 acres) shall equal or exceed that specified for each nutrient. 606S.4 Construction Methods General requirements and criterion for vegetative activities, including fertilizing, for the City of Austin are presented in Section 1.4.4, "Vegetative Practice ", and Section 1.5.4, "Revegetation Criteria" of the City of Austin Environmental Criteria Manual. The fertilizer type and rate of application should be based on chemical tests of representative soil samples taken after completion of construction and ground work. Appropriate initial fertilizer application rates for the Austin area (in lieu of recommendations from soil testing) are provided in the sections of the City of Austin Environmental Criteria Manual identified below: A. Permanent seeding. - [Section 1.4.4.B.4]. B. Restoring Climax Grasses - [Section 1.5.5.E]. C. Sod. -. [Section 1.4.4.E.5]. D. Maintenance of Mulch Sod. - [Section 1.4.4.C.4]. 606S 9/29/99 Page 1 Fertilizer PRESENT VERSION: 9/29/99 REPLACES PREVIOUS ITEM NO. 606: 4/17/86 Pelleted or granulated fertilizer shall be applied uniformly into the soil to a depth of 4 inches (100 mm) over the area specified on the Drawings to be fertilized and in the manner directed for the particular item of work. The fertilizer shall be dry and in good physical condition. Fertilizer that is powdered or caked will be rejected. Distribution of the fertilizer for the particular item of work shall meet the approval of the Engineer or Designated Representative. Maintenance fertilizing shall be applied every 6 months after the new sod or grass is placed or until the work is accepted by the City. The fertilizer may also be applied with the hydromulch 606S.5 Measurement Work and acceptable material for °Fertilizer" will be measured by the normal ton of 2,000 pounds (megagrams: 1 megagram equals 1.1023 tons) or by the 100 pounds (50 kilograms: 1 kilogram equals 2.205 pounds) as determined by approved scales or guaranteed weight of sacks shown by the manufacturer. 606S.6 Payment The work performed and materials furnished and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be considered subsidiary to other bid items in the contract unless specified in the Drawings as a Pay Item. When fertilizer is specified on the Drawings as a pay item, the work performed and materials furnished and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit bid price for "Fertilizer° of the analysis specified on the Drawings. The unit bid price shall include full compensation for furnishing all materials and performing all operations necessary to complete the work. Payment, when specified, will be made under one of the following: Pay Item No. 606S -A: Fertilizer Pay Item No. 606S -B: Fertilizer End SPECIFIC CROSS REFERENCE MATERIALS Specification Item 606S 'Fertilizer" Per Ton. Per 100 Pounds. City of Austin Environmental Criteria Manual Designation Description Section 1.4.4.B.4 Design Criteria of Section B. Critical Area Stabilization (with Permanent Seeding) Section 1.4.4.C.4 Design Criteria of Section C. Critical Area Stabilization (with Mulch Sod) Section 1.4.4.E.5 Site Preparation of Section E. Critical Area Stabilization (with Sod) Section 1.5.5.E Fertilizer, Section E of 1.5.5, "Restoring Climax Grasses" 606S 9/29/99 Page 2 Fertilizer PRESENT VERSION: 9/29/99 REPLACES PREVIOUS ITEM NO. 606: 4/17/86 RELATED CROSS REFERENCE MATERIALS Specification Item 606S "Fertilizer° City of Austin Technical Designation Item No. 601 Item No. 602S Item No. 604 Item No. 605 Item No. 607 Item No. 608 Item No. 610 Specifications Description Salvaging and Placing Topsoil Sodding for Erosion Control Seeding for Erosion Control Soil Retention Blanket Slope Stabilization Planting Preservation of Trees and Other Vegetation Citv of Austin Standard Details Standard No. Description 626 -1 Grass Lined Swale 627 -1 Grass Lined Swale W/ Stone Center 633 -1 Landgrading Texas Department of Transportation: Standard Specifications for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges Designation Description Item No. 100 Preparing Right of Way Item No. 110 Excavation Item No. 132 Embankment Item No. 158 Specialized Excavation Work Item No. 160 Furnishing and Placing Topsoil Item No. 162 Sodding for Erosion Control Item No. 164 Seeding for Erosion Control Item No. 166 Fertilizer Item No. 168 Vegetative Watering Item No. 169 Soil Retention Blanket Item No. 180 Wildflower Seeding Item No. 192 Roadside Planting and Establishment Item No. 204 Sprinkling 606S 9/29/99 Page 3 Fertilizer PRESENT VERSION: 3/27/00 Previous Version: 8/25/95 610S.1 Description This item shall govern the proper care and treatment of all trees and other vegetation in the vicinity of any development activity. This specification is applicable for projects or work involving either inch -pound or SI units. Within the text and accompanying tables, the inch -pound units are given preference followed by SI units shown within parentheses. 610S.2 Submittals 610S.3 Materials Item No. 610S Preservation of Trees and Other Vegetation The submittal requirements for this specification item shall include: A. Identification of the location, type of protective fencing (Le. A, B or C), materials of construction and installation details; B. Proposed tree dressing; C. Type, location and construction details for proposed tree wells; D. Location, type, materials of construction and installation details for permeable paving; E. Type and rate of application of fertilizer; A. Protective Fencing Protective fencing is designated as the materials used to protect the root zones of trees as illustrated in City of Austin Standard Detail 610S -1. Three basic types of protective fencing materials are allowed by the City of Austin. Type A and Type B are typical applications and shall be installed where damage potential to.a tree root system is high, while Type C shall be installed where damage potential is minimal. The specific type of protective fencing for the work shall be as indicated on the Drawings. Type C fence materials shall be subject to approval by the City Arborist for Site Permit Projects, or the Engineer or designated representative for The City of Austin administered projects. Type C fencing shall be replaced by Type A or Type B fencing as directed by the Engineer or designated representative if it fails to perform the necessary function. 1. Type A Chain Link fence (Typical Application -high potential damage) Type A protective fencing shall be installed in accordance with City of Austin Standard Details 610S -2 and 610S -4 and shall consist of a minimum five -foot (1.5 meters) high chain link fencing with tubular steel support poles or "T' posts. 2. Type B Wood Fence (Typical Application -high potential damage) Type B protective fencing shall be installed in accordance with City of Austin Standard Details 610S -3 and 610S -5 and shall consist of any vertical planking attached to 2x4 -inch (50 x 100 mm) horizontal stringers which are supported by 2x4 -inch (50 x 100 mm) intermediate vertical supports and a 4x4 -inch (100 x 100 mm) at every fourth vertical support . 610S 3/27/00 Page 1 Preservation of Trees And Other Vegetation PRESENT VERSION: 3/27/00 Previous Version: 8/25/95 3. Type C Other Materials (Limited Application- minimal potential damage) The following materials may be permitted as alternates for limited or temporary applications (3 days or less) where tree damage potential is minimal (as determined by the City Arborist or designated representative for Site Permit Projects, or the Engineer or designated representative on City of Austin administered projects): (a) High visibility plastic construction fencing. The fabric shall be 4 feet (1.2 meters) in width and made of high density polyethylene resin, extruded and stretched to provide a highly visible international orange, non - fading fence. The fabric shall remain flexible from - 60 to 200 ° F ( - 16 ° C to 93 ° C) and shall be inert to most chemicals and acid. The fabric pattern may vary from diamond to circular with a minimum unit weight of 0.4 lbs. /Ft. (0.6 kilograms per meter). The fabric shall have a 4 foot (1.2 meters) width minimum tensile yield strength (Horizontal) of 2000 psi [13.9 megaPascals], ultimate tensile strength of 2680 psi [18.5 megaPascals] (Horizontal) and a maximum opening no greater than 2 inches (50 mm). (b) Other approved equivalent restraining material. The fencing materials, identified in (a) and (b) above, shall be supported by steel pipe, tee posts, U posts or 2" x 4" (50 mm x 100 mm) timber posts that are a minimum of 5 -1/2 feet (1.68 meters) in height and spaced no more than 8 feet (2.44 meters) on centers. The fabric shall be secured to post by bands or wire ties. B. Trunk Protection (Limited Application) When indicated on the Drawings or directed by the City Arborist or designated representative for Site Permit Projects or the Engineer or designated representative for City of Austin administered projects, tree trunk protection shall be provided in accordance with City of Austin Standard Details 610S -4 and 610S -5. Tree trunk protection shall consist of any 2 x 4 -inch (50 x 100 mm) or 2 x 6 -inch (50 x 150 mm) planking or plastic strapping. C. Tree Dressing Tree dressing of any damaged areas shall be accomplished using any approved asphaltic tree wound paint, immediately after damage occurs. D. Tree Wells for Raised Grades When existing grades are raised by more than 6 inches (150 mm), the tree root system shall be protected by the installation of tree wells in accordance with City of Austin Standard Detail 610S -6. Native stone, railroad ties or equivalent timber shall be used for the separator wall of the well and PVC conforming to ASTM D -2729, SDR -35 shall be used for the aeration systems in fill areas. E. Permeable Paving (Environmental Criteria Manual Section 3.5.A.1) Permeable segmented pavers in conjunction with PVC pipe aeration system or concrete on gravel base with cored holes shall be used to protect existing tree root zones when indicated on the Drawings or directed by the City Arborist or designated 610S 3/27/00 Page 2 Preservation of Trees And Other Vegetation 1 1 1 r 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PRESENT VERSION: 3/27/00 Previous Version: 8/25/95 representative for Site Permit Projects or the Engineer or designated representative for City of Austin administered projects. F. Fertilizer Fertilizer shall conform to City of Austin Standard Specification Item No. 606S, "Fertilizer ". 610S.4 Construction Methods A. Protective Fencing All trees and shrubs in the proximity of the construction site shall be carefully checked for damage prior to initiation of any development activity. All individual trees, shrubs, and natural areas scheduled for preservation shall be protected during construction with temporary fencing as indicated on the Drawings or directed by the City Arborist or designated representative for Site Permit Projects or the Engineer or designated representative for City of Austin administered projects. Protective fences (section 610S.3.A) shall be installed prior to the start of any site preparation work (clearing, grubbing, or grading), and shall be maintained in functioning condition throughout all phases of the construction project. Protective fence locations in close proximity to intersecting streets or drives shall adhere to the sight distance (Section 1.3.1.C.6) and desirable sight triangle (Figure 1 -6 criteria found in the City of Austin Transportation Criteria Manual). 1. Protective fences shall be constructed at the locations (typically the outer limits of the Critical Root Zone) and with materials indicated on the Drawings to prevent the following (Environment Criteria Manual, Appendix P -2, Note 6): (a). Soil compaction in the root zone area resulting from vehicular traffic or storage of equipment or materials. (b). Root zone disturbances due to grade changes [greater than 6" (150 mm) cut or fill] or trenching not reviewed and authorized by the City Arborist or designated representative or the Engineer or designated representative. (c). Damage to exposed roots, trunks or limbs by mechanical equipment. (d). Other activities detrimental to trees such as chemical storage, concrete truck cleaning, and fires. 2. Exceptions to the installation of protective fences at the tree drip lines may be permitted in the following cases: (a). Where there is to be an approved grade change, impermeable paving surface, tree well, or other such site development, the fence shall be erected approximately 2 to 4 feet (0.6 to 1.2 meters) beyond the area of disturbance; (b). When permeable paving is to be installed within a tree drip line, the fence shall be erected at the outer limits of the permeable paving area (prior to any site grading so that this enclosed area is graded separately to minimize root damage); , 610S 3/27/00 Page 3 Preservation of Trees And Other Vegetation PRESENT VERSION: 3/27/00 - Previous Version: 8/25/95 (c). When trees are located close to a proposed building or other construction activity (Environment Criteria Manual, Appendix P -2, Note 6.c), the fence shall be erected to allow 6 to 10 feet (1.8 to 3 meters) work space between the fence and the structure and apply organic mulch to a depth of four (4) to six (6) inches [100 to 150 mm] in the unprotected root zone area; (d). When there are street -side pedestrian walkways, fences shall be constructed in a manner that does not obstruct safe passage; (e). When there are severe space constraints due to tract size or other special requirements, the Contractor shall contact the City Arborist on Site Permit projects or the Engineer or designated representative for City Administered projects to discuss alternatives. When any of the exceptions listed above will result in a fence being located closer than five (5) feet (1.5 meters) to a tree trunk, the Contractor shall also protect the trunk with strapped -on planking to a height of 8 feet [2.4 meters] (or to the limits of lower branching) in addition to the reduced fencing required (City of Austin Standard Details 610S -4 and 610S -5). B. Repair of Damage Tree roots scarred by equipment shall be cut cleanly and covered with topsoil. When tree roots are pruned, a comparable portion of selected branches shall be cut from the tree on the opposite side. Limb pruning shall be made at the branch collar as indicated on the Drawings. AU limbs greater than 1 inch (25 mm) in diameter shall be precut in accordance with ANSI 300 pruning methods to prevent splitting. All cut limbs shall be treated with an approved tree dressing. Tools shall be disinfected with alcohol or 5 ppm chlorine solution between repairs to trees to prevent the transmission of diseases from one tree to another. All trees damaged during construction shall receive an application of fertilizer within the drip line conforming to Standard Specification Item No. 606S, "Fertilizer" at the rate of 4 pounds per caliper inch (.07 kilograms per caliper mm). C. Cutting and Filling Around Trees When the depth of an excavation or embankment exceeds 6 inches (150 mm within the drip line of any tree with a diameter greater than 8 inches (200 mm), a tree well (Section 610S.3.D and City of Austin Standard Detail 610S -6) shall be constructed to protect the tree as indicated on the Drawings. D. Paving Around Trees Where paving within the dripline of any tree greater than a 6 inch (150 mm) diameter is necessary, a permeable pavement and aeration system (Section 610S.3.E, Environmental Criteria Manual Section 3.5.A.1 and Figure 3 -8) must be installed as indicated on the Drawings, except for street construction. E. Tree Removal Any trees which are indicated on the Drawings for removal or which may interfere with the construction shall be removed subject to the approval of the Engineer or designated representative. Trees with diameters that exceed 19 inches (483 mm) as measured 4 1/2 feet (1.37 meters) above the existing ground, shall require review by the City Arborist or designated representative (Environmental Criteria Manual Section 3.3.2.A.2) prior to removal in accordance with the Tree Ordinance (Land Development Code 610S 3/27/00 Page 4 Preservation of Trees And Other Vegetation 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PRESENT VERSION: 3/27/00 Previous Version: 8/25/95 Section 25 -8 -623). When a tree or shrub is scheduled for removal, it shall be cut to a depth of 12 inches (300 mm) below the surrounding ground line. After removal, soil shall be placed in the hole to a depth matching the existing grade. The tree shall be cut into sections that can be managed, removed from the site and disposed of. All work shall be conducted in such a manner as to protect all facilities, improvements and vegetation in the work area. All damage resulting from tree removal or pruning shall be repaired at the Contractor's own expense. F. Final Cleanup All temporary tree and shrub preservation and protection measures shall be removed when the construction has been completed. 610S.5 Measurement Tree and shrub trimming, fencing, drains, fertilization, etc. will not be measured for payment unless included as a contract pay item. Tree wells for tree protection will be measured by the units, complete in place, conforming to the Drawings and City of Austin Standard Detail 610S -6, °Tree Protection, Tree Wells °. 610S.6 Payment The work and materials prescribed herein with the exception of the Tree Wells will not be paid for directly but shall be considered subsidiary to other items unless a payment item is included as a contract pay item. Payment will be made under: Pay Item 610S -A: Pay Item 610S -B: Pay Item 610S -C: Pay Item 610S -D: End Protective Fencing Type A Chain Link fence (Typical Application -high damage potential) Per Lineal Foot Protective Fencing Type B Wood Fence (Typical Application -high damage potential) Per Lineal Foot Protective Fencing Type C Other Materials (Limited Application - minimal damage potential) Per Lineal Foot Tree Well (Tree Protection) Per Each. SPECIFIC CROSS REFERENCE MATERIALS City of Austin Standard Specification Items Designation Description Item No. 606S Fertilizer City of Austin Standard Details Designation Description tem No. 610S -1 Tree Protection Fence Locations tem No. 610S -2 Tree Protection Fence, Type A, Chainlink tem No. 610S -3 Tree Protection Fence, Type B, Wood tem No. 610S -4 Tree Protection Fence, Modified Type A, Chainlink tem No. 610S -5 Tree Protection Fence, Modified Type B, Wood tem No. 610S -6 Tree Protection, Tree Wells 610S 3/27/00 Page 5 Preservation of Trees And Other Vegetation PRESENT VERSION: 3/27/00 SPECIFIC CROSS REFERENCE MATERIALS - Continued Specification 610S, "Preservation of Trees and Other Vegetation" City of Austin Transportation Criteria Manual Designation Description Section 1.3.1.C.6 Sight Distance Figure 1 -6 Desirable Sight Triangle City of Austin Environmental Criteria Manual Designation Description Appendix P -2, Note 6 Exceptions to Installing Fences Appendix P -2, Note 6c Trees close to proposed buildings--- - Section 3.3.2.A.2 Diameter of trees Section 3.5.0 Design Criteria Section 3.5.3.A.1 Permeable Paving Figure 3 -8 Example of Minimum Design Criteria Applied to Permeable Parking City of Austin Land Development Code Designation Description Section 25 -8 -623 Inspection by City Arborist ASTM, American Society for Testing and Materials Designation Description • D -2729 Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings RELATED CROSS REFERENCE MATERIALS Specification 610S, `Preservation of Trees and Other Vegetation" City of Austin Standard Specification Items Designation Description Preparing Right of Way Clearing and Grubbing Excavation Channel Excavation Embankment Fertilizer Planting tem No. 101S tem No. 102S tem No. 111S tem No. 120S tem No. 132S tem No. 606S tem No. 608S Texas Department of Transportation: Standard Specifications for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges Designation Description tem No. 100 Preparing Right of Way tem No. 110 Excavation tem No. 132 Embankment tem No. 158 Specialized Excavation Work tem No. 160 Furnishing and Placing Topsoil tem No. 166 Fertilizer tem No. 168 Vegetative Watering 610S 3/27/00 Previous Version: 8/25/95 Page 6 Preservation of Trees And Other Vegetation 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PRESENT VERSION: November 26, 2001 ' Previous Versions: 5/23/00; 4/17/86 639S.1 Description This item shall govern the construction of a temporary berm of open graded rock that is installed at the toe of a slope on the perimeter of a developing area. The purpose of a rock berm is to intercept sediment -laden water from unprotected areas, to retain the sediment and to release the water in sheet flow (Environmental Criteria Manual Section 1.4.2.E). This item shall also govern the removal of the "Rock Berm" and re- vegetation of the area. This specification is applicable for projects or work involving either inch -pound or SI units. Within the text, the inch -pound units are given preference followed by SI units shown within parentheses. 6395.2 Submittals Item No. 639S Rock Berm The submittal requirements for this specification item shall include: A. Function (stream flow or other) and dimensions of the rock berm B. Source, type and gradation of rock C. Re- vegetation program, including: 1. Identification of the type, source, mixture, Pure Live Seed (PLS) and rate of application of the seeding. 2. Type of mulch. 3. Type of tacking agent. 4. Type and rate of application of fertilizer. 639S.3 Design Criteria A rock berm shall be constructed near the perimeter of a disturbed site within the development area. It is not to be constructed outside the property lines without obtaining an easement or written permission from the affected adjacent property owners. A detailed design is not required for the installation of a rock berm; however, the following criteria shall be observed: Drainage area - less than 5 acres (2 hectares). Height - 18 inches (450 mm) minimum height, measured vertically from the top of the existing ground at the upslope toe to the top of the berm. Top width - 2 feet (0.6 meter) minimum. Side slopes - 2:1 or flatter. Grade - Berms will be built along a contour as near possible to a 0 percent grade. 639S 11/26/01 Page 1 Rock Berm (RB) PRESENT VERSION: November 26, 2001 Previous Versions: 5/23/00; 4/17/86 639S.4 Materials Surplus rock excavated from utility trenches or from other excavations may be used in construction of these berms. In general, the rocks shall be sound with a minimum of 3 inches (75 mm) in smallest dimension and shall weigh between 10 and 30 pounds (4.5 to 13.6 kilograms) each. Seeding for re- vegetation shall conform to Item No. 604S, "Seeding for Erosion Control ". Use only open - graded rock of the size indicated on Standard Detail No. 639S -1, with most of the fines removed. 639S.5 Construction Methods All trees, brush, stumps and objectionable material shall be removed and disposed in a manner that will not interfere with the construction of the berm. A trench shall be excavated to a minimum depth of 4 inches (100 mm) below existing grade for placement of the rock as indicated on Standard Detail No. 639S -1 and the Drawings. The rocks shall be placed in interlocking layers with close joints starting at the base. Open joints shall be filled with rock - spalled materials as required to stabilize the berm. The area upstream from the rock berm shall be maintained in a condition, which will allow sediment to be removed following the runoff from a rainfall event. After each rainfall event with an accumulation of 1 inch (25 mm) or more, an inspection of the rock berm will be made by the Contractor and the stone shall be replaced, when the structure ceases to function as intended because of silt accumulation among the rocks, washout, construction traffic damage, etc. When the silt reaches a depth equal to 1/3 the height of the berm or 6 inches (150 mm), whichever is less, the Contractor will remove the accumulated silt and dispose of it at an approved disposal site in a manner that will not contribute to additional siltation. The berm will be reshaped as needed during construction. When the site is completely stabilized, the berm will be removed and disposed of in a manner approved by the Engineer or designated representative. The area will be re- vegetated as required by Item No. 604S, "Seeding for Erosion Control'. 639S.6 Measurement Acceptable work performed and prescribed in this item will be measured by the linear foot (lineal meter: 1 lineal meter equals 3.281 lineal feet) along the centerline of top of berm. 639S.7 Payment The work performed and material furnished and measured as provided under "Measurement' to construct this item will be paid for at the unit bid price per linear foot of rock berm barrier as indicated on the Drawings. The Unit Bid Price shall include full compensation for: (a) furnishing, hauling and placing all materials including all labor, tools, 639S 11/26/01 Page 2 Rock Berm (RB) PRESENT VERSION: November 26, 2001 Previous Versions: 5/23/00; 4/17/86 equipment and incidentals needed to complete the work, (b) maintaining the berm, (c) removing silt accumulations, (d) rock replacement, (e) removing and disposing of all materials when the berm is no longer required and (f) re- vegetating the site upon removal of the berm. Payment will be made under: Pay Item No. 639S: Rock Berm End SPECIFIC CROSS REFERENCE MATERIALS City of Austin Environmental Criteria Manual Designation Description Section 1.4.2.E Rock Berm City of Austin Standard Details Designation Description Number 639S -1 Rock Berm City of Austin Standard Specifications Designation Description Item No. 604S Seeding for Erosion Control 1 RELATED CROSS REFERENCE MATERIALS City of Austin Environmental Criteria Manual Designation Description Table 1 -1.3 Recommended Design Values For Functional Controls Table 1 -2 Maximum Water Depth At The Barrier City of Austin Standard Specifications Designation Description Item No. 101S Preparing Right of Way Item No. 102S Clearing and Grubbing Item No. 111S Excavation Item No. 120S Channel Excavation Item No. 401S Structural Excavation and Backfill Item No. 602S Sodding for Erosion Control Item No. 605S Soil Retention Blanket Item No. 606S Fertilizer Item No. 608S Planting Item No. 610S Preservation of Trees and Other Vegetation Item No. 620S Filter Fabric Texas Department of Transportation: Standard Specifications for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges Designation Description Item No. 100 Preparing Right of Way Item No. 110 Excavation Item No. 132 Embankment Item No. 158 Specialized Excavation Work Item No. 166 Fertilizer Item No. 168 Vegetative Watering Item No. 169 Soil Retention Blanket Item No. 204 Sprinkling Per Lineal Foot. 639S 11/26/01 Page 3 Rock Berm (RB) Table 1: Aggregate Gradation Chart (TEX 401 -A, % Retained per sieve) US 8 inch (SI 200 mm) US 5 inch (SI 125 mm) US 2 inch (SI 50 mm) 0 90 -100 100 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PRESENT VERSION: 5/23/00 Previous Version: 3/08/96 641 S.2 Submittals Item No. 641S Stabilized Construction Entrance 641 S.1 Description This item governs the construction of a stabilized pad of crushed stone located at any point where traffic will be entering or leaving a construction site to or from a public right of way, street, alley, sidewalk or parking area. The purpose of a stabilized construction entrance is to reduce or eliminate the tracking or deposition of sediment onto public right of way (Environmental Criteria Manual Section 1.4.2.N.4). This specification is applicable for projects or work involving either inch -pound or SI units. Within the text, the inch -pound units are given preference followed by SI units shown within parentheses. The submittal requirements for this specification item shall include: A. Source, type and gradation of rock B. Drainage technique (i.e. drainage swale or entrance grading) proposed to prevent runoff from exiting the construction site. 641S.3 Materials Aggregate for construction shall conform to the following gradation: 641 S.4 Construction Methods All trees, brush, stumps, obstructions and other objectionable material shall be removed and disposed of in a manner that will not interfere with the excavation and construction of the entrance as indicated on the Drawings or as presented in Standard Details No. 641S- 1. The entrance shall not drain onto the public right of way or shall not allow surface water runoff to exit the construction site. When necessary, vehicle wheels shall be cleaned to remove sediment prior to entrance onto public right of way. When vehicle washing is required, it shall be done on an area stabilized with crushed stone, which drains into an approved sediment trap or sediment basin. All sediment shall be prevented from entering any storm drain, ditch or watercourse through use of sand bags, gravel, boards, silt fence (Standard Specification Item No 642S) or other methods approved by the Engineer or designated representative. The entrance shall be maintained in a condition, that will prevent tracking or disposition of sediment onto public right of way. This restriction may require periodic top dressing with additional stone as conditions demand, as well as the repair and/or cleanout of any measures used to trap sediment. All sediment that is spilled, dropped, washed or tracked onto public right of way must be removed immediately. 641S 05/23/00 Page 1 Stabilized Construction Entrance (SCE) PRESENT VERSION: 5/23/00 Previous Version: 3/08/96 641 S.5 Measurement Acceptable work performed as prescribed in this item will be measured by unit of each stabilized construction entrance installed. 641 S.6 Payment Work performed and materials furnished under this item shall be paid for at the unit bid price per each. Payment, when included as a contract pay item, will be made under: Pay Item No. 641S: Stabilized Construction Entrance Per Each. End SPECIFIC CROSS REFERENCE MATERIALS Specification 641 S, "Stabilized Construction Entrance (SCE)" City of Austin Environmental Criteria Manual Designation Description Section 1.4.2.N.4 Stabilized Construction Entrance "Design Criteria" City of Austin Standard Details Designation Description Number 641 S -1 Stabilized Construction Entrance City of Austin Standard Specifications Designation Description Item No. 642S Silt Fence (SF) RELATED CROSS REFERENCE MATERIALS City of Austin Environmental Criteria Manual Designation Description Section 1.4.2.J Sandbag Berm Figure 1 -11 Sand Bag Berm Section 1.4.2.G Silt Fence City of Austin Standard Specifications Designation Description t em No. 101S Preparing Right of Way t em No. 102S Clearing and Grubbing t em No. 111S Excavation t em No. 120S Channel Excavation tem No. 401S Structural Excavation and Backf ill t em No. 610S Preservation of Trees and Other Vegetation Texas Department of Transportation: Standard Specifications for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges Designation Description Item No. 100 Preparing Right of Way Item No. 110 Excavation I tem No. 132 Embankment I tem No. 158 Specialized Excavation Work I tem No. 168 Vegetative Watering 641S 05/23/00 Page 2 Stabilized Construction Entrance (SCE) PRESENT VERSION: 5/23/00 Previous Version: 5/01/90 Item No. 642S Silt Fence 642S.1 Description This item shall govern the provision and placement of a filter fabric fence (Environmental Criteria Manual Section 1.4.2.G) including maintenance of the fence, removal of accumulated silt and removal of the silt fence upon completion of the project. This specification is applicable for projects or work involving either inch -pound or SI units. Within the text, the inch -pound units are given preference followed by SI units shown within parentheses. 6425.2 Submittals The submittal requirements for this specification item shall include: A. Source, manufacturer, characteristics and test data for the filter fabric, B. Manufacturer, characteristics and test data for the posts and wire fence. 642S.3 Materials A. Fabric 1. General: The filter fabric shall be of nonwoven polypropylene, polyethylene or polyamide thermoplastic fibers with non - raveling edges. The fabric shall be non - biodegradable, inert to most soil chemicals, ultraviolet resistant, unaffected by moisture or other weather conditions, and permeable to water while retaining sediment. The filter fabric shall be supplied in rolls a minimum of 36 inches (0.9 meter) wide. 2. Physical Requirements: The fabric shall meet the requirements presented in Table 1, when sampled and tested in accordance with the methods indicated herein, on Standard Detail No. 642S - 1 and/or on the Drawings. B. Posts: Posts shall be painted or galvanized steel Tee or Y -posts with anchor plates, not less than 5 feet (1.5 meters) in length with a minimum weight of 1.3 pounds per foot (1.9 kilograms per meter) with a minimum Brinell Hardness of 143. Hangers shall be adequate to secure fence and fabric to posts. Posts and anchor plates shall conform to ASTM A -702. C. Wire Fence: Wire fence shall be welded wire fabric 2 x 4 - W1.0 x W1.0 (50 x 100 - MW7 x MW7) and shall conform to Standard Specification Item No. 406, "Reinforcing Steel ". 642S 05/23/00 Page 1 Silt Fence TABLE 1. Filter Fabric Requirements Physical Properties Method Requirements Fabric Weight in ounces per square yard (grams /square meter) TEX- 616-J' 4.5 minimum (150 minimum) Water Flow Rate in gallons/sq. foot/ minute (liters /square meter /minute) TEX-616-J 40 maximum (1630 maximum) Equivalent Sieve Opening Size: US Standard (SI Standard sieve size) CW 02215 40 to 100 (425 to 150 gm) Mullen Burst Strength: lbs. per sq. inch (psi) megaPascal (mPa) ASTM D -3786 300 minimum (2 minimum) Ultraviolet Resistance; % Strength Retention ASTM D -1682 70 minimum PRESENT VERSION: 5/23/00 642S.4 Construction Methods 642S. 5 Measurement Previous Version: 5/01/90 TxDoT Test Method Tex - 616 -J, Testing of Construction Fabrics ". 2 US Army Corps of Engineers Civil Works Construction Guide Specification CW- 02215, °Plastic Filter Fabric ". 3 ASTM D -3786, °Test Method for Hydraulic Bursting Strength of Knitting Goods and Nonwoven Fabrics: Diaphragm Bursting Strength Tester Method ". ° ASTM D - 1682, "Test Methods for Breaking Load and Elongation of Textile Fabrics °. The silt fence fabric shall be securely attached to the posts and the wire support fence with the bottom 12 inches (300 mm) of the filter material buried in a trench a minimum of 6 inches (150 mm) deep and 6 inches (150 mm) wide to prevent sediment from passing under the fence. When the silt fence is constructed on impervious material, a 12 -inch (300 -mm) flap of fabric shall be extended upstream from the bottom of the silt fence and weighted to limit particulate Toss. No horizontal joints will be allowed in the filter fabric. Vertical joints shall be overlapped a minimum of 12 inches (300 mm) with the ends sewn or otherwise securely tied. The silt fence shall be a minimum of 24 inches (0.6 meter) high. Posts shall be embedded a minimum of 12 inches (300 mm) in the ground, placed a maximum of 8 feet (2.4 meters) apart and set on a slight angle toward the anticipated runoff source. When directed by the Engineer or designated representative, posts shall be set at specified intervals to support concentrated loads. The silt fence shall be repaired, replaced, and/or relocated when necessary or as directed by the Engineer or designated representative. Accumulated silt shall be removed when it reaches a depth of 6 inches (150 mm). The work performed and the materials furnished under this item will be measured by the lineal foot of "Silt Fence ", complete in place. 642S 05/23/00 Page 2 Silt Fence 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PRESENT VERSION: 5/23/00 Previous Version: 5/01/90 642S.6 Payment The work performed and materials furnished and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit bid price per lineal foot of "Silt Fence ". The price shall include full compensation for furnishing, hauling and placing all materials, labor, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work including inspecting, repairing, replacing and relocating the fence, removal of silt and removal and disposal of all materials at the completion of construction in and re- vegetation of disturbed areas. Payment will be made under: END Pay Item No. 642S: Silt Fence for Erosion Control Per Lineal Foot. SPECIFIC CROSS REFERENCE MATERIALS City of Austin Environmental Criteria Manual Designation Description Section 1.4.2.G Silt Fence City of Austin Standard Details Designation Description Number 642S -1 Silt Fence City of Austin Technical Specifications Designation Description Item No. 406 Reinforcing Steel American Society For Testing and Materials (ASTM) Designation Description A -702 Specification for Steel Fence Posts and Assemblies, Hot Wrought D -1682 Test Methods for Breaking Load and Elongation of Textile Fabrics D -3786 Test Method for Hydraulic Bursting Strength of Knitting Goods and Nonwoven Fabrics: Diaphragm Bursting Strength Tester Method Texas Department of Transportation Manual of Testing Procedures Designation Description Tex -616 -J Testing of Construction Fabrics U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Designation Description CW -02215 Civil Works Construction Guide Specification °Plastic Filter Fabric" RELATED CROSS REFERENCE MATERIALS City of Austin Environmental Criteria Manual Designation Description Table 1 -1.3 Recommended Design Values For Functional Controls Table 1 -2 Maximum Water Depth At The Barrier City of Austin Standard Specifications Designation Description Item No. 101S Preparing Right of Way Item No. 102S Clearing and Grubbing Item No. 111S Excavation Item No. 120S Channel Excavation Item No. 401S Structural Excavation and Backfill Item No. 610S Preservation of Trees and Other Vegetation 642S 05/23/00 Page 3 Silt Fence PRESENT VERSION: November 26, 2001 Previous Versions: 2/21/01; 5/23/00; 9/30/87 803S.2 Submittals 803S.3 Materials Lumber shall be painted with 2 coats of paint as indicated on the Drawings. Item No. 803S Barricades, Signs and Traffic Handling 803S.1 Description This item shall govern for providing, installing, moving, replacing, maintaining, cleaning and removing upon completion of the work, all temporary or permanent street closure barricades, signs, cones, lights or other devices required to handle the traffic in conformance with the current edition of the Texas Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Street and Highways and as indicated on the Drawings or directed by the Engineer or designated representative. Construction Detours, if required, shall conform to Standard Specification Item No. 801S, "Construction Detours ". Capital Improvement Project Signs shall conform to Standard Specification Item No. 802S, " Project Signs ". This item shall also include the installation of all required safety fencing as described in the latest adopted version of Standard Detail 804S -4. This specification is applicable for projects or work involving either inch -pound or SI units. Within the text, the inch -pound units are given preference followed by SI units shown within parentheses. The submittal requirements of this specification item include: A. Type of Barricade and proposed materials and Construction of the barricade, B. Test results for Retro - Reflective sheeting. All barricades, signs, cones, lights and other types of devices to handle traffic, as indicated on the Drawings or directed by the Engineer or designated representative, shall conform to details shown on the Drawings or those indicated in the Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD). 803S.4 Construction Methods Prior to commencement of construction, suitable "Barricades, Signs and Traffic Handling" devices shall be installed to protect the workers and the public. The Contractor shall be responsible for the installation of all markers, signs and barricades in accordance with the Drawings and in conformance with the Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD) and/or as indicated on the Drawings or directed by the Engineer or designated representative. If, in the opinion of the Engineer or designated representative, additional markers, signs or barricades are needed in the interest of safety, the Contractor will install such as are required or as directed by the Engineer or designated representative. All changes and/or revisions to the detour /traffic control plan shall be approved by the Engineer or designated representative. 803S 11/26/01 Page 1 Barricades, Signs and Traffic Handling PRESENT VERSION: November 26, 2001 Previous Versions: 2/21/01; 5/23/00; 9/30/87 803S.5 Maintenance It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to maintain, clean, move and replace if necessary, barricades, signs and traffic handling devices during the time required for construction of the project. Permanent barricades shall be constructed as required after the completion of the street by drilling holes to place the posts and concrete foundations. Foundation concrete shall be cured before the rails are attached. When no longer needed, all temporary Barricades, Signs and Traffic Handling Devices shall be removed and the area restored to its original condition or as directed by the Engineer or designated representative. 803S.6 Measurement The work performed and material furnished as prescribed by this item, City of Austin Standard Details, details included on the Drawings or indicated in the TMUTCD shall be measured as follows: A. Pavement Markings. All pavement marking required for proper installation of the designated Traffic Control Plans and Details, as well as required removal of existing pavement marking, shall be measured and paid for under Standard Specification Item No. 870S, 'Work Zone Pavement Markings" and Standard Specification Item No. 874S, "Eliminating Existing Pavement Markings ". B. Barricades, Signs and Traffic Handling. All work performed and material furnished as prescribed by this item, City of Austin Standard Details, details shown on the Drawings or indicated in the TMUTCD, that are not included in the above paragraph, shall be measured by the day. Traffic control for the project will be measured and paid for once per contract defined time period, i.e. either per Calendar Day, Working day or Month at the contract rate, regardless of the number of set -ups, locations or streets under construction. C. Safety Fencing Safety fencing will be measured by the lineal foot. 803S.7 Payment The work performed and materials furnished as prescribed by this item, measured as provided under section "803S.6 Measurement" shall be paid for at the contract unit price for barricades, signs and traffic handling. This unit price shall include full compensation for furnishing and placement of all materials and for all labor, tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary to complete the work. Payment will be made under: _Pay Item No. 803 -CD: Barricades, Signs, and Traffic Handling Per Calendar Day. Pay Item No. 803 -WD: Barricades, Signs, and Traffic Handling Per Working Day. Pay Item No. 803S -MO: Barricades, Signs, and Traffic Handling Per Month. Pay Item No. 803S -SF: Safety Fence Per Lineal Foot. End 803S 11/26/01 Page 2 Barricades, Signs and Traffic Handling 1 1 1 1 1 1 I i 1 1 . 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PRESENT VERSION: November 26, 2001 Previous Versions: 2/21/01; 5/23/00; 9/30/87 SPECIFIC CROSS REFERENCE MATERIALS Specification Item No. 803S, "Barricades, Signs and Traffic Handling" City of Austin Standard Specifications Designation Description Item No. 801 S Construction Detours Item No. 802S Project Signs Item No. 870S Work Zone Pavement Markings Item No. 874S Eliminating Existing Pavement Markings and Markers Texas Technical Documents: Designation Description (TMUTCD) Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices RELATED CROSS REFERENCE MATERIALS Specification Item No. 803S, "Barricades, Signs and Traffic Handling" City of Austin Standard Specifications Designation Description Item No. 403 Concrete for Structures Item No. 860S Pavement Marking Paint (Reflectorized) Item No. 863S Reflectorized Pavement Markers Item No. 864S Abbreviated Pavement Markings Item No. 867S Epoxy Adhesive Item No. 871S Reflectorized Pavement Markings Item No. 875S Pavement Surface Preparation For Markings City of Austin Standard Details Designation Description 803S -1 Street -End Barricades Texas Department of Transportation: Standard Specifications for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets. and Bridges Designation Description Item No. 502 Barricades, Signs and Traffic Handling Item No. 508 Constructing Detours Item No. 510 One -Way Traffic Control Item No. 512 Portable Concrete Traffic Barrier Item No. 514 Permanent Concrete Traffic Barrier Item No. 662 Work Zone Pavement Markings Item No. 666 Reflectorized Pavement Markings Item No. 667 Prefabricated Pavement Markings Item No. 672 Raised Pavement Markers Item No. 677 Eliminating Existing Pavement Markings and Markers Item No. 678 Pavement Surface Preparation For Markings Texas Department of Transportation: Departmental Materials Specifications Designation Description DMS 7110 Aluminum Sign Blanks DMS 8310 Flexible Roll -up Reflective Signs Texas Department of Transportation: Manual of Testing Procedures Designation Description Tex -839 -B Determining Color in Reflective Materials Tex -842 -B Method for Measuring Retroreflectivity 803S 11/26/01 Page 3 Barricades, Signs and Traffic Handling PRESENT VERSION: November 26, 2001 Previous Versions: 2/21/01; 5/23/00; 9/30/87 RELATED CROSS REFERENCE MATERIALS (continued) Specification Item No. 803S, "Barricades, Signs and Traffic Handling" American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Designation Description A -307 Specification for Carbon Steel Externally Threaded Standard Fasteners A -320 Specification for Alloys -Steel Bolting Materials for Low - Temperature Service A -513 Specification for Electric- Resistance - Welded Carbon and Alloy Steel Mechanical Tubing B- 108/B108M Specification for Aluminum -Alloy Permanent Mold Castings B -183 Practice for Preparation of Low - Carbon Steel for Electroplating B- 221/B -221M Specification for Aluminum -Alloy Extended Bars, Rods, Wire, Shapes, and Tubes D -523 Test Method for Specular Gloss D -822 Recommended Practice for Operating Light- and Water- Exposure Apparatus (Carbon - Arc Type) for Testing Paint, Varnish, Lacquer, and Related Products D -828 Test Method for Tensile Breaking Strength of Paper and Paperboard G -23 Recommended Practice for Operating Light- and Water- Exposure Apparatus (Carbon -Arc Type) for Exposure of Nonmetallic Materials 803S 11/26/01 Page 4 Barricades, Signs and Traffic Handling 1 1 1 1 � I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 US Sieve SI Sieve % weight (mass) retained #20 (850µm) 3to10 # 30 (600 µm) 20 to 40 # 40 (425 µm) 30 to 50 # 50 (300 µm) 15 to 35 #80 (180 gm) Oto10 1 ' Item No. 860S Pavement Marking Paint 1 1 1 ' 860S.2 Submittals The submittal requirements of this specification item include: 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PRESENT VERSION: 05/23/00 Previous Version: 9/29/99 860S.1 Description This item shall govern the installation of reflectorized paint pavement marking. The width of the line shall be 4 inches (100 millimeters) and the color as indicated on the Drawings. This specification is applicable for projects or work involving either inch -pound or SI units. Within the text and accompanying tables, the inch -pound units are given preference followed by SI units shown within parentheses. A. Proposed paint color(s), brand names, raw materials and products for traffic paint. B. Sampling and testing procedures and specific test results for pigment, calcium carbonate, acrylic resins and other materials used in the traffic paints. C. Proposed shipping requirements including container type(s) (drums and/or buckets), and labeling. D. Manufacturer's recommendations for mixing, storage and application of the traffic glass beads and traffic paint. E. All applicable Materials Safety data Sheets for the traffic paint. 860S.3 Materials A. Traffic Stripe Reflective Glass Traffic Beads 1. The glass spheres shall not contain more than 30 percent (by weight {mass }) irregular shaped particles when tested in accordance with TxDoT Test Method - 832-B. The no. 20 (850 µm) sieve shall have a maximum of 35% by weight (mass) allowed irregular particles, based on a visual inspection. Unless noted otherwise on the Drawings or designated in writing by the Engineer or designated representative, the application rate of the glass traffic beads shall not be less than 6 pounds per gallon (0.7 kilograms per liter). Glass traffic beads shall be essentially free of sharp angular particles and particles showing milkiness or surface scarring or scratching. Glass traffic beads shall be water white in color. 2. The glass traffic beads shall meet the following graduation requirements when tested in accordance with TxDoT Test Method Tex - 831 -B: 860S 05/23/00 Page 1 Pavement Marking Paint PRESENT VERSION: 05/23/00 Previous Version: 9/29/99 3. Index of Refraction: The glass traffic beads, when tested by the liquid immersion method at 77 ° F (25 ° C), shall show an index of refraction within the range of 1.50 to 1.53. 4. Wetting: The glass traffic beads shall be capable of being readily wet with water, when tested according to TxDOT Test Method Tex - 826 -B. 5. Stability: The glass traffic beads shall show no tendency toward decomposition, surface etching, change in retroreflective characteristics or change in color after (a) One -hour exposure to concentrated hydrochloric acid at 77 °F (25 °C), (b) 24 hours exposure to weak acids, weak alkali, and (c) 100 hours of weather -o -meter (Atlas, Sunshine Type) exposure, ASTM G -23, Method 1, Type EH. 6. Contaminants: Glass traffic beads shall: (a) contain less than 1/4 of 1 percent moisture by weight (mass). (b) free of trash, dirt, etc. (c) show no evidence of objectionable static electricity when flowing through a regular traffic bead dispenser. 7. Sampling and Testing (TxDoT Test Method Tex - 801 -B) shall be in accordance with the latest applicable procedures included in the TxDOT Manual on Testing. Applicable test methods include but are not limited to the following: Tex 806 -B, "Method for Determining Grind and Oversize Pigment Particles" Tex - 810 -B, "Test Method for Color and Color Stability of Opaque Colored Pigments" Tex - 811 -B, "Skinning Characteristics of Coatings" Tex - 822 -B, "Method for Determining Refractive Index of Glass Beads" Tex - 826 -B, "Water Absorption Test of Beads" Tex - 828 -B, "Determining Functional Characteristics of Pavement Markings" Tex - 830 -B, "Method for Sampling Traffic Stripe Beads° Tex - 831 -B, "Method for Determining The Gradation of Glass Traffic - Stripe Beads" Tex - 832 -B, "Methods for Determining the Roundness of Glass Spheres" B. Pavement Marking Paint 1. Functional Requirements (a) All paint -type materials that are applied at ambient or slightly elevated temperatures shall conform to TxDoT Departmental Materials Specifications DMS -8200, YPT 10 and/or WPT -10 and DMS -8290. (b) The paint shall be homogenous, well ground to a uniform and smooth consistency and shall not skin nor settle badly nor cake, liver, thicken, curdle or gel in the container. (c) The paint, when applied to a bituminous pavement surface under normal field conditions at the required rate of .015 inch (0.4 mm) wet film thickness, shall have a maximum "no pickup' drying time of 15 minutes to prevent displacement or discoloration under traffic. 860S 05/23/00 Page 2 Pavement Marking Paint Yellow Pigment CI 65 (Reddish Yellow) Characteristic Values Specific Gravity 1.74 to 1.76 Oil Absorption 20 to 30 % Moisture 0.5 % maximum Pigment retained on #325 (45 p.m) sieve 0.1 % maximum C.I. Number 11740 Heat Stability 266 °F (130 °C) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PRESENT VERSION: 05/23/00 Previous Version: 9/29/99 (d) In preparation of the paint, the pigments shall be dispersed in the vehicle by appropriate methods so that a fineness reading of not less than 4 is obtained with a Hegman grind gauge. (e) Consistency viscosity, measured with a Krebs - Modified - Stormer Viscometer at 77 °F (25 °C), shall be from 80 -90 K.0 (with water deleted). (f) A thin film of paint spread on a glass plate and allowed to dry thoroughly shall not darken or show any discoloration when subjected to ultraviolet rays for a period of 5 minutes. 2. Material Requirements (a) Raw Materials (1) The exact brands and types of raw materials used in the wet standards are listed for the purpose of facilitating the selection of parallel materials that are equal, not only in quality and composition but also in physical and chemical behavior after aging in the finished product. (2) After proposed brand names and types of raw materials by the City of Austin, no substitution will be allowed during the manufacture without prior agreement with the City. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to utilize materials that not only meet the individual raw material specification, but that also produce a coating that meets the specific formula requirements. (4) All materials required to meet TxDoT, Federal and ASTM specifications must meet the latest specification as indicated on the Drawings in effect on the date of the proposal or invitation to bid. (b) Pigments (1) Titanium Dioxide: Titanium Dioxide shall meet ASTM D -476, Type II requirements. (3) (2) Yellow Pigment: (3) In addition to the requirements identified above, evidence shall be provided that the infrared spectrum matches the standard spectrum on file with TxDoT's Construction Division, Materials Section (CSTM) Calcium Carbonate: Calcium Carbonate shall conform to ASTM D -1199, Type GC, Grade I, with a minimum of 95% CaCO and Type PC, with a minimum of 98% CaCO3. 860S 05/23/00 Page 3 Pavement Marking Paint Acrylic Traffic Emulsion Characteristic Values Solids Content 49.5 to 50.5 Viscosity, #2 Spindle, 60 rpm, 77 ° F (25 °C), cps 250 maximum pH 10.0 to 10.6 Film appearance, 3 mil (75 pm) dry Smooth, clear, continuous PRESENT VERSION: 05/23/00 Previous Version: 9/29/99 (c) Acrylic Traffic Resins: The acrylic traffic resin shall be similar and equal to the standard sample submitted by the manufacturer. The resin shall be approved prior to the contract award for the proposed use of the pavement paint. In addition to the requirements identified above, evidence shall be provided that the infrared spectrum matches the standard spectrum on file with TxDot's Construction Division, Materials Section (CSTM) (d) Miscellaneous Materials: These materials shall be similar and equal to the standard sample submitted by the vendor. The specific materials shall be approved prior to the contract award for the proposed use of the pavement paint. 1) Dispersant Byk 156 Tamol 850 Colloids 226/35 2) Surfactant Triton X -405 Colloids CA -407 3) Defoamer Foamaster 111 Drew 493 Colloids 654 4) Hydroxy Ethyl Cellulose Natrosol 250 HBR Bermocoll E431FQ Cellosize QP - 30,000 5) Coalescent Texanol Exxate 1200 6) Preservative Troysan Dowicil 75 Nuosept 101 7) Methyl Alcohol ASTM D -1152, 1.3320 maximum (e) Standard Formulae: The following tables represent the Standard Formulae to be followed by the manufacturer when manufacturing paint to be used by the Contractor on City of Austin paint striping contracts. 860S 05/23/00 Page 4 Pavement Marking Paint 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 YPT -11 - LEAD FREE YELLOW TRAFFIC PAINT Component Pounds Kilograms Acrylic Emulsion, 50% Solids, Fastrack 2706 540 245. Coalescent, Texanol 20 9.1 C.I. Pigment Yellow 65, Sunglow Yellow 1244 30. 13.6 Titanium Dioxide, Rutile, Type II, Tiona RCL- 9( * * *) 20. 9.1 Calcium Carbonate, Type PC, Mississippi M -60 150 68. Calcium Carbonate, Type GC, Hubercarb M -4 450 204.1 Hydroxy Ethyl Cellulose, Natrosol 250 HBR ( *) 0.5 0.2 Defoamer, Foamaster 111 5. 2.3 Dispersant, Colloids 226/35 9. 4.1 Surfactant, Triton X -405 2. 0.9 Methyl Alcohol 30. 13.6 Preservative, Troysan 192 2. 0.9 Water, Potable ( * *) 18. ** 8.1 ** TOTALS 1276.5 579.0 WPT -11 - LEAD FREE WHITE TRAFFIC PAINT Component Pounds Kilograms Acrylic Emulsion, 50% Solids, Fastrack 2706 540. 245. Coalescent, Texanol 20. 9.1 Titanium Dioxide, Rutile, Type II, Tiona RCL -9 100. 45.4 Calcium Carbonate, Type PC, Mississippi M -60 150. 68. Calcium Carbonate, Type GC, Hubercarb M -4 440. 199.6 Hydroxy Ethyl Cellulose, Natrosol 250 HBR ( *) 0.5 0.2 Defoamer, Foamaster 111 5. 2.3 Disapersant, Colloids 226/35 9. 4.1 Surfactant, Triton X -405 2. 0.9 Methyl Alcohol 30. 13.6 Preservative, Troysan 192 2. 0.9 Water, Potable ( * *) 18. ** 8.1 ** TOTALS 1316.5 597.2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PRESENT VERSION: 05/23/00 860S 05/23/00 Formula: White Traffic Paint Previous Version: 9/29/99 ( *) The Hydroxy Ethyl Cellulose amount may be varied up to two (2) pounds [0.9 kilograms]. ( * *) Only 10 pounds (4.5 kilograms) shall be used in the actual manufacture of the pavement paint. The remaining 8 pounds (3.6 kilograms) shall be used as a drum float. Formula: Yellow Traffic Paint Page 5 Pavement Marking Paint Item Requirements Grind Particles: 4 minimum, 8 maximum (TxDoT Test Method Tex - 806 -B) Gallon Weight: ± 0.10 lbs. of theoretical gallon weight (Liter mass:) (± 0.012 kilograms of theoretical liter mass) Consistency: 80 to 90 K.U. PH: a minimum of 9.6 Skinning: No skinning within 48 hours (TxDoT Test Method Tex - 811 -B) PRESENT VERSION: 05/23/00 Additional Criteria for Pavement Paint Previous Version: 9/29/99 The Hydroxy Ethyl Cellulose amount may be varied up to two (2) pounds [0.9 kilograms] Only 10 pounds (4.5 kilograms) shall be used in the actual manufacture of the pavement paint. The remaining 8 pounds (3.6 kilograms) shall be used as a drum float. Titanium Dioxide, Rutile, Special, Hilox will be allowed as a substitute in the YPT -11 formula only. (f) Container and Marking 1) Shipment: Shipment shall be made in suitable, strong, well - sealed containers that meet this specification, State of Texas, and federal requirements and are sufficiently sturdy to withstand normal shipping and handling. 2) Drum Package Requirements. The paint shall be provided in a new, serviceable, non - leaking, 55 gallon (209 liter) lined, steel drum meeting all applicable federal regulations. Drums are to be non - returnable with full removable heads, three (3) rolling hoops and 12 gauge locking rings with 5/8 inch (15.9 millimeter) locking nut bolt. The nominal metal thickness is to be 0.044 inch (1.1 mm). Each drum is to be equipped with a natural sponge- rubber cord, high - density gasket. The rubber shall be approximately 0.4375 inch (10.9 mm) thick. The gasket, when compressed, shall produce an airtight closure when the drum is sealed. When a locking nut is used on drum rings, the locking nut shall be in a non - locking position while tightening the ring. After the ring is tight, the locking nut shall be secured in the locking position. A seal shall be affixed to each drum in a manner that the contents of the drum cannot be adulterated without destroying the seal. 3) Bucket Packaging Requirements: Paint is to be furnished in new 5 gallon (19 liter) lined, 24 gauge steel, non - leaking buckets. 4) Filling Instructions: The paint drums will be filled at 54.5 gallons (206.4 liters) by weight (mass) with a water float of 0.53 gallons (2.0 liters). The paint buckets will be filled at 4.95 gallons (18.75 liters) by weight (mass) with a water float of 0.05 gallons (0.18 liters). 5) Labeling: Finished paint product containers and cases shall be plainly and securely labeled with: a) City of Austin b) Name and designation of the product, c) Requisition number, d) Batch number, e) Manufacturing date, 860S 05/23/00 Page 6 Pavement Marking Paint 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PRESENT VERSION: 05/23/00 Previous Version: 9/29/99 860S.4 Construction Methods f) Gross weight, and g) Manufacturer's name. Labeling shall be prominently displayed on the sides of containers and cases and must be moisture resistant to withstand outdoor storage for a minimum of one year. When the finished product is palletized for shipment, the labels shall be displayed on the outside fore easy identification. Once the finished product has been labeled properly, the label shall not be modified or changed in any manner without specific approval from the City of Austin. (Note: The material manufacturer shall supply a Materials Safety Data Sheet to comply with OSHA's "Hazard Communication Standard 29 CFR 1910.1200"). The Contractor shall use a crew, that is experienced in the work of installing pavement markings and in the necessary traffic control for such operations on the roadway surface, and shall supply all the equipment, personnel, traffic control and materials necessary for the placement of the pavement markings as indicated on the Drawings or directed by the Engineer or designated representative. All work shall conform to the current edition of the Texas Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD), The City of Austin Transportation Criteria Manual, Standard Details 804S -3C and 804S -3D, and this standard specification item. The pavement surface to receive the pavement markings shall be thoroughly cleaned of all dirt, organic growth or other material that will prevent adhesion of the paint to the roadway surface. The pavement markings shall be placed in the proper alignment with guides established on the roadway. Deviation from the alignment established shall not exceed 2 inches (50 millimeters) and in addition, the deviation in alignment of the markings being placed shall not exceed 1 inch per 200 feet (25 millimeters per 30 meters) of roadway nor shall any deviation be abrupt. When deemed necessary by the Engineer or designated representative, the Contractor, at his expense, shall place any additional pilot markings required to facilitate the placement of the permanent markings in the alignment specified. Any and all additional markings placed on the roadway for alignment purposes shall be temporary in nature and shall not establish a permanent marking on the roadway. Materials used for pilot markings and equipment used to place such markings shall be approved by the Engineer or designated representative. Paint markings on the roadway that are not in alignment or sequence as indicated shall be totally and completely removed by any effective method approved by the Engineer or designated representative, except that grinding will not be permitted. Paint shall be applied at a rate of not less than 15 gallons nor more than 20 gallons per mile of solid 4 inch stripe (not less than 35 liters nor more than 45 liters per kilometer of solid 100 -mm stripe). Application rate for solid 8 -inch (200 -mm) stripe shall be between 30 and 40 gallons per mile (between 70 and 90 liters per kilometer). (These rates yield wet film thickness from 15 to 20 mils [ 0.4 to 0.5 mm].) Beads shall be applied to the paint markings at a uniform rate sufficient to achieve the retroreflective characteristics specified when observed conforming to TxDoT Test Method 860S 05/23/00 Page 7 Pavement Marking Paint PRESENT VERSION: 05/23/00 Previous Version: 9/29/99 Tex - 828 -B. All markings placed shall have uniform and distinctive retroreflective characteristics. Applied markings shall be protected from traffic until they have dried sufficiently so as not to be damaged or tracked by normal traffic movements. 860S.5 Equipment Paint striping equipment used to place 4 inch (100 mm) solid or broken lines shall have the capability of placing a minimum of 60,000 linear feet (18 300 lineal meters) of marking per working day. Equipment used for placing markings in widths other than 4 inches (100 mm) shall have capabilities similar to 4 inch (100 mm) marking equipment and shall be capable of placing linear markings up to 8 inches (200 mm) in width in 1 pass. The equipment shall be maintained in satisfactory operating condition. The equipment shall be equipped so that one 4 -inch (100 -mm) broken line and either 1 or 2 solid lines can be placed at the same time in alignment and spacing as indicated on the drawings. Four inch (100 mm) marking equipment will be considered as unsatisfactorily maintained if it fails to attain an average hourly placement rate of 7000 linear feet (2 100 linear meters) in any 5 consecutive working days of 7 hours or more. The equipment shall be equipped with an automatic cutoff device (with manual operating capabilities) to provide clean, square marking ends and to provide a method of applying broken line in a stripe to gap ratio of 15 to 25. The length of the stripe shall not be less than 15 feet nor longer than 15.5 feet (less than 4.5 meters nor longer than 4.7 meters). The total length of the stripe -gap cycle shall not be less than 39.5 feet nor longer than 40.5 feet (less than 12 meters nor longer than 12.3 meters) in variance from one cycle to the next nor shall the average total length of a cycle for a road mile (1.6 kilometer) of broken line exceed 40.5 feet or be less than 39.5 feet (exceed 12.3 meters or be less than 12 meters). The equipment shall be capable of placing lines of all widths with clean edges and of uniform cross section. Four -inch (100 -mm) lines shall be 4 inches (100 mm) plus or minus 1/8 inch (3 mm). Eight inch (200 mm) lines shall be 8 inches (200 mm) minimum and 8 1/4 inches (210 mm) maximum in width. The equipment shall be equipped with an outrigger or outriggers as required to place edge - lines as called for in the plans. The equipment shall be equipped with traffic glass bead dispensers, 1 for each paint spray gun, placed on the equipment so that beads are applied to the paint almost instantly as the marking is being placed on the roadway surface. The traffic glass bead dispensers shall be designed and aligned so that the beads are applied uniformly to the entire surface of the marking. The traffic glass bead dispensers shall be equipped with automatic cutoff controls, synchronized with the cutoff of the marking equipment. Paint pots or tanks shall be equipped with an agitator that will keep the paint thoroughly mixed and may be either a pressurized or non - pressurized type. 860S.6 Measurement Work for Pavement Marking Paint lines will be measured by the lineal foot (lineal meter: 1 meter equals 3.28 feet) of the various widths. Work for pavement marking, paint letter or figures will be measured by the square foot (square meter: 1 square meter equals 10.76 square feet). 860S 05/23/00 Page 8 Pavement Marking Paint PRESENT VERSION: 05/23/00 Previous Version: 9/29/99 860S.7 Payment Work performed as prescribed by this item, measured as provided under "Measurement ", shall be paid for at the unit bid price for "Pavement Marking Paint" per lineal foot or square foot of the various widths specified. This price shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, tools, equipment, materials and incidentals necessary to complete the work specified. Payment will be made under one of the following: Pay Item No. 860S - A: Pay Item No. 860S - Pay Item No. 860S -C: Pay Item No. 860S -D: End Pavement Marking Paint, _ In. Pavement Marking Paint Pavement Marking Paint ( Reflectorized), _In. Pavement Marking Paint (Reflectorized) SPECIFIC CROSS REFERENCE MATERIALS Specification Item 860S "Pavement Marking Paint ( Reflectorized)" Texas Department of Transportation: Manual of Testing Procedures Designation Tex 801 -B Tex 806 -B Tex -810 -B Tex -811 -B Tex -822 -B Tex -826 -B Tex -828 -B Tex -830 -B Tex -831 -B Tex -832 -B Per Lineal Foot. Per Square Foot. Per Lineal Foot. Per Square Foot. Description Testing Coatings and Related Materials Method for Determining Grind and Oversize Pigment Particles • Test Method for Color and Color Stability of Opaque Colored Pigments Skinning Characteristics of Coatings Method for Determining Refractive Index of Glass Beads Water Absorption Test of Beads Determining Functional Characteristics of Pavement Markings Method for Sampling Traffic Stripe Beads Method for Determining The Gradation of Glass Traffic - Stripe Beads Methods for Determining the Roundness of Glass Spheres Texas Department of Transportation: Departmental Materials Specifications Designation Description DMS -8200 Pavement Paint YPT -11 and/or WPT -11 Pavement Paint American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Designation Description D 476 Specification for Titanium Dioxide Pigments D 1152 Specification for Methanol (Methyl Alcohol) with Refractive Index D 1199 Specification for Calcium Carbonate Pigments G -23 Recommended Practice for Operating Light -and- Water- Exposure Apparatus (Carbon -Arc Type) for Exposure of Nonmetallic Materials Federal Specifications - OSHA 29 CFR Designation Description 1910.1200 Hazard Communication Standard." City of Austin Standard Details Designation Description 804S -3C Parking Stalls, Crosswalk, and Stop Bars 804S -3D General Notes City of Austin Transportation Criteria Manual Designation Description Section 8 Traffic Control 860S 05/23/00 Page 9 Pavement Marking Paint PRESENT VERSION: 05/23/00 SPECIFIC CROSS REFERENCE MATERIALS Specification Item 860S "Pavement Marking Paint (Reflectorized)" Previous Version: 9/29/99 State of Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways Designation Description Part III Markings Part VI Traffic Controls for Street and Highway Construction, Maintenance, Utility and Incident Management Operations Part VI, Article D Markings Part VI, Article F Control of Traffic Through Work Areas RELATED CROSS REFERENCE MATERIALS Specification Item 860S 'Pavement Marking Paint (Reflectorized)" City of Austin Standard Specifications Designation Description tem No. 863S Reflectorized Pavement Markers tem No. 864S Abbreviated Pavement Markings tem No. 865S Non - Reflectorized Traffic Buttons tem No. 866S Jiggle Bar Tile tem No. 867S Epoxy Adhesive tem No. 870S Work Zone Pavement Markings tem No. 871 S Reflectorized Pavement Markings tem No. 872S Prefabricated Pavement Markings t em No. 873S Raised Pavement Markers tem No. 874S Eliminating Existing Pavement Markings and Markers tem No. 875S Pavement Surface Preparation For Markings Texas Department of Transportation: Standard Specifications for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges Designation Description Item No. 662 Work Zone Pavement Markings Item No. 666 Reflectorized Pavement Markings Item No. 667 Prefabricated Pavement Markings Item No. 672 Raised Pavement Markers Item No. 677 Eliminating Existing Pavement Markings and Markers Item No. 678 Pavement Surface Preparation For Markings Texas Department of Transportation: Manual of Testing Procedures Designation Description Tex -829 -B Method For Measuring Pavement Temperature American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Designation Description D -235 Specification for Mineral Spirits D -362 Specification for Industrial Grade Toluene 13-600 Specification for Liquid Paint Driers D -605 Specification for Magnesium Silicate Pigment (Talc) D -740 Specification for Methyl Ethyl Ketone D -1210 Test Method For Fineness Of Dispersion Of Pigment - Vehicle Systems 860S 05/23/00 Page 10 Pavement Marking Paint Current Version: 05/23/00 Previous Version: 04/17/86 16120S.1 Description This item shall govern furnishing and installation of wiring of all types of wiring in accordance with the code, the manufacturer recommendations, the Drawings and as approved by the Engineer or designated representative. This specification is applicable for projects or work involving either inch -pound or SI units. Within the text and accompanying tables, the inch -pound units are given preference followed by SI units shown within parentheses. 16120S.2 Submittals The submittal requirements of this specification item include the wire size, characteristics and designation for each wire application, the size and types of conduit, terminal posts and fasteners proposed for the application and manufacturer installation recommendations. 16120S.3 Materials and Construction All materials shall be new and shall meet all requirements shown in the Standard Specifications for Electrical Construction of Austin Energy or succeeding agency and shall conform to the National Electrical Code (NEC) and all pertinent codes relating to this type work. 16120S.4 Measurement Wiring shall be measured on a Lump Sum basis complete in place. 16120S.5 Payment Wiring shall be paid for at the unit bid price for wiring. The unit bid price shall include full compensation for furnishing and installing all wiring, fittings, and related appurtenances as indicated on the Drawings and for furnishing all labor, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. Payment will be made under: Pay Item No. 16120S: Wiring End 1 RELATED Cross Reference Materials City of Austin Standard Specifications Designation Description Item No. 16550S Street Light Standard Foundations 16120S 05/23/00 Page 1 Item No. 16120S Wiring Lump Sum Wiring Current Version: 05/23/00 Previous Version: 09/30/87 16550S.1 Description This item shall govern the construction of Street Light Standard Foundations consisting of reinforced concrete. Foundations shall be of the size and shape as indicated on the Drawings. This specification is applicable for projects or work involving either inch -pound or SI units. Within the text and accompanying tables, the inch -pound units are given preference followed by SI units shown within parentheses. 16550S.2 Submittals The submittal requirements of this specification item include: The foundation plan and drilling /excavation details; P.c. concrete mix, Class A design; and Reinforcing steel details and placement plans. 16550S.3 Materials and Construction Methods All Portland Cement (PC) Concrete, materials and construction methods shall conform to Standard Specification Item No. 420, "Drilled Shaft Foundations °. P.c. concrete for foundations shall be Class A, conforming to Standard Specification Item No. 403, "Concrete for Structures ". Reinforcing steel shall be grade 40 (40,000 psi) [SI grade 300 (275 megaPascals)] and shall conform to Standard Specification Item No. 406, 'Reinforcing Steel ". 16550S.4 Measurement Item No. 16550S Street Light Standard Foundations Street Light Standard Foundations shall be measured as each item complete in place. 16550S.5 Payment Light Standard Foundations shall be paid for at the unit bid price per each. The unit bid price shall include full compensation for a) all excavations and any necessary pumping; b) furnishing, placing and removing required casings; c) furnishing and placing all concrete, reinforcing steel, anchor bolts, conduit and ground rods, d) all backfilling and e) furnishing all tools, labor, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. No extra payment will be made for casings left in place. Payment will be made under: Pay Item No. 16550S: Street Light Standard Foundation Per Each End 16550S 05/23/00 Page 1 Street Light Standard Foundations Current Version: 05/23/00 Previous Version: 09/30/87 SPECIFIC Cross Reference Materials Standard Specification Item No. 16550S, "Street Light Standard Foundations) City of Austin Standard Specifications Designation Description Item No. 403 Concrete For Structures Item No. 406 Reinforcing Steel Item No. 420 Drilled Shaft Foundations RELATED Cross Reference Materials City of Austin Standard Specification Items Designation Description Item No. 16120S Wiring Texas Department of Transportation: Standard Specifications for Construction, Maintenance Of Highways Streets and Bridges Designation Description Item No. 440 Reinforcing Steel American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Designation Description A- 615/615M Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement 16550S 05/23/00 Page 2 Street Light Standard Foundations Supplemental Specification Item No. 16600 Aluminum Light Poles and Light Fixtures 16600.1 Description This item shall govern the construction of the Aluminum Light Poles and Light Fixtures. 16600.2 Submittals The submittal requirements of this specification include submittal of manufacturer drawings showing compliance with the details shown on the plans. 16600.3 Materials and Construction All materials shall be new and shall meet all requirements shown on the plans. 16600.4 Measurement Aluminum Light Poles and Light Fixtures will be measured as each item complete in place. 16600.5 Payment Aluminum Light Poles and Light Fixtures will be paid for at the unit bid price per each. The unit bid price shall include full compensation for fumishing and installing all materials, tool, labor, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. Payment will be made under: End Pay Item No. 16600 -1 Light Pole Per Each. Pay Item No. 16600 -2 400 watt Metal Halide Light Fixtures Per Each. 16600 Aluminum Light Poles and Light Fixtures 7.0 PLANS, DETAILS AND NOTES GENERAL C0.00 C0.01 C0.02 CIVIL CI.01 C2.01 C3.01 C4.01 C5.01 C8.01 C8.02 C8.03 INDEX OF CONSTRUCTION PLANS COVER SHEET GENERAL NOTES AND OVERALL LEGEND EXISTING CONDITIONS EROS /SED CONTROL AND TREE PROTECTION PLAN SITE DEMOLITION PLAN SITE LAYOUT PLAN SITE PAVING PLAN SITE GRADING PLAN SITE DETAILS SITE DETAILS PARKING LOT SECTIONS ELECTRICAL 31.01 ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN PDN -1 606 West Avenue Austin Texas 78701 tel 512 472 6721 fax 512 477 3211 3500 Maple Avenue Suite 700 Dallas, Texas 75219-3902 tel 214 522 3900 fax 214 522 4380 Post Oak Tower at The Galleria 5051 Westheimer Suite 600 Houston Texas 77056-5604 tel 713 8718484 fax 713 8718440 Colonial Place 2107 Wilson Blvd. Suite 410 Arlington Virginia 22201 3008 tel 703 527 4100 fax 703 522 8043 PageSoutherlandPage RESOLUTION NO. R- 03- O1- 09 -9E4 WHEREAS, the City of Round Rock has duly advertised for bids for the Municipal Office Complex Temporary Parking Lot Project, and WHEREAS, Champion Site Prep, Inc. has submitted the lowest responsible bid, and WHEREAS, the City Council wishes to accept the bid of Champion Site Prep, Inc., Now Therefore BE IT RESOLVED BY THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF ROUND ROCK, TEXAS, That the Mayor is hereby authorized and directed to execute on behalf of the City a contract with Champion Site Prep, Inc. for the Municipal Office Complex Temporary Parking Lot Project. The City Council hereby finds and declares that written notice of the date, hour, place and subject of the meeting at which this Resolution was adopted was posted and that such meeting was open to the public as required by law at all times during which this Resolution and the subject matter hereof were discussed, considered and formally acted upon, all as required by the Open Meetings Act, Chapter 551, Texas Government Code, as amended. RESOLVED this 9th day of January, 20 ATTEST: CHRISTINE R. MARTINEZ, City Secret .O0MA\ WORLDOX\ Ot \WDOX \RESOLUTI \R30 109Ei.WP D /rmc i� NYL• LL, Mayor City Round Rock, Texas y 12/20/2002 15:32 FAX 5122185563 CORR PUBLIC WORKS Y SHEETS ; 0004 Page SoutherlandPage The Next 100 architechur engineering consulting interiors Page Southerland Page LLP 606 West Avenue Austin Texas 78701 2725 TEL 512 472 6721 FAX 512 477 3211 jalvis@psp.eom Austin Dallas Houston Washington DC www.psp.corr December 20, 2002 Larry Madsen, P. W. Construction Manager City of Round Rock Public Works Department 2008 Enterprise Drive Round Rock, Texas 78664 Re: Round Rock Municipal Office Complex Temporary Parking Lot Dear Larry, We have reviewed, checked and tabulated the bids that were received on December 17, 2002 for construction of the Temporary Parking Lot for the Municipal office Complex (MOC). The apparent low bidder on this project was Champion Site Prep, Inc. However, they did not acknowledge on their bid documents that they had received Addendum No. 1. I have communicated with John Gustainis, President and Curtis Burch, Estimator at Champion Site Prep, Inc. Both rnen have acknowledged that they have received Addendum No. 1 and that no change in the bid price will be requested. Mr. Burch has faxed a signed copy of that addendum to us. A copy of this document is attached_ James C. Alois, PE Mr. Burch also agreed that they would honor the 30 calendar day construction period Vice Resign': included in their bid, even though Addendum No. 1 permits a construction period of 45 calendar days. In addition, Mr. Burch faxed us a copy of their Contractor's Qualification Statement, Letter from CNA Surety, list of Major Projects Completed in the Last 5 Years, list of Work in Progress, Credit Information and Credit References. A copy of this information is included. 12/20/2002 15:33 FAX 5122185583 PageSoutheriandPage The Next 100 architecture engineering consulting Interiors Also transmitted with this letter are the original bid documents for all eight bidders, along with a tabulation of all bids. Champion Site Prep, Inc. appears to have submitted the lowest and best bid for the Round Rock MOC Temporary Parking Lot construction. Therefore, we recommend award of this work for $70,917.14, to be completed in 30 calendar days, to Champion Site Prep, Inc. Regards, CORR PUBLIC WORKS a SHEETS 0005 . Alvis, P E. ector of' Civil Engineering Enclosures Cc: 102064 D /GA, MJM, JTW December 20, 2002 Page 2 CON1RACTOR Champion 5Ra Prop. FT 41Uotls Censu H. Desk Constr. Smith 050586ng Asphalt Paving Co. Chas co Cootractog Ryan-0 Excavating Burns Constnktan Bldllem Des ( Ipllon �3 Q 8 i 0 <m S � iiw a6 Qt g'w Q5 -6 ^6 m 0 mil cask eat call cost a# 0011xe1 eat mil cost sal unit cost eat unit coat cal unit cost eat unit cost cal 1) Excavallon, 100 353.35 522,940.60 539.38 516,933.10 34000 517,200.00 530.00 512,900.00 013.88 55 ,955.80 550.00 535,700.00 523.26 810,010,40 558.60 525,196.00 111048 Plan Cluanlity 2) Class C 130-7 Plan Quantity 518.00 34,880.00 511.33 52,545.80 32000 35,200.00 325.00 55,200.02 513.88 53,503.60 513.60 53,51000 $24.31 50,320.60 55425 516,693.80 3) Suhproda 2010 06Preparation 54651.10 54,606.00 54.52 520,003.00 52.00 58,305,00 54.00 516,600.00 $5,20 521,550.00 20.70 52,905.00 53.97 516,47850 54.48 518,502.00 4) HMAC, 340.00 Aspheirryps 0 53.92 518,072.00 53.51 564,391 20 5450 518450.03 5500 520,50303 34.20 517.22080 5425 517,425.00 88.42 028,322,00 $355 215,785.00 5) M Cwzrets 1320. 2M2.7.2% 23.33 21.725.33 33.04 51,03m5 2425 31,241.05 37.82 22,170.05 34..2 96,80500 110,.0 01,52.1.1A1 r 44.18 02,50550 09.80 51,844.50 5) Parkhg Lot 4395 Dumper Cubs 356.62 52,755.14 528.98 51,265.05 525.00 51,175.00 520.00 3940.00 331.50 51,48050 537.0 31,739.0 $3829 51,79963 545.00 52,11500 7) Bermuda 0029.A Sodd'n1 52,55 51,208.50 53.15 51.55520 53.50 51,715.00 5592 52450.00 5551 32,659.90 54.00 51,560.00 33.77 51,847.30 51.00 5459,60 8) Seess4 6045.A Eru866 Contr. 70.40 3752.0 50.27 5507.62 5050 5940.00 51.09 51,535.0 50.63 51,18440 50.40 5752.00 3032 5608.60 50.21 5394.60 9) RackBenn 6395 512.0 5480,00 559.18 5847.20 $40.00 51,60.0 520.0 5500.0 512.70 5555.0 320.00 5800.00 528.92 51,196.80 515.00 580.0 10) 6186380 5410 Constr. &it 5550.00 5550,00 5755.0 5765.0 52,030 OD 5100,0 51,000.00 51,00.0 51,050,00 51,050.0 51,100.00 51,100.00 553515 508,65 57500 5750.0 11) WI Fence 6428 0.d5e1 Cong. 51.35 554800 51.46 870000 54.60 52,100.0 5200 5900.00 51.91 591880 $200 595000 51,40 3872.00 51.20 55760 12) 4"Pavement 6628 -A 5895l5) Pait 50.35 5505.00 52,27 5459.0 51.0 81,700.00 40.50 3050.00 50.37 5629.0 50.30 5510.00 50.32 5544.00 50.50 58500 13) V15ing, 181205 lectrical 56134,070.00 44,070.0 55,935.00 55,935.00 52,000.0 32,000.00 52,000,00 52,00000 34,50450 54,50450 53,60.0 53,5000 50065.30 58,18638 53,2 0 53,200.0 14) LIgh1 Pols 18550 oundation 51,057.00 53,20100 5431.67 51,295.01 580.50 32,400.00 51,500.00 54,50000 51,388.00 54,155.0 55300.0 $1,800.0 51,40.94 34,211.82 5825.00 52,475,00 15) 3 9'A1= 16000.1 LIght Pole 51,505.0 54,165.00 5647.33 51,54199 52,00.60 55,00.0 380000 52,402.0 99,465,05 510,395.00 1690,00 51,600.0 51,91445 55,743.56 51,110.00 53,3300 16) 404yh1elal 16600 -2 Halide light Fat 5302.50 52,420.00 3209.75 32,154 0 5250.02 52,000 5805.0 58.4000 5577.50 54,520.0 5750 00 35,000.00 0717.92 55,743.36 5375.00 53,500 0 610 TAB TOTAL 570,917,14 572,50149 574,080.0 561,5500 581,554.91 584,88400 592,830.72 $95,909.90 BID AMOUNT 570,917.14 372,50346 $74,285.03 581,654.90 584,8840 592,830.72 595,909.90 Round Rock Municipal Office Complex Temporary Parking Lot 1'631(014 P.uW140,44na4t0,210 12/20/2002 15:33 FAX 5122185563 12/20/2002 16:10 FAX 5122185563 CORR PUBLIC WORKS -. SHEETS U003 Temporary Parking Lot McConico Building Temporary Parking Lot RoONDROCKTIXAS PIM=1 mmlt t DATE: January 2, 2003 SUBJECT: City Council Meeting — January 9, 2003 ITEM: 9.E.4. Consider a resolution authorizing the Mayor to execute a construction contract for the Municipal Office Complex Temporary Parking Lot Project with Champion Site Prep, Inc. Resource: Jim Nuse, City Manager Larry Madsen, Construction Manager History: Page Southerland Page designed a parking lot with 103 parking spaces. This parking lot will provide temporary parking for the McConico building until other parking garages are completed within the Municipal Office Complex. Eight bids were received and Champion Site Prep, Inc. had the lowest bid in the amount of $70,917.14. Funding: Cost: $70,917.14 Source of funds: 2000 CO Outside Resources: Champion Site Prep, Inc. Impact/Benefit : The design and construction of this parking lot will meet the immediate needs for the McConico building while other parking garages are being planned. Public Comment: N/A Sponsor: N/A